WO2018074311A1 - Polymerizable liquid-crystal composition, liquid-crystal display element, and process for producing liquid-crystal display element - Google Patents

Polymerizable liquid-crystal composition, liquid-crystal display element, and process for producing liquid-crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018074311A1
WO2018074311A1 PCT/JP2017/036950 JP2017036950W WO2018074311A1 WO 2018074311 A1 WO2018074311 A1 WO 2018074311A1 JP 2017036950 W JP2017036950 W JP 2017036950W WO 2018074311 A1 WO2018074311 A1 WO 2018074311A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mass
group
liquid crystal
formula
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/036950
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
琴姫 張
藤沢 宣
芳典 岩下
青木 良夫
卓央 林
Original Assignee
Dic株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dic株式会社 filed Critical Dic株式会社
Priority to JP2018546278A priority Critical patent/JP6638822B2/en
Publication of WO2018074311A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018074311A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/12Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/20Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/32Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing condensed ring systems, i.e. fused, bridged or spiro ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/34Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/38Polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, a liquid crystal display element, and a method for producing a liquid crystal display element.
  • Liquid crystal materials are generally used in flat panel displays such as televisions, monitors, mobile phones, smartphones, and tablet terminals.
  • nematic liquid crystal has a slow response speed of about several tens of milliseconds to several milliseconds
  • the vertical alignment mode is mainly adopted.
  • PS polymer-stable
  • PSA polymer-stained alignment
  • such PS or PSA display is prepared by adding 0.3% by mass or more and less than 1% by mass of a polymerizable compound to a liquid crystal medium and applying UV voltage photopolymerization with or without applying voltage.
  • a polymerizable compound to a liquid crystal medium and applying UV voltage photopolymerization with or without applying voltage.
  • this speeds up the rising response (ON response) when a voltage is applied. Is possible.
  • Patent Literature 5 discloses a liquid crystal display element in which a liquid crystal material in a liquid crystal display cell is sealed with a polymer component together with a liquid crystal composition so as to be 1 mass% or more and less than 40 mass% in the liquid crystal material. Has been.
  • Such a liquid crystal display element contains a predetermined amount of polymer in a liquid crystal material, and as a result, uses a gravitational interaction between the polymer and liquid crystal molecules to abbreviate a switching-off response (hereinafter abbreviated as “off response”). )) By accelerating the relaxation process to the initial alignment state, thereby realizing a faster off response.
  • the liquid crystal material described in Patent Document 1 contains a polymer component in a high content, it is indispensable to use a polymerization initiator when polymerizing the monomer.
  • Alkylphenone photopolymerization initiators represented by “Irgacure 651” manufactured by BASF are used.
  • such a conventionally known polymerization initiator has a high polarity in itself and is easily adsorbed to the substrate when the liquid crystal material is sandwiched between the substrates. As a result, a concentration gradient occurs in which the concentration of is decreased. As a result, in the obtained liquid crystal display element, the polymer distribution is likely to be uneven, and this tends to cause display unevenness as the liquid crystal display element.
  • a liquid crystal material is sealed in a liquid crystal cell by a vacuum injection method or a drop injection (ODF: One Drop Drop) method, and the periphery of the liquid crystal is UV coated with a UV curable resin. It can be manufactured by sealing by a curing reaction (sealing process) and then polymerizing the monomer in the liquid crystal layer by UV irradiation (liquid crystal layer polymerization process). Not only that, the monomer in the liquid crystal material is partially polymerized due to leakage of UV light, causing display unevenness.
  • ODF Drop Drop Drop
  • the initiator when trying to reduce the use amount of the alkylphenone photopolymerization initiator in order to avoid curing abnormality in the sealing process, the initiator is mostly included in the liquid crystal cell at a location away from the substrate in the normal direction of the substrate surface. For example, it was difficult to form a homogeneous polymer in the monomer polymerization process.
  • the problem to be solved by the present invention is a polymerizable liquid crystal composition having a high polymer homogeneity and capable of dramatically improving display unevenness in a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal layer with a large amount of polymer components, and
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display device using the same.
  • the present inventors have found that the compound is unevenly distributed in the vicinity of the substrate by using a compound having a predetermined molecular structure having a polymerization initiating ability in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. As a result, it has been found that a good affinity with liquid phase molecules is exhibited, and as a result, the risk of occurrence of display unevenness in the obtained liquid crystal display element can be reduced, and the present invention has been completed.
  • the present invention includes a radical polymerizable monomer component (A), a liquid crystal material (B), and the following structural formula (1).
  • Ar represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a halogen atom-containing aromatic hydrocarbon group
  • A represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon.
  • Arbitrary —CH 2 — represents a structural moiety having a structure in which an arbitrary —CH 2 — structure is substituted with an oxygen atom, the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or the divalent condensed polycyclic structural moiety.
  • Z represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a linear chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a branched alkylene group the straight chain or branched alkyle -CH group 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - are each independently -O -, - S -, - CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CS-O-, —O—CS—, —CO—S—, —S—CO—, —O—CO—O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH ⁇ CH—COO—, —OCO—CH ⁇
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • the plurality of A and Z may be the same or different. It is related with the polymerizable liquid crystal composition characterized by using the compound (C) represented by this as an essential component.
  • the present invention further relates to a liquid crystal display element in which a polymer of a radical polymerizable monomer component (A) and a liquid crystal material (B) are sandwiched between two transparent substrates each having an electrode on at least one side.
  • the liquid crystal material (B) is a polymer of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is further sandwiched between two transparent substrates having electrodes on at least one side, and polymerized by irradiating active energy rays while keeping the liquid crystal layer at ⁇ 50 ° C. to 30 ° C.
  • the homogeneity of a polymer is high and a display nonuniformity can be improved drastically, and a liquid crystal display using the same An element can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view of a liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a partially enlarged view of FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a partially enlarged view of FIG.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic view of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a partially enlarged view of FIG.
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic view showing an electrode structure and a liquid crystal molecular arrangement of the oblique electric field type liquid crystal display device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing an electrode structure of an 8-division oblique electric field type liquid crystal display device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an electrode structure of
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention includes the radical polymerizable monomer component (A), the liquid crystal material (B), and the following structural formula (1).
  • Ar represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a halogen atom-containing aromatic hydrocarbon group
  • A represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon.
  • Arbitrary —CH 2 — represents a structural moiety having a structure in which an arbitrary —CH 2 — structure is substituted with an oxygen atom, the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or the divalent condensed polycyclic structural moiety.
  • Z represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a linear chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a branched alkylene group the straight chain or branched alkyle -CH group 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - are each independently -O -, - S -, - CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CS-O-, —O—CS—, —CO—S—, —S—CO—, —O—CO—O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH ⁇ CH—COO—, —OCO—CH ⁇
  • A2 represents a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent condensed polycyclic structure site, or Represents a structural site in which a hydrogen atom in these structures is substituted with a halogen atom.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • the plurality of A and Z may be the same or different.
  • the compound (C) represented by) is an essential component.
  • the compound (C) represented by the structural formula (1) has a polymerization initiating ability and exhibits excellent compatibility with the liquid crystal material forming the liquid crystal layer.
  • the compound (C) is uniformly dispersed inside the liquid crystal layer, and as a result, the risk of occurrence of so-called display unevenness. Can be reduced.
  • the compound (C) has the following structural formula (1):
  • Ar is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a halogen atom-containing aromatic hydrocarbon group, such as a phenylene group, naphthalene-diyl group,
  • a phenylene group is preferred from the viewpoint of excellent polymerization initiation ability and compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
  • a in the conceptual formula (1) is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a divalent cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon group, a divalent condensed polycyclic structure site, or a hydrogen atom in these structures is a halogen atom.
  • a structure site substituted with an atom, or a structure in which the structure represented by any —CH 2 — in the divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the divalent condensed polycyclic structure site is substituted with an oxygen atom Represents a structural moiety in which a structure represented by —CH ⁇ in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or divalent condensed polycyclic structural moiety is substituted with a nitrogen atom, specifically, , The following partial structural formula
  • the structural site represented by Z in the structural formula (1) is independently a single bond, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a straight chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a chain or branched alkylene group, —CH 2 — of the straight chain or branched alkylene group, or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are each independently —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO.
  • the structural site having a heavy bond or triple bond, or a single bond increases the conjugation length in the molecule. Preferable from.
  • the structural site represented by -AZ- is a repeating unit, and n representing the repeating unit represents an integer of 0 to 3, but is compatible with liquid crystals. From 0 to 2, it is preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
  • R 1 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a radical polymerizable functional group.
  • examples of the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, s-butyl group, Examples include pentyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group and the like.
  • examples of the radical polymerizable functional group include the following formulas (R1-1) to (R1-4)
  • R 1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • each R 2 is independently a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or the following structural formula (2)
  • a 2 represents a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent condensed polycyclic structure site, or Represents a structural site in which a hydrogen atom in these structures is substituted with a halogen atom).
  • examples of the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, s-butyl group, Examples thereof include a pentyl group, a neo-pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, etc.
  • Examples of the linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, Examples include ethoxy group, propoxy group, t-butoxy group, pentyloxy group, octyloxy group and the like.
  • a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group a monovalent cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent condensed polycyclic structure site represented by A 2 in the structural formula (2), or a hydrogen atom in these structures
  • a monovalent condensed polycyclic structure site represented by A 2 in the structural formula (2) or a hydrogen atom in these structures
  • Specific examples of the structural site in which is substituted with a halogen atom include those represented by the following structural formula.
  • the compound (C) when the carbon atom in R 2 bonded to the carbonyl carbon atom in the structural formula (1) is a quaternary carbon atom, the compound (C) is converted into a Norrish type I compound by irradiation with active energy rays. A radical is generated by the reaction, and in the case of primary to tertiary carbon atoms, the radical is generated by a Norrish type II reaction.
  • the main skeleton represented by the formula (1) forms a mesogenic structure from the viewpoint of better compatibility of the compound (C) with the liquid crystal compound.
  • the compound (C) described in detail above is preferably a compound having a ClogP value of 5 to 10 in view of excellent compatibility with the liquid crystal compound and good homogeneity in the liquid crystal layer.
  • the ClogP value is a value obtained by estimating the water / octanol partition coefficient from the structural formula in Chemdraw.
  • the amount of the compound (C) used is not particularly limited, but is in the range of 0.5 to 5% by mass, particularly in the range of 2 to 5% by mass in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention. It is preferable from the viewpoint of curability. In the present invention, even when the compound (C) is used in such a large amount, the risk of occurrence of display unevenness can be reduced without causing any decrease in the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention has a structure in which the polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of the liquid crystal display element in the liquid crystal phase and the liquid crystal phase is continuous, and the polymer network has an easy alignment axis and a single optical axis. It is preferable that the orientation direction of the low-molecular liquid crystal is substantially the same direction as that of the low-molecular liquid crystal, and that the polymer network is formed so as to induce the pretilt angle of the low-molecular liquid crystal because the off-response speed can be increased.
  • the polymerizable monomer constituting the radical polymerizable monomer component (A) is preferably a liquid crystalline monomer having a mesogenic structure in the molecular structure.
  • the polymer network layer has a polymer network having an average gap interval smaller than the wavelength of visible light, that is, an average gap interval of less than 450 nm. This is preferable because it does not occur.
  • Z p11 is a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom in which a hydrogen atom is substituted.
  • An alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, and 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom The alkenyloxy group of — or —Sp p12 —R p12 .
  • Z p11 the use of an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a fluorine atom or an oxygen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom increases the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display device. From the viewpoint of enabling tilting, it is preferable to be -Sp p12 -R p12 from the viewpoint of tilt stability.
  • R p11 and R p12 are each independently the following formulas (RP11-1) to (RP11-4)
  • R P111 to R P112 are independently of each other a hydrogen atom or carbon atom number. 1 to 5 alkyl groups, and t M11 represents 0, 1 or 2.
  • R P111 in formula is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group
  • the amount of UV irradiation to the liquid crystal material can be kept to the minimum necessary, and the deterioration of the liquid crystal material and the liquid crystal display element can be avoided. preferable.
  • Sp p11 and Sp p12 are each independently a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom of this linear or branched alkylene structure is adjacent to an oxygen atom.
  • a structural moiety having a chemical structure substituted with an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group is preferable because it increases compatibility with the liquid crystal material (B), and has the same number of carbon atoms as the alkyl group of the liquid crystal molecule. Those of 1 to 6 are particularly preferred.
  • the compatibility between the radical polymerizable monomer component (A) and the liquid crystal material (B) is insufficient, or the compatibility of the polymerization initiator (C) with the liquid crystal material (B) is not sufficient.
  • the density of the polymer network is increased and the density is increased, the device characteristics are affected and the in-plane characteristics are likely to be non-uniform.
  • the radical polymerizable monomer component (A ) And the liquid crystal material (B) have good compatibility with the good compatibility between the polymerization initiator (C) and the liquid crystal material (B).
  • a polymer phase separation structure is formed, and a uniform polymer network in the liquid crystal is formed, so that the characteristics of the liquid crystal display element are constant in the plane.
  • Sp p11 and Sp p12 which are linear or branched alkylene groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, it is easy to produce the monomer that they are the same, It is preferable from the viewpoint that the physical properties can be easily adjusted by adjusting the use ratio of a plurality of kinds of compounds having different alkylene chain lengths.
  • the monomer tends to collect on the substrate surface, and the tendency to form a thin film on the surface of the vertical alignment film is stronger than the tendency to form the polymer network.
  • the effect of imparting a pretilt to the alignment film and fixing it is stronger than the effect of the high-speed response due to.
  • the content of the radical polymerizable monomer component (A) in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is less than 0.5% by mass, a pretilt angle is given to the alignment film to fix it.
  • Sp p11 and Sp p12 are preferably single bonds.
  • the content is in the range of 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, Sp p11 and Sp p12 have 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the linear or branched alkylene group is preferably from the viewpoint of forming a polymer network that increases the off-response speed. In particular, it is preferably in the range of 1% by mass to 10% by mass from the viewpoint of off-response speed and low driving voltage.
  • the linear or branched alkylene group described above preferably has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Further, it is preferable to substitute a carbon atom on the alkylene group with an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group under the condition that the oxygen atom is not adjacent. In particular, it is preferable to introduce an oxygen atom at a position where it binds to M P11 or M P13 from the viewpoint that the liquid crystal material as a whole can increase the upper limit temperature of the liquid crystal and increase the ultraviolet sensitivity during polymerization.
  • the radically polymerizable monomer component (A) has high liquid crystallinity, and from the viewpoint of suppressing alignment unevenness in the liquid crystal display element, a single bond, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, — CH ⁇ CH—COO—, —OCO—CH ⁇ CH—, — (CH 2 ) 2 —C ( ⁇ O) —O—, — (CH 2 ) 2 —O— (C ⁇ O) —, —O— (C ⁇ O) — (CH 2 ) 2 —, — (C ⁇ O) —O— (CH 2 ) 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—, —CF ⁇ CF—, —CF ⁇ CH—, —CH ⁇ CF—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —C ⁇ C—, —N ⁇ N—,
  • —CH ⁇ CH—, —CF ⁇ CF—, —CF ⁇ CH—, —CH ⁇ CF— or —N ⁇ N— is preferred, and —CH ⁇ CH— and —N ⁇ N— are preferably selected, and in particular, —N ⁇ N— is preferred. Further, from the viewpoint of increasing the orientation of the polymer network, it is particularly preferable that —N ⁇ N—.
  • M p11 , M p12 and M p13 in the general formula (P1) are each independently 1,4-phenylene group, 1,3-phenylene group, 1,2-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene.
  • M p11 , M p12 and M p13 are preferably those in which —Sp p11 —R p11 is substituted on the aromatic nucleus of these structures from the viewpoint of becoming a radically polymerizable monomer having excellent reactivity.
  • R p11 is preferably the formula (RP11-1)
  • R P111 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a (meth) acryloyl group which is a methyl group.
  • mp12 represents 1 or 2
  • mp13 and mp14 each independently represent 0, 1, 2 or 3
  • m pi 1 and m p15 is 1, 2, or independently 3 is represented.
  • Z pi 1 there are a plurality have the same or different and when R pi 1 there exist a plurality they may be the same or different and is R p12
  • a plurality of Sp p11 are present, they may be the same or different.
  • there are a plurality of Sp p11 they may be the same or different.
  • Sp p12 They may be the same or different.
  • L p11 When there are a plurality of L p11 are present, they may be the same or different.
  • L p12 When there are a plurality of L p12 , they are the same. They may be the same or different when a plurality of M p12 are present, and they may be the same or different when a plurality of M p13 are present. so It is preferably a compound that is. Moreover, it is preferable to contain the said material 1 type (s) or 2 or more types.
  • the total of m p12 to m p14 described above is preferably in the range of 1 to 6, particularly preferably in the range of 2 to 4, particularly 2.
  • the average number calculated by multiplying the concentration of the monomers in the whole monomer and the sum of m p12 to m p14 is set to 1.6 to 2.8. It is preferably 1.7 to 2.4, more preferably 1.8 to 2.2.
  • the total of m p11 and m p15 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, and particularly preferably 2.
  • the average number calculated by multiplying the density and m p1 and p15 sum of the monomers in the total monomer may be set to be 1.6 to 2.8 It is preferably 1.7 to 2.4, more preferably 1.8 to 2.2.
  • the average number is close to 1, the driving voltage of the liquid crystal display element tends to be reduced, and when the average number is high, the off-response tends to be quick.
  • substitution with fluorine atoms for M p11 , M p12 and M p13 can control the magnitude and solubility of the interaction between the liquid crystal material and the polymer or copolymer without deteriorating the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display element. Therefore, it is preferable.
  • the preferred number of substitution is 1 to 4.
  • R P21 and R P22 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • the solubility in a liquid crystal material may not be good. Accordingly, such a compound is preferably contained in an amount of 90% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or less in the whole monomer to be used.
  • R P31 and R P32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, mP31 represents an integer of 0 or 1, and when mP31 is 0, mP32 represents an integer of 1 to 6; In the case of 1, mP32 represents an integer of 2 to 6)
  • R P41 and R P42 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • mP42 and mP43 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1
  • mP41 is 1-6
  • mp42 is 1
  • mP41 represents an integer of 2 to 6
  • mP44 represents an integer of 1 to 6
  • mp44 represents an integer of 2 to 6.
  • Such a compound is preferably contained in an amount of 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more in the whole monomer to be used.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (P5-1) to (P5-11) having an aryl ester structure in the mesogen have the ability to initiate polymerization by ultraviolet irradiation. This is preferable because the amount can be reduced.
  • R P51 and R P52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • mP52 and mP53 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1
  • mP51 is 1-6
  • mp52 is 1, mP51 represents an integer of 2 to 6
  • mP54 represents an integer of 1 to 6
  • mp54 represents an integer of 2 to 6.
  • it is preferably contained in an amount of 30% by mass or less and more preferably 20% by mass or less in the whole monomer used. It is preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • R P61 and R P62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • mP62 and mP63 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1
  • mP61 is 1-6
  • mp62 is 1
  • mP61 represents an integer from 2 to 6
  • mP64 represents an integer from 1 to 6
  • mp64 represents an integer from 2 to 6.
  • compounds having a condensed ring represented by the following formulas (P7-1) to (P7-5) can shift the ultraviolet absorption region from the monocyclic compound to the visible light side. This is preferable from the viewpoint of adjusting the sensitivity of the monomer.
  • R P71 and R P72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • mP72 and mP73 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1
  • mP71 is 1-6.
  • mp72 is 1, mP71 represents an integer of 2 to 6, when mP73 is 0, mP74 represents an integer of 1 to 6, and when mP73 is 1, mp74 represents an integer of 2 to 6.
  • a bifunctional monomer is exemplified as a preferred compound, but among the formula (P1), the use of a trifunctional monomer such as the compounds represented by the formulas (P5-1) to (P5-11) is also preferred.
  • the mechanical strength of the polymer or copolymer can be improved. Moreover, what has an ester bond in a mesogen has the capability to start superposition
  • R P81 and R P83 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • mP72 and mP73 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1
  • mP71 is 1-6.
  • mp72 is 1
  • mP71 represents an integer of 2 to 6
  • mP74 represents an integer of 1 to 6
  • mp74 is an integer of 2 to 6
  • a monofunctional monomer such as a compound represented by the following formulas (P9-1) to (P9-11) for the purpose of adjusting the driving voltage of the liquid crystal display element.
  • R P91 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R P92 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms
  • R P101 and R P102 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • mP102 and mP103 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1
  • mP101 is 1-6.
  • mp102 is 1, mP101 represents an integer from 2 to 6, when mP103 is 0, mP104 represents an integer from 1 to 6, and when mP103 is 1, mp104 represents an integer from 2 to 6 To express
  • the radically polymerizable monomer component (A) detailed above is a compound represented by the various specific examples described above, represented by the following general formula (V):
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s —
  • U represents a linear or branched group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • An alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted with an oxygen atom within the range in which the oxygen atom is not adjacent) or a cyclic substituent, and k is 1 Represents an integer of up to 5.
  • X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 3 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) t — (wherein t is 2 to Represents an integer of 11 and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring)
  • V is a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • a hydrogen atom on the atom is substituted by an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted by an oxygen atom within a range not adjacent to the oxygen atom) or a cyclic substituent; W may be a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • all 1,4-phenylene group in the formula, any hydrogen atom is -CH 3, -OCH 3, substituted by fluorine atoms, or a cyano group May be.
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 in the general formula (V) are the same, when these are, for example, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, It is preferable because it is easy to synthesize and the physical properties can be easily adjusted by adjusting the proportions of a plurality of compounds having different alkylene chain lengths.
  • liquid crystal composition (B) As the liquid crystal material (B) used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention (hereinafter abbreviated as “liquid crystal composition (B)”), either an anisotropy of dielectric constant is positive or negative. May be.
  • the anisotropy of the liquid crystal composition (B) is negative, the liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ is smaller than ⁇ 2) and almost no dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ It preferably has a value of -2 to 2) a liquid crystal composition.
  • the anisotropy of the liquid crystal composition (B) is positive, there is almost no anisotropy of the dielectric constant ( ⁇ is greater than that of a liquid crystal composition having a positive dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ is greater than 2)). It preferably has a value of -2 to 2) a liquid crystal composition.
  • the value of the dielectric anisotropy ⁇ is preferably in the range of ⁇ 1.0 to ⁇ 7.0, ⁇ 1.5 Is more preferably ⁇ 6.5, more preferably ⁇ 2.0 to ⁇ 6.0, and particularly preferably ⁇ 2.5 to ⁇ 5.5, but low voltage driving is important.
  • a range of ⁇ 3.0 to ⁇ 6.0 is preferable, and a range of ⁇ 2.0 to ⁇ 3.5 is preferable when high-speed response is important.
  • the value of the refractive index anisotropy ⁇ n is preferably in the range of 0.100 to 0.140 when the cell gap is made thin in order to realize a high-speed response, and the cell gap is made thick in order to improve the yield in display manufacturing.
  • the range of 0.080 to 0.100 is preferable.
  • the preferable range is preferably 50% to 80% by mass of the above value.
  • the value of the nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature T NI is preferably in the range of 65 to 150 ° C., but preferably in the range of 70 to 130 ° C.
  • the temperature is preferably in the range of 70 to 90 ° C. when indoors are mainly indoors, and is preferably in the range of 80 to 120 ° C. when the use environment of the manufactured display is mainly outdoor.
  • the value of rotational viscosity is preferably 200 mPa ⁇ s or less, more preferably 180 mPa ⁇ s or less, further preferably 150 mPa ⁇ s or less, particularly preferably 130 mPa ⁇ s or less, and most preferably 100 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the value of the dielectric anisotropy ⁇ is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 20.0, 1.5 to 15.0 is more preferable, 2.0 to 10.0 is still more preferable, and 3.0 to 8.5 is particularly preferable.
  • a range of 0 to 12.0 is preferable, and a range of 1.5 to 5.0 is preferable when high-speed response is important.
  • the value of ⁇ n is preferably in the range of 0.110 to 0.160 when the cell gap is made thin in order to realize high-speed response, and is 0 when the cell gap is made thick in order to improve the yield in display manufacturing.
  • the range of .090 to 0.110 is preferable, but in the case of manufacturing a reflective display, the preferable range is preferably 50% to 80% of the above value.
  • the preferred range of the nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature T NI range is preferably 65 to 150 ° C., and preferably 70 to 130 ° C. When the use environment is mainly indoors, it is preferably in the range of 70 to 90 ° C., and when the use environment of the manufactured display is mainly outdoors, it is preferably in the range of 80 to 120 ° C.
  • the value of rotational viscosity is preferably 130 mPa ⁇ s or less, more preferably 100 mPa ⁇ s or less, still more preferably 90 mPa ⁇ s or less, particularly preferably 75 mPa ⁇ s or less, and most preferably 60 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the liquid crystal composition (B) having a negative dielectric anisotropy is specifically represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) and (N-4). It is preferable to contain one or more compounds selected from the above compounds. These compounds correspond to dielectrically negative compounds (the sign of ⁇ is negative and the absolute value is greater than 2).
  • Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 , Z N32 , Z N41 and Z N42 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH.
  • X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom
  • T N31 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom
  • X N41 represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or -CH 2-
  • Y N41 represents a single bond or —CH 2 —
  • n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 , n N32 , n N41 , and n N42 are each independently an integer of 0 to 3
  • N n11 + n N12 , n N 21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are each independently 1, 2 or 3, and when there are a plurality of A N11 to A N
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) and (N-4) are preferably compounds whose ⁇ is negative and whose absolute value is larger than 2. .
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 , R N32 , R N41 and R N32 Each independently is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, An alkyl group having 1 to 5 atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms More preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group).
  • an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms More preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group).
  • the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic)
  • An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable
  • the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane
  • a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.)
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 , A N32 , A N41, and A N42 are each preferably an aromatic structure site when it is required to independently increase ⁇ n, In order to improve the response speed, an aliphatic structure site is preferable, and trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro group -1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2 2.2] Octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrona Phthalene-2,6-d
  • trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group and 1,4-cyclohexenylene group are preferable because they are useful when it is desired to lower ⁇ n, and the viscosity can be lowered.
  • 4-phenylene group is more preferable because it is useful for increasing ⁇ n.
  • Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31, Z N32, Z N41 and Z N42 are each independently -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 It preferably represents CF 2 — or a single bond, more preferably —CH 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 — or a single bond, and particularly preferably —CH 2 O— or a single bond.
  • XN21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 , n N31 + n N32 and n N41 + n N42 are preferably 0, 1 or 2, a combination in which n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 0, n N11 is 2 and n N12 A combination in which n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N21 is 1 and n N22 is 0, n N21 Is a combination in which n N22 is 0, n N31 is 1 and n N32 is 0, and a combination in which n N31 is 2 and n N32 is 0, but n N41 + n N42 is n N41 And a combination in which n N42 is 0 is also preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, and 35% by mass, 25% by mass and 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, and 35% by mass, 25% by mass and 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, and 35% by mass, 25% by mass and 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, and 35% by mass, 25% by mass and 20% by mass.
  • the above lower limit value is preferably low and the upper limit value is preferably low. Further, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is increased and the upper limit value is high.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
  • R N11 and R N12 represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1), n Na11 represents 0 or 1, n Nb11 represents 1 or 2, and n Nc11 represents Represents 0 or 1, n Nd11 represents 1 or 2, n Ne11 represents 1 or 2, n Nf11 represents 1 or 2, n Ng11 represents 1 or 2, A Ne11 represents trans-1,4 -Represents a cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and A Ng11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, but at least one Represents a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, and Z Ne 11 represents a single bond or ethylene, but at least one represents ethylene.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21). preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is the following compound.
  • R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • R N111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group.
  • RN112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, 35% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, and 33% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-1.1) to the formula (N-1-1.23).
  • it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4), and the formula (N-1-1.1) and the formula (N
  • the compound represented by -1-1.3) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) can be used alone or in combination, but the liquid crystal composition (B)
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% % By mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass and 35% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, and 33% by mass with respect to the total amount of the non-polymerizable composition.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is the following compound.
  • R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • RN121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group.
  • RN122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and includes a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or a propoxy group. preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 7% by mass, and 10% by mass. Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, 35% by mass, 37% by mass, 40% by mass and 42% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 48% by mass, 45% by mass, 43% by mass, and 40% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-2.1) to the formula (N-1-2.22). It is preferable that the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7), the formula (N-1-2.10), the formula (N-1-2.11), the formula A compound represented by formula (N-1-2.13) and formula (N-1-2.20) is preferred.
  • formula (N-1-2.3) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.7) from when emphasizing improvements in T NI formula (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) And a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.13), and when emphasizing improvement in response speed, the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.20) Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.1) to formula (N-1-2.22) can be used alone or in combination, but the liquid crystal composition (B ) Alone or the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, and 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, and 35% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, and 33% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is the following compound.
  • R N131 and R N132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • R N131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably a 1-propenyl group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-3.1) to the formula (N-1-3.21). It is preferably a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and the formula (N-1-3.21). -1-3.1), formula (N-1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6) ) Is preferred.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is the following compound.
  • R N141 and R N142 each independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy Group or butoxy group is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. Yes, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 11% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-4.1) to the formula (N-1-4.14).
  • it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.4), and the formula (N-1-4.1) and the formula (N -1-4.2) and compounds represented by formula (N-1-4.4) are preferred.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) can be used alone or in combination, but the liquid crystal composition (B)
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of is 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% Mass%, 17 mass%, and 20 mass%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 11% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is the following compound.
  • R N151 and R N152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N151 and R N152 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 8% by mass, and 10% by mass. Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, and 25% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). It is 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1) to the formula (N-1-5.6). It is preferable that the compound represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2) and formula (N-1-5.4) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2) and formula (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5 mass%, 8 mass%, 10 mass%, 13 % By mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, and 25% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). It is 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is the following compound.
  • R N1101 and R N1102 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N1101 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group.
  • R N1102 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) to the formula (N-1-10.21). It is preferable that they are represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5), formula (N-1-10.20) and formula (N-1-10.21).
  • the compound is preferably a compound of formula (N-1-10.1), formula (N-1-10.2), formula (N-1-10.20) and formula (N-1-10.21). The compound represented by these is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-10.1), formula (N-1-10.2), formula (N-1-10.20) and formula (N-1-10.21) are singly Can be used in combination or in combination, but the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, and 10% by mass. %, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is the following compound.
  • R N1111 and R N1112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N1111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group.
  • R N1112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.1) to the formula (N-1-11.15).
  • it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.15), and is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) or the formula (N-- The compound represented by 1-11.4) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-11.2) and formula (N-1-11.4) can be used alone or in combination, but the liquid crystal composition (B ) Alone or the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, and 17% by mass, 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) is the following compound.
  • R N1121 and R N1122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • RN1121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • RN1122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) is the following compound.
  • R N1131 and R N1132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • R N1131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) is the following compound.
  • R N1141 and R N1142 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • R N1141 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1142 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) is the following compound.
  • R N1151 and R N1152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • RN1151 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1152 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) is the following compound.
  • R N1161 and R N1162 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N1161 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1162 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) is the following compound.
  • R N1171 and R N1172 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • R N1171 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1172 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is the following compound.
  • R N1181 and R N1182 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • RN1181 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1182 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-18.1) to the formula (N-1-18.5). It is more preferable that the compounds are represented by the formulas (N-1-18.1) to (N-1-18.3), and the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-18.2) and the formula (N-1 The compound represented by ⁇ 1-18.3) is particularly preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) is the following compound.
  • R N1201 and R N1202 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N1201 and R N1202 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-20) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) is the following compound.
  • R N1211 and R N1212 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N1211 and R N1212 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is the following compound.
  • R N1221 and R N1222 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • R N1221 and R N1222 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-22.1) to the formula (N-1-22.12).
  • it is a compound represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5), and preferably represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N- The compound represented by 1-22.4) is preferred.
  • Z N21 represents a single bond
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (N-3-1).
  • R N321 and R N322 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-3).
  • R N321 and R N322 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-3-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass and 35% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, and 33% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass %, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-3-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-3-1.1) to the formula (N-3-1.3). Preferably there is.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (N-4) include a compound group represented by the following general formula (N-4-1).
  • R N41 and R N42 each independently represent the same meaning as R N41 and R N42 in formula (N-4)).
  • R N321 and R N322 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-4-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-4-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass Yes, 10% by weight, 13% by weight, 15% by weight, 17% by weight, 20% by weight, 23% by weight, 25% by weight, 27% by weight, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, and 35% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, and 33% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass %, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-4-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-4-1.1) to the formula (N-4-1.6). Preferably there is.
  • the liquid crystal composition (B) having a positive dielectric anisotropy preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (J). These compounds correspond to dielectrically positive compounds ( ⁇ is greater than 2).
  • R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH ⁇ CH—, — Optionally substituted by C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, n J1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • a J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each independently (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group, (B) a divalent organic compound having a chemical structure in which one —CH 2 — present in a 1,4-cyclohexylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are replaced by —O— Group, (C) 1,4-phenylene group, (D) a divalent organic group having a chemical structure in which one —CH ⁇ existing in a 1,4-phenylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH ⁇ are replaced by —N
  • the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) are each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group, trifluoromethyl group or trifluoro May be substituted with a methoxy group
  • Z J1 and Z J2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C ⁇ C—
  • n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A J2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z J1 is present.
  • X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group.
  • R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • a group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms. (Propenyl group) is particularly preferred.
  • R J1 is preferably an alkyl group when emphasizing reliability, and is preferably an alkenyl group when emphasizing a decrease in viscosity.
  • the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic)
  • An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable
  • the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane
  • a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents the carbon atom in the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded.)
  • a J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each preferably an aromatic structural moiety when it is required to increase ⁇ n independently, and may be an aliphatic structural moiety in order to improve the response speed.
  • the alicyclic structure is preferable because it is useful when it is desired to lower ⁇ n, and the viscosity can be lowered. Aromatic ones increase ⁇ n. Useful if you want. From this viewpoint, the following structure
  • Z J1 and Z J2 each independently preferably represent —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond, OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 — or a single bond is more preferred, and —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O— or a single bond is particularly preferred.
  • X J1 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group, and more preferably a fluorine atom.
  • n J1 is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3, preferably 0, 1 or 2, preferably 0 or 1 when emphasizing the improvement of ⁇ , and preferably 1 or 2 when emphasizing Tni .
  • the types of compounds that can be combined are used in combination according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (J) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, dripping marks, image sticking. Therefore, it is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (J) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30 % By mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, and 80% by mass. It is.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is, for example, 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, and 65% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). Yes, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, 35% by mass, and 25% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • R J1 is preferably an alkyl group when emphasizing reliability, and is preferably an alkenyl group when emphasizing a decrease in viscosity.
  • the liquid crystal composition (B) having a positive dielectric anisotropy preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (M). These compounds correspond to dielectrically positive compounds ( ⁇ is greater than 2).
  • R M1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH ⁇ CH—, — Optionally substituted by C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, n M1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • a M1 and A M2 are each independently (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- or -S- And (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH ⁇ present in this group or two or more non-adjacent —CH ⁇ may be replaced by —N ⁇ ).
  • a hydrogen atom on the group (a) and the group (b) may be independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom
  • Z M1 and Z M2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C ⁇ C—
  • n M1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A M2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n M1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z M1 is present
  • X M1 and X M3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom
  • X M2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a
  • R M1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • a group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms. (Propenyl group) is particularly preferred.
  • R M1 is preferably an alkyl group when emphasizing reliability, and is preferably an alkenyl group when emphasizing a decrease in viscosity.
  • the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic)
  • An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable
  • the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane
  • a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents the carbon atom in the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded.)
  • a M1 and A M2 are preferably aromatic when it is required to independently increase ⁇ n, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and trans-1,4 -Cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2, 3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6- It preferably represents a diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and more preferably represents the following structure:
  • Z M1 and Z M2 each independently -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or preferably a single bond, -CF 2 O-, —CH 2 CH 2 — or a single bond is more preferable, and —CF 2 O— or a single bond is particularly preferable.
  • n M1 is preferably 0, 1, 2, or 3, preferably 0, 1 or 2, preferably 0 or 1 when emphasizing the improvement of ⁇ , and preferably 1 or 2 when emphasizing Tni .
  • the types of compounds that can be combined are used in combination according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, dripping marks, image sticking. Therefore, it is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, and 30% by mass. %, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass is there.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is, for example, 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, and 65% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). Yes, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, 35% by mass, and 25% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably, for example, a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (M-1).
  • R M11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X M11 to X M15 each independently represents hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
  • Y M11 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-1.1) to the formula (M-1.4).
  • a compound represented by M-1.1) or formula (M-1.2) is preferred, and a compound represented by formula (M-1.2) is more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (M-1.1) or formula (M-1.2) at the same time.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1.1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 5% by mass. Yes, 6% by mass.
  • the upper limit of preferable content is 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 5% by mass. Yes, 6% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass, 10% by mass and 8% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the preferable total content of the compounds represented by formula (M-1.1) and formula (M-1.2) with respect to the total amount of liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass. 2% by mass, 5% by mass, and 6% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass, 10% by mass and 8% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (M-2), for example.
  • R M21 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X M21 and X M22 each independently represent hydrogen represents an atom or a fluorine atom
  • Y M21 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that keeps Tni of the liquid crystal composition (B) high and does not easily cause burn-in is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-2) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-2.1) to the formula (M-2.5). 3) or / and a compound represented by the formula (M-2.5) is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 5% by mass. Yes, 6% by mass.
  • the upper limit of preferable content is 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-2.3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 5% by mass. Yes, 6% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass, 10% by mass and 8% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-2.5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 5% by mass. Yes, 6% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass, 10% by mass and 8% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the preferable total content of the compounds represented by formula (M-2.2), (M-2.3) and formula (M-2.5) with respect to the total amount of liquid crystal composition (B) The values are 1% by weight, 2% by weight, 5% by weight and 6% by weight.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass, 10% by mass and 8% by mass.
  • the content is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, further preferably 8% by mass or more, further preferably 10% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). More preferably, it is more preferably 16% by mass or more.
  • the maximum ratio is preferably limited to 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, and more preferably 22% by mass or less. , Less than 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-3).
  • R M31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X M31 to X M36 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
  • Y M31 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-3) is an upper limit and a lower limit for each embodiment in consideration of properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. There is a value.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of preferable content is 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-3) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-3.1) to the formula (M-3.8).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-3.1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. Yes, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of preferable content is 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-3.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass Yes, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of preferable content is 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the preferable total content of the compounds represented by the formulas (M-3.1) and (M-3.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass. 2% by weight, 4% by weight, 5% by weight, 8% by weight, 10% by weight, 13% by weight, 15% by weight, 18% by weight, % By mass.
  • the upper limit of preferable content is 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound selected from the group represented by the general formula (M-4).
  • R M41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X M41 to X M48 are each independently fluorine.
  • Y M41 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4) is an upper limit and a lower limit for each embodiment in consideration of properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. There is a value.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal composition (B) When used for a liquid crystal display device having a small cell gap, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4). When used for a liquid crystal display element having a low driving voltage, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4). Further, when used for a liquid crystal display element used in a low temperature environment, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4). In the case of a composition used for a liquid crystal display device having a high response speed, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-4) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-4.1) to the formula (M-4.4).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-5).
  • R M51 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X M51 and X M52 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
  • Y M51 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, 5% by mass %.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that keeps Tni of the liquid crystal composition (B) high and does not easily cause burn-in is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-5.1) to the formula (M-5.4), and the formula (M-5.
  • a compound represented by formula (M-5.4) is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, and 10% by mass. It is 13% by mass and 15% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-5.11) to the formula (M-5.17), and the formula (M-5. 11), a compound represented by formula (M-5.13) and formula (M-5.17) is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, and 10% by mass. It is 13% by mass and 15% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-5.21) to the formula (M-5.28), and the formula (M-5. 21), a compound represented by formula (M-5.22), formula (M-5.23) and formula (M-5.25).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, and 10% by mass. 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, and 30% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-6).
  • R M61 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X M61 to X M64 are each independently fluorine.
  • Y M61 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • liquid crystal composition (B) When the liquid crystal composition (B) is used for a liquid crystal display element having a low driving voltage, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-6). In the case of a composition used for a liquid crystal display device having a high response speed, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-6).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.1) to the formula (M-6.4). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-6.2) and formula (M-6.4).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.11) to the formula (M-6.14). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-6.12) and formula (M-6.14).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.21) to the formula (M-6.24). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-6.21), formula (M-6.22) and formula (M-6.24).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.31) to the formula (M-6.34). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-6.31) and the formula (M-6.32).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.41) to the formula (M-6.44). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-6.42).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (M-7).
  • X M71 to X M76 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
  • R M71 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 represents an alkoxy group
  • Y M71 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is an upper limit and a lower limit for each embodiment in consideration of properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. There is a value.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-7) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal composition (B) When used for a liquid crystal display device having a small cell gap, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7). When used for a liquid crystal display element with a low driving voltage, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7). In addition, when used for a liquid crystal display element used in a low temperature environment, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7). In the case of a composition used for a liquid crystal display device having a high response speed, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-7.1) to the formula (M-7.4), and the formula (M-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-7.11) to the formula (M-7.14), and the formula (M-7. 11) and a compound represented by the formula (M-7.12) are preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-7.21) to the formula (M-7.24). 21) and a compound represented by the formula (M-7.22) are preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-8).
  • X M81 to X M84 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
  • Y M81 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
  • R M81 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • a M81 and A M82 are each independently 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group or
  • the hydrogen atom on the 1,4-phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-8) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.1) to the formula (M-8.4). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-8.1) or formula (M-8.2).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.11) to the formula (M-8.14).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.21) to the formula (M-8.24). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-8.22).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.31) to the formula (M-8.34). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-8.32).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.41) to the formula (M-8.44). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-8.42).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.51) to the formula (M-8.54). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-8.52).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M) may have the following partial structure in its structure.
  • the black spot in the formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure to which the partial structure is bonded.
  • the compound having the partial structure is preferably a compound represented by general formulas (M-10) to (M-18).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-10) is as follows.
  • X M101 and X M102 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
  • Y M101 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
  • R M101 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • W M101 and W M102 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by General Formula (M-10) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-10) used for the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-10.1) to the formula (M-10.12).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-11) is as follows.
  • X M111 to X M114 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
  • Y M111 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
  • R M111 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-11) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (M-11) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) are specifically represented by the formulas (M-11.1) to (M-11.8). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-11.1) to formula (M-11.4).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-12) is as follows.
  • X M121 and X M122 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
  • Y M121 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
  • R M121 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • W M121 and W M122 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-12) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-12) used for the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-12.1) to the formula (M-12.12). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-12.5) to the formula (M-12.8).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-13) is as follows.
  • X M131 to X M134 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
  • Y M131 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
  • R M131 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • W M131 and W M132 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-13) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-13) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-13.1) to the formula (M-13.28). From the formulas (M-13.1) to (M-13.4), (M-13.11) to (M-13.14), (M-13.25) It preferably contains a compound represented by (M-13.28).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-14) is as follows.
  • X M141 to X M144 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
  • Y M141 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
  • R M141 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • W M141 and W M142 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-14) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-14) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-14.1) to the formula (M-14.8). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-14.5) or formula (M-14.8).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-15) is as follows.
  • X M151 and X M152 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
  • Y M151 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
  • R M151 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • W M151 and W M152 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-15) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-15) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-15.1) to the formula (M-15.14).
  • the compounds represented by formula (M-15.5) to formula (M-15.8) and formula (M-15.11) to formula (M-15.14) are particularly preferable. It is preferable to contain.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-16) is as follows.
  • X M161 to X M164 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
  • Y M161 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
  • R M161 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by General Formula (M-16) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-16) used for the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-16.1) to the formula (M-16.8). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-16.1) to formula (M-16.4).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-17) is as follows.
  • X M171 ⁇ X M174 are each independently a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M171 fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or -OCF 3,
  • R M171 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and
  • W M171 and W M172 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-17) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-17) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-17.1) to the formula (M-17.52).
  • the compounds of formulas (M-17.9) to (M-17.12), (M-17.21) to (M-17.28), and (M-17) are preferred. .45) to a compound represented by formula (M-17.48).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-18) is as follows.
  • X M181 to X M186 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
  • Y M181 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
  • R M181 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-18) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-18) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-18.1) to the formula (M-18.12). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-18.5) to the formula (M-18.8).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal composition (B) preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (K). These compounds correspond to dielectrically positive compounds ( ⁇ is greater than 2).
  • R K1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH ⁇ CH—, — Optionally substituted by C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, n K1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • a K1 and A K2 are each independently (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- or -S- And (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH ⁇ present in this group or two or more non-adjacent —CH ⁇ may be replaced by —N ⁇ ).
  • a hydrogen atom on the group (a) and the group (b) may be independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom
  • Z K1 and Z K2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C ⁇ C—
  • n K1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A K2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n K1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z K1 is present
  • X K1 and X K3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom
  • X K2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a
  • R K1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • a group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms. (Propenyl group) is particularly preferred.
  • RK1 is preferably an alkyl group when importance is placed on reliability, and an alkenyl group is preferred when importance is placed on lowering viscosity.
  • the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic)
  • An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable
  • the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane
  • a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents the carbon atom in the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded.)
  • a K1 and A K2 are preferably aromatic when it is required to independently increase ⁇ n, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and trans-1,4 -Cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2, 3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6- It preferably represents a diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and more preferably represents the following structure:
  • Z K1 and Z K2 are each independently -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or preferably a single bond, -CF 2 O-, —CH 2 CH 2 — or a single bond is more preferable, and —CF 2 O— or a single bond is particularly preferable.
  • n K1 is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3, preferably 0, 1 or 2, preferably 0 or 1 when emphasizing the improvement of ⁇ , and preferably 1 or 2 when emphasizing Tni. .
  • the types of compounds that can be combined are used in combination according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (K) is low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, and burn-in. Therefore, it is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, and 30% by mass. %, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass is there.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is, for example, 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, and 65% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). Yes, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, 35% by mass, and 25% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (K-1), for example.
  • R K11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X K11 to X K14 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
  • Y K11 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (K-1) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-1.1) to the formula (K-1.4).
  • a compound represented by formula (K-1.2) is preferred, and a compound represented by formula (K-1.2) is more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-1.1) or formula (K-1.2) at the same time.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (K-2), for example.
  • R K21 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X K21 to X K24 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
  • Y K21 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (K-2) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-2.1) to the formula (K-2.6).
  • a compound represented by formula (K-2.5) or formula (K-2.6) is preferred, and a compound represented by formula (K-2.6) is more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-2.5) or formula (K-2.6) at the same time.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (K-3), for example.
  • R K31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X K31 to X K36 are each independently hydrogen.
  • Y K31 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (K-3) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-3.1) to the formula (K-3.4).
  • a compound represented by K-3.1) or formula (K-3.2) is more preferable. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-3.1) and formula (K-3.2) at the same time.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (K) is preferably, for example, a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (K-4).
  • R K41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X K41 to X K46 are each independently hydrogen.
  • An atom or a fluorine atom Y K41 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3
  • Z K41 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, or —CF 2 O—.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (K-4) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-4.1) to the formula (K-4.18). More preferred are compounds represented by (K-4.1), formula (K-4.2), formula (K-4.11), and (K-4.12). It is also preferred to use compounds represented by formula (K-4.1), formula (K-4.2), formula (K-4.11), and (K-4.12) at the same time.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from, for example, a compound group represented by the general formula (K-5).
  • R K51 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X K51 to X K56 are each independently hydrogen.
  • An atom or a fluorine atom Y K51 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3
  • Z K51 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, or —CF 2 O—.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (K-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-5.1) to the formula (K-5.18).
  • a compound represented by the formula (K-5.14) to the compound represented by the formula (K-5.14) is preferable, and a compound represented by the formula (K-5.12) is more preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (K-6), for example.
  • R K61 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • X K61 to X K68 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
  • Y K61 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3
  • Z K61 is -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCF 2 - or an -CF 2 O-).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (K-6) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-6.1) to the formula (K-6.18).
  • Compounds represented by formula (K-6.18) to formula (K-6.18) are preferred, and compounds represented by formula (K-6.16) and formula (K-6.17) are more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-6.16) and formula (K-6.17) at the same time.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal composition having almost no dielectric anisotropy preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the following general formula (L).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L) corresponds to a dielectrically neutral compound ( ⁇ value is ⁇ 2 to 2).
  • R L1 and R L2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or one —CH 2 — present in an alkyl chain having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or not adjacent to each other
  • n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, dripping marks, image sticking. Therefore, it is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, and 30% by mass. %, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass is there.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, and 35% by mass, 25% by mass.
  • the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is lowered and the upper limit value is low.
  • R L1 and R L2 are preferably both alkyl groups, and when importance is placed on reducing the volatility of the compound, it is preferably an alkoxy group, and importance is placed on viscosity reduction. In this case, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
  • the number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3, preferably 0 or 1, and 1 is preferred when importance is attached to compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules.
  • R L1 and R L2 are each a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms when the ring structure to which R L1 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic).
  • a phenyl group aromatic
  • Alkyl groups, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.)
  • n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferred for improving the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferred for balancing these. In order to satisfy the properties required for the composition, it is preferable to combine compounds having different values.
  • a L1 , A L2, and A L3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase ⁇ n, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and are each independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 -Diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and other structural formulas shown below
  • the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is useful when it is desired to lower ⁇ n, and is preferable from the viewpoint of lowering the viscosity, and the 1,4-phenylene group is desired to increase ⁇ n. It is more preferable because it is useful in some cases.
  • Z L1 and Z L2 are preferably single bonds when the response speed is important.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L) preferably has 0 or 1 halogen atom in the molecule.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1) to (L-8).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is the following compound.
  • R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L11 and R L12 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 10% by mass, 15% by mass, 20% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass, 40% by mass, 45% by mass, 50% by mass % And 55% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 90% by mass, 85% by mass, 80% by mass, and 75% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 70% by mass, 65% by mass, 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass % And 25% by mass.
  • the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Further, when a composition having a high Tni of the liquid crystal composition (B) and having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the lower limit value is moderate and the upper limit value is moderate. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-1).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-1.1) to the formula (L-1-1.3). And is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-1.2) or formula (L-1-1.3), and particularly represented by formula (L-1-1.3). It is preferable that it is a compound.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass %, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, and 10% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass, and 3% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-2).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass and 35% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, and 42% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, and 30% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-2.1) to the formula (L-1-2.4).
  • it is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the formula (L-1-2.4).
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is preferable because the response speed of the liquid crystal composition (B) is particularly improved.
  • Tni higher than the response speed
  • the content of the compounds represented by formula (L-1-2.3) and formula (L-1-2.4) is not preferably 30% by mass or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 10% by mass, 15% by mass, and 18% by mass. %, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, 35% by mass, and 38% by mass. Yes, 40% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, and 43% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 32% by mass, 30% by mass, 27% by mass, 25% by mass, and 22% by mass.
  • the preferred total content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) The lower limit is 10% by mass, 15% by mass, 20% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass, and 40% by mass. is there.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, and 43% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 32% by mass, 30% by mass, 27% by mass, 25% by mass, and 22% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-3).
  • R L13 and R L14 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R L13 and R L14 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, and 30% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, and 40% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 37% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 27% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, and 17% by mass %, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, and 10% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) to the formula (L-1-3.12).
  • it is a compound represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) or formula (L-1-3.4).
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable because the response speed of the liquid crystal composition (B) is particularly improved.
  • the equation (L-1-3.3), the equation (L-1-3.4), the equation (L-1-3.11), and the equation (L ⁇ It is preferable to use a compound represented by 1-3.12).
  • Sum of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4), formula (L-1-3.11) and formula (L-1-3.12) The content of is not preferably 20% by mass or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass %, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass, 17% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, and 10% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 8% by mass, 7% by mass, and 6% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
  • R L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R L15 and R L16 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 17% by mass, and 15% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 13% by mass and 10% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 17% by mass, and 15% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 13% by mass and 10% by mass.
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) are represented by the formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-5.3).
  • a compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) or the formula (L-1-5.2) is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass %, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass, 17% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, and 10% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 8% by mass, 7% by mass, and 6% by mass.
  • liquid crystal composition (B ) 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 18% by mass 20% by mass 23% by mass 25% by mass 27% by mass 30% by mass 33% by mass 35% by mass 80% by mass, 70% by mass, 60% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, 40% by mass, and 37% by mass with respect to the total amount of the composition (B).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-6).
  • R L17 and R L18 each independently represent a methyl group or a hydrogen atom.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass and 35% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, and 42% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, and 30% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-6) is a compound selected from the compound group represented by the formula (L-1-6.1) to the formula (L-1-6.3). Preferably there is.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is the following compound.
  • R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
  • An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, and 10% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass, and 3% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-2.1) to (L-2.6).
  • a compound represented by formula (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6) is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is the following compound.
  • R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).
  • R L31 and R L32 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, and 10% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass, and 3% by mass.
  • the effect is high when the content is set to be large.
  • the effect is high when the content is set low.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-3.1) to (L-3.4).
  • a compound represented by the formula (L-3.7) from (L-3.2) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is the following compound.
  • R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).
  • R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
  • An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is the solubility at a low temperature, the transition temperature, the electrical reliability, the birefringence, the process suitability, the dropping trace. Therefore, it is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass %, 35% by mass, and 40% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, and 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by general formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-4.1) to formula (L-4.3), for example.
  • the formula (L-4.2) Even if it contains a compound represented by formula (L-4.1), it contains both a compound represented by formula (L-4.1) and a compound represented by formula (L-4.2). Or all of the compounds represented by formulas (L-4.1) to (L-4.3) may be included.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) or the formula (L-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 3% by mass, % By mass, 7% by mass, 9% by mass, 11% by mass, 12% by mass, 13% by mass, 18% by mass, 21% by mass, and a preferred upper limit value Is 45, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass %, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass.
  • both the compound represented by formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.2) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B)
  • the lower limit of the preferred content is 15% by mass, 19% by mass, 24% by mass and 30% by mass, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40% by mass and 35% by mass. %, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) to the formula (L-4.6). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by this.
  • the formula (L -4.5) contains both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5). May be.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) or the formula (L-4.5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 3% by mass, % By mass, 7% by mass, 9% by mass, 11% by mass, 12% by mass, 13% by mass, 18% by mass and 21% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit is 45, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, and 18% by mass. 15 mass%, 13 mass%, 10 mass%, and 8 mass%.
  • both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5) are contained, both compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B)
  • the lower limit of the preferred content is 15% by mass, 19% by mass, 24% by mass and 30% by mass, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40% by mass and 35% by mass. %, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-4.7) to the formula (L-4.10), and particularly the formula (L-4.
  • the compound represented by 9) is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is the following compound.
  • R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L51 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L52 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
  • An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, drop mark Therefore, it is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass %, 35% by mass, and 40% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, and 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is represented by the formula (L-5.1).
  • a compound represented by formula (L-5.2), and a compound represented by formula (L-5.1) is particularly preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. It is.
  • the upper limit of preferable content of these compounds is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-5.3) or the formula (L-5.4).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. It is.
  • the upper limit of preferable content of these compounds is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-5.5) to (L-5.7).
  • the compound represented by L-5.7) is preferred.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. It is.
  • the upper limit of preferable content of these compounds is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is the following compound.
  • R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
  • R L61 and R L62 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom. Is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass %, 35% by mass, and 40% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, and 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) to the formula (L-6.9).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-6.10) to the formula (L-6.17).
  • a compound represented by L-6.11) is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. It is.
  • the upper limit of preferable content of these compounds is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is the following compound.
  • R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in Formula (L), A L71 and A L72 is A L2 and in the general formula (L) independently A L3 represents the same meaning, but the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, Z L71 represents the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L), X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.
  • R L71 and R L72 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and
  • a L71 and A L72 Are each independently preferably a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, and
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, and four kinds.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence index, process suitability, dropping trace. Therefore, it is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • Tni with a high liquid crystal composition (B) it is preferable to increase the content of the compound represented by formula (L-7), and when an embodiment with a low viscosity is desired. It is preferable to reduce the amount.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.1) to the formula (L-7.4), and the formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.11) to the formula (L-7.13). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is a compound represented by the formula (L-7.21) to the formula (L-7.23).
  • a compound represented by formula (L-7.21) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.31) to the formula (L-7.34), and the formula (L-7. 31) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7.32).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.41) to the formula (L-7.44), and the formula (L-7. 41) or / and a compound represented by formula (L-7.42).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.51) to the formula (L-7.53).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-8) is the following compound.
  • R L81 and R L82 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L), and A L81 represents the same meaning or single bond as A L1 in General Formula (L)).
  • each hydrogen atom on A L81 may be independently substituted with a fluorine atom
  • X L81 to X L86 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.
  • R L81 and R L82 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of 2 to 5 carbon atoms preferably, A L81 is 1, A 4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferable
  • the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may each independently be substituted with a fluorine atom, and the same in the general formula (L-8)
  • the number of fluorine atoms in the ring structure is preferably 0 or 1, and the
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, and four kinds.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-8) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, drop mark Therefore, it is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-8) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, and 20% by mass.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-8) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • Tni with a high liquid crystal composition (B) it is preferable to increase the content of the compound represented by formula (L-8), and when an embodiment with a low viscosity is desired It is preferable to reduce the amount.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-8) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-8.1) to the formula (L-8.4), and the formula (L-8. 3), formula (L-8.5), formula (L-8.6), formula (L-8.13), formula (L-8.16) to formula (L-8.18), formula (L)
  • a compound represented by formula (L-8.28) to L-8.23) is more preferable.
  • the liquid crystal composition (B) preferably does not contain a compound having a structure in which oxygen atoms such as a peracid (—CO—OO—) structure are bonded in the molecule.
  • the content of the compound having a carbonyl group is preferably 5% by mass or less, preferably 3% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the composition. Is more preferable, and it is still more preferable to set it as 1 mass% or less, and it is most preferable not to contain substantially.
  • the content of the compound substituted with chlorine atoms is preferably 15% by mass or less, and preferably 10% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the composition. 8% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, and still more preferably substantially not contained.
  • the content of a compound in which all the ring structures in the molecule are 6-membered rings is 80% of the total mass of the composition. It is preferably at least 90% by mass, more preferably at least 90% by mass, even more preferably at least 95% by mass, and it is composed of only a compound having substantially all 6-membered ring structures in the molecule. Most preferably it constitutes a product.
  • the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as a ring structure, and the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as the total mass of the composition is preferably 10% by mass or less, preferably 8% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and preferably 3% by mass or less, and substantially not contained. Further preferred.
  • the content of a compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule, in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen may be reduced.
  • the content of the compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less based on the total mass of the composition. Is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, and still more preferably substantially not contained.
  • substantially not contained in the present application means that it is not contained except for an unintentionally contained product.
  • the alkenyl group when the compound contained in the liquid crystal composition (B) has an alkenyl group as a side chain, when the alkenyl group is bonded to cyclohexane, the alkenyl group may have 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group when the alkenyl group is bonded to benzene, the alkenyl group preferably has 4 to 5 carbon atoms, and the unsaturated bond of the alkenyl group and benzene are preferably not directly bonded. .
  • the average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is preferably from 10 to 25, and the lower limit thereof is preferably 10, preferably 10.5, preferably 11, .5 is preferred, 12 is preferred, 12.3 is preferred, 12.5 is preferred, 12.8 is preferred, 13 is preferred, 13.3 is preferred, 13.5 is preferred, 13.8 is preferred, 14 Is preferred, 14.3 is preferred, 14.5 is preferred, 14.8 is preferred, 15 is preferred, 15.3 is preferred, 15.5 is preferred, 15.8 is preferred, 16 is preferred, 16.3 16.5 is preferred, 16.8 is preferred, 17 is preferred, 17.3 is preferred, 17.5 is preferred, 17.8 is preferred, 18 is preferred, the upper limit thereof Is preferably 25, 24.5 is preferred, 24 is preferred, 23.5 is preferred, 23 is preferred, 22.8 is preferred, 22.5 is preferred, 22.3 is preferred, 22 is preferred, 21 .8, 21.5 is preferred, 21.3 is preferred, 21 is preferred, 20.8 is preferred, 20.5 is preferred, 20.3 is preferred, 20 is preferred, 19.8
  • the value of K AVG should be set low. preferable. It is preferable to set a higher value of K AVG in the case of emphasizing improved response speed.
  • Z which is a function of rotational viscosity and refractive index anisotropy, preferably shows a specific value.
  • ⁇ 1 represents rotational viscosity
  • ⁇ n represents refractive index anisotropy.
  • Z is preferably 13000 or less, more preferably 12000 or less, and particularly preferably 11000 or less.
  • polymerization can be performed by radical polymerization using the above-described polymerization initiator (C).
  • the radical polymerizable monomer component (A), the liquid crystal composition (B), and the compound (C) can be used as essential components.
  • the polymerizable monomer component (A) can be used in a proportion of 0.5 to 20% by mass, preferably 1 to 10% by mass in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element used in the present invention contains 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass of the radical polymerizable monomer component (A), so that it is uniaxial optically anisotropic. Or a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or a polymer network having an easy orientation axis direction, and the optical axis or the easy orientation axis of the polymer network and the easy orientation axis of the low-molecular liquid crystal are substantially the same. More preferably, they are formed so as to match.
  • the polymer network includes a polymer binder in which a polymer thin film is formed by aggregating a plurality of polymer networks.
  • the polymer binder has refractive index anisotropy indicating uniaxial orientation, low molecular liquid crystal is dispersed in the thin film, and the uniaxial optical axis of the thin film and the optical axis of the low molecular liquid crystal are in substantially the same direction.
  • the feature is that it is complete.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element used in the present invention induces a pretilt by forming a polymer thin film layer on a liquid crystal element substrate when a polymer network layer is formed on the entire liquid crystal display element. It can be distinguished from a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) type liquid crystal composition.
  • the radical polymerizable monomer component (A) which is a precursor of a polymer having a high Tg, is a radical polymerizable monomer component (A) having a molecular structure that increases the crosslink density, and has two or more functional groups.
  • the precursor of the polymer having a low Tg preferably has a structure in which the number of functional groups is 1 or 2 or more, and an alkylene group or the like is provided as a spacer between the functional groups to increase the molecular length.
  • Tg is also related to thermal mobility at the molecular level in the main chain and side chain of the polymer network, and has an influence on electro-optical properties. For example, when the crosslink density is increased, the molecular mobility of the main chain is lowered, the anchoring force with the low molecular liquid crystal is increased, the drive voltage is increased, and the fall time is shortened.
  • the anchoring force at the polymer network interface is influenced by the molecular mobility of the polymer side chain in addition to the above-mentioned Tg, and is monovalent or divalent, and an acrylate of an alcohol compound having 8 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the anchoring force at the polymer interface can be lowered by using methacrylate as the radical polymerizable monomer component (A). Further, such a radical polymerizable monomer component (A) is effective in inducing a pretilt angle at the substrate interface and acts in the direction of decreasing the polar anchoring force.
  • the molecular weight is obtained. Increases to cause phase separation into the liquid crystal composition (B) and the polymer (or copolymer). The form of separation into two phases differs greatly depending on the type of liquid crystal composition (B) contained and the type of monomer.
  • a phase separation structure may be formed by binodal decomposition in which an infinite number of monomer phases are generated and grown as island-like nuclei in the liquid crystal composition (B), and the concentration of the monomer phase in the liquid crystal composition (B)
  • a phase separation structure may be formed by spinodal decomposition that separates phases from fluctuations.
  • a structure of nano-order is generated by generating innumerable monomer nuclei smaller than the wavelength of visible light and connecting them linearly. This is preferable because a phase separation structure is formed.
  • the polymerization in the monomer phase proceeds, a polymer network having a gap interval shorter than the wavelength of visible light is formed depending on the phase separation structure.
  • the voids in the polymer network are due to the phase separation of the liquid crystal composition (B) phase.
  • the size of the voids is smaller than the wavelength of visible light, there is no light scattering and high contrast and anchors from the polymer network are used. This is particularly preferable because the influence of the ring force is increased, the fall time is shortened, and a high-speed response liquid crystal display element can be obtained.
  • the nucleation of the monomer phase in the binodal decomposition is preferably adjusted as necessary as affected by parameters such as the change in compatibility depending on the type and combination of the compounds, the reaction rate, and the temperature.
  • the UV irradiation conditions may be appropriately adjusted so as to promote the reactivity depending on the type and content of the functional group of the monomer, the polymerization initiator, the UV irradiation intensity, and at least 2 mW / An ultraviolet irradiation intensity of cm 2 or more is preferable.
  • Spinodal decomposition is preferable because a phase-separated microstructure can be obtained by fluctuations in the concentration of two phases having periodicity, and uniform gaps smaller than the visible light wavelength can be easily formed.
  • phase transition temperature at which the liquid crystal composition (B) high-concentration phase and the monomer high-concentration phase are separated into two phases due to temperature.
  • An isotropic phase is exhibited at a temperature higher than the two-phase separation transition temperature, but if it is low, separation occurs and a uniform phase separation structure cannot be obtained.
  • two-phase separation is performed due to a temperature change, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure at a temperature higher than the two-phase separation temperature. In any case described above, a polymer network is formed while maintaining the same alignment state as that of the liquid crystal composition (B).
  • the polymer phase separation structure is closely related to the spacing and density of the polymer network, but in the process of forming the polymer phase separation structure, it is described that two phases of monomer high concentration phase and liquid crystal high concentration phase are formed.
  • the photoinitiator tends to gather in the higher affinity of either the monomer or the liquid crystal, and concentration concentration occurs.
  • concentration concentration occurs.
  • the photoinitiator is unevenly distributed in the monomer high concentration phase, the polymerization of the monomer is promoted.
  • the polymerization of the monomer remaining in the liquid crystal high concentration phase is difficult to proceed.
  • the residual monomer in the liquid crystal high-concentration phase having a low photoinitiator concentration crosslinks by gathering to the monomer high-concentration phase by an action such as aggregation.
  • the polymerization of the residual monomer in the liquid crystal high-concentration phase is promoted, and as the molecular weight of the residual monomer in the liquid crystal increases, the polymer phase separation structure is newly formed or the monomer high-concentration phase is changed.
  • the residual monomer in the liquid crystal high-concentration phase is preferable because the polymerization easily proceeds due to the effect of the photoinitiator dissolved in the liquid crystal phase. It is also preferable that the residual monomer in the high-concentration liquid crystal phase undergoes separation of the polymerization phase by the effect of the photoinitiator and forms a new polymer network.
  • the formed polymer network exhibits optical anisotropy so as to follow the orientation of the liquid crystal composition (B).
  • the form of the liquid crystal layer in the polymer network includes a structure in which the liquid crystal composition (B) forms a continuous layer in the three-dimensional network structure of the polymer, and a structure in which the droplets of the liquid crystal composition (B) are dispersed in the polymer. Or a structure in which both are mixed, and a structure in which a polymer network layer is present starting from both substrate surfaces and only a liquid crystal layer is provided near the center of the facing substrate.
  • a pretilt angle of 0 to 90 ° is preferably induced with respect to the liquid crystal element substrate interface by the action of the polymer network.
  • the formed polymer network preferably has a function of aligning the coexisting liquid crystal composition (B) in the alignment direction indicated by the alignment film of the liquid crystal cell, and further has a function of pretilting the low-molecular liquid crystal with respect to the polymer interface direction. It is also preferable to have it. Introducing a monomer that pre-tilts a low-molecular liquid crystal with respect to the polymer interface is useful and preferable for improving the transmittance and lowering the driving voltage of the liquid crystal element. Moreover, it may have refractive index anisotropy, and it is preferable to use a monomer having a mesogenic group for the function of aligning the liquid crystal in the alignment direction. Alternatively, a pretilt may be formed by forming a polymer network by applying ultraviolet rays or the like while applying a voltage.
  • an acrylate of an alcohol compound having no mesogenic group that induces vertical alignment as a monomer, monovalent or divalent, and having 8 to 18 carbon atoms, or Methacrylate may be used as a monomer, and a combination with a monomer having a mesogenic group is also preferred.
  • a polymer network is formed in a vertically aligned cell by phase separation polymerization using a polymerizable liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element, a fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed on the liquid crystal cell substrate.
  • B It is preferable to form in the direction substantially the same as the vertical direction.
  • the liquid crystal is pretilted and aligned.
  • a fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed in an inclined direction in the same direction as the liquid crystal composition (B).
  • the monomer may be selected so that the inclination of the polymer network occurs spontaneously at the substrate interface.
  • a polymer network may be formed by applying a voltage to place the liquid crystal in an inclined alignment state and irradiating ultraviolet rays or the like.
  • polymerization is performed while applying a voltage in a voltage range of about 0.9 V to about 2 V higher than a threshold voltage of a liquid crystal for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element.
  • a voltage higher than the threshold voltage may be applied for a short time of several seconds to several tens of seconds during the polymer network formation process, and then the polymer network may be formed below the threshold voltage.
  • the fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed to be inclined so as to induce a pretilt angle of 90 ° to 80 ° with respect to the transparent substrate plane, and a pretilt angle of 90 ° to 85 ° is preferred.
  • a pretilt angle of 9 to 85 degrees is preferred, a pretilt angle of 89.9 to 87 degrees is preferred, and a pretilt angle of 89.9 to 88 degrees is preferred.
  • the fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by any method is characterized in that the two cell substrates are connected to each other. Thereby, the thermal stability of the pretilt angle is improved, and the reliability of the liquid crystal display element can be increased.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group between the functional group and the mesogenic group Is a method using a combination of a bifunctional acrylate having a small pretilt angle induction angle of 6 or more, a functional group, and a bifunctional acrylate having a large pretilt angle induction angle of 5 or more carbon atoms in the alkylene group between the mesogenic groups.
  • a desired pretilt angle can be induced in the vicinity of the interface by adjusting the compounding ratio of these compounds.
  • the trans form has a rod-like shape similar to that of the low-molecular liquid crystal and affects the alignment state of the low-molecular liquid crystal.
  • the trans isomer contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element is aligned so that the direction of ultraviolet light travels parallel to the direction of the long axis of the rod when irradiated with ultraviolet light as parallel light from the top surface of the cell.
  • the low-molecular liquid crystals are also aligned so as to be aligned in the molecular major axis direction of the trans form at the same time.
  • the molecular long axis of the trans body is oriented in the tilt direction and the liquid crystal is oriented in the tilt direction of the ultraviolet rays. That is, a pre-tilt angle is induced and a photo-alignment function is exhibited.
  • the pretilt angle induced is fixed by a fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by polymerization phase separation.
  • the pretilt angle that is important in the VA mode is induced by a method of separating the polymerization phase while applying a voltage, a method of adding a plurality of monomers with different pretilt angles to induce polymerization phase separation, and a monomer having a reversible photo-alignment function.
  • the liquid crystal element of the present invention can be produced by using a method of aligning the liquid crystal composition (B) and the monomer in the direction in which ultraviolet rays travel and separating the polymerization phase as necessary using the photo-alignment function indicated by
  • the monomer having a photo-alignment function may be a photoisomeric compound that absorbs ultraviolet rays and becomes a trans isomer, or may be a photoisomerizable compound that absorbs ultraviolet rays and becomes a cis isomer. Furthermore, it is preferable that the reaction rate of the monomer having the photo-alignment function is slower than the reaction rate of the monomer other than the monomer having the photo-alignment function. When irradiated with ultraviolet rays, the monomer having a photo-alignment function immediately becomes a trans form, and when it is aligned in the light traveling direction, surrounding monomers and non-polymerized liquid crystal compositions are aligned in the same direction.
  • the polymerization phase separation proceeds, and the pretilt angle is induced in the direction in which the easy alignment direction of the liquid crystal composition (B) and the polymer network is aligned with the easy alignment direction of the monomer having the photo-alignment function and the ultraviolet light travels. Is done.
  • liquid crystal composition (B) is aligned in parallel with the alignment direction of the film, the refractive index anisotropy or the easy axis direction of the formed fibrous or columnar polymer network and the alignment of the liquid crystal composition (B) It is preferably formed in a direction substantially the same as the direction. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the fibrous or columnar polymer network is present in substantially the entire cell except for the voids in which the liquid crystal composition (B) is dispersed.
  • a monomer having a mesogenic group using a monovalent or divalent acrylate or methacrylate of an alcohol compound having 8 to 18 carbon atoms as a monomer; It is preferable to use it.
  • the electro-optical characteristics are affected by the surface area of the polymer network interface and the gap spacing of the polymer network, it is important not to cause light scattering, and the average gap spacing is preferably smaller than the wavelength of visible light.
  • the average gap spacing is preferably smaller than the wavelength of visible light.
  • the polymer phase is formed so that the surface area of the interface is increased by changing the polymerization phase separation structure and making the gap interval fine, and the drive voltage and the fall time are shortened.
  • the polymerization phase separation structure is also affected by the polymerization temperature.
  • phase separation rate is greatly influenced by the compatibility between the low-molecular liquid crystal and the monomer and the polymerization rate. Since it largely depends on the molecular structure and content of the compound, it is preferable to adjust the composition as appropriate.
  • the compatibility is high, it is preferable to use a monomer having a high polymerization rate.
  • ultraviolet polymerization it is preferable to increase the ultraviolet intensity. It is also preferable to increase the monomer content in the liquid crystal composition for device production.
  • the compatibility is low, the phase separation rate is sufficiently high, which is preferable for producing the liquid crystal element of the present invention.
  • a method for reducing the compatibility a method of polymerizing at a low temperature can be mentioned.
  • the temperature is lowered, the degree of alignment order of the liquid crystal is increased, and the compatibility between the liquid crystal composition (B) and the monomer is decreased, so that the polymerization phase separation rate can be increased.
  • a method of polymerizing a liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display device at a temperature showing a supercooled state can also be mentioned. In this case, it may be slightly lower than the melting point of the liquid crystal composition for producing the liquid crystal display element, and therefore, it is possible to accelerate the phase separation only by lowering the temperature by several degrees.
  • the composition of the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element is preferably adjusted as appropriate in consideration of the alignment function, the crosslinking density, the anchoring force, and the gap interval so as to shorten the fall time.
  • the polymer network is formed so as to induce a pretilt angle of the low-molecular liquid crystal, and light is obtained by reducing the average gap distance of the polymer network to be smaller than the wavelength of visible light and smaller than at least 450 nm. Since scattering does not occur, it is preferable.
  • the average gap interval is in the range of around 200 nm and the upper limit is around 450 nm. It is preferable to enter. Increasing the drive gap increases the average gap spacing.
  • the fall response time can be improved in the range of about 5 msec to about 1 msec, which is preferable.
  • the average gap interval is in the range of about 300 nm to 450 nm.
  • the average gap interval may be set between about 50 nm and about 250 nm, and in order to reduce it to 0.5 msec or less, it is preferable to set from about 50 nm to about 200 nm.
  • the average diameter of the polymer network is in the range of 20 nm to 700 nm, contrary to the average gap spacing. The average diameter tends to increase as the monomer content increases. Increasing the polymerization phase separation rate by increasing the reactivity increases the density of the polymer network and decreases the average diameter of the polymer network. Therefore, the phase separation conditions may be adjusted as necessary.
  • the average diameter is preferably from 20 nm to 160 nm, and when the average gap distance is from 200 nm to 450 nm, the average diameter is preferably from 40 nm to 160 nm.
  • the monomer content is larger than 10% by mass, the range of 50 nm to 700 nm is preferable, and the range of 50 nm to 400 nm is more preferable.
  • the polymer network layer In contrast to a structure in which a polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of the liquid crystal display element and the liquid crystal phase is continuous, if the monomer content is low and the amount necessary to cover the entire cell with the polymer network layer is insufficient, the polymer network layer It is formed discontinuously.
  • the polarity of the substrate surface such as a polyimide alignment film
  • the monomer tends to gather near the liquid crystal cell substrate interface, and a polymer network layer is formed so that the polymer network grows and adheres to the substrate interface from the substrate surface.
  • the polymer network layer, the liquid crystal layer, the polymer network layer, and the counter substrate are stacked in this order.
  • Polymer having a laminated structure of polymer network layer / liquid crystal layer / polymer network layer and having a thickness of at least 0.5%, preferably 1%, more preferably 5% or more of the cell thickness in the cell cross-sectional direction
  • the network layer is formed, the effect of shortening the fall time due to the action of the anchoring force between the polymer network and the low-molecular liquid crystal is exhibited and a favorable tendency is exhibited.
  • the thickness of the polymer network layer may be increased as necessary.
  • the polymer network structure in the polymer network layer is such that the low-molecular liquid crystal and the easy-orientation axis or uniaxial optical axis are aligned in substantially the same direction, and the low-molecular liquid crystal is formed so as to induce a pretilt angle. Just do it.
  • the average gap distance is preferably in the range of 90 nm to 450 nm.
  • the monomer content is less than 6% by mass
  • a bifunctional monomer having a mesogenic group having a high anchoring force and a bifunctional monomer having a structure with a short distance between functional groups and a high polymerization rate. It is preferable to use, and it is preferable to form a polymer phase separation structure at a low temperature of 0 ° C. or lower.
  • the monomer content is from 6% by mass to less than 10% by mass, a combination of the bifunctional monomer and a monofunctional monomer having a low anchoring force is preferable, and polymerization is performed in the range of 25 ° C. to ⁇ 20 ° C. as necessary. It is preferable to form a phase separation structure.
  • the melting point is room temperature or higher, it is preferable to lower the melting point by about 5 ° C. because the same effect as low temperature polymerization can be obtained.
  • the higher the monomer concentration in the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element the greater the anchoring force between the liquid crystal composition (B) and the polymer interface, and the higher the ⁇ d.
  • the anchoring force between the liquid crystal composition (B) and the polymer interface increases, ⁇ r decreases.
  • the concentration of the monomer in the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element is 1% by mass or more and less than 10% by mass, and 1.5% by mass or more and 8% by mass. % By mass or less is preferable, and 1.8% by mass to 5% by mass is more preferable.
  • the cause of lowering the voltage holding ratio is considered to be ionic impurities contained in the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element.
  • mobile ions strongly influence the voltage holding ratio. Therefore, it is preferable to remove the mobile ions by performing a purification treatment or the like so that at least a specific resistance of 10 14 ⁇ ⁇ cm or more is obtained.
  • the voltage holding ratio may decrease due to ionic impurities generated from the photopolymerization initiator, etc., but the polymerization initiator generates a small amount of organic acid and low-molecular byproducts. Is preferably selected.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention contains a polymer or copolymer in a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between two transparent substrates having electrodes on at least one side, and the content of the polymer or copolymer is the liquid crystal 0.5 mass% or more and less than 10 mass% of the total mass of the composition and the polymer or copolymer, the polymer or copolymer forms a polymer network, and the polymer network is uniaxial refraction. It has a rate anisotropy or an orientation easy axis, and has two or more different orientation states.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention preferably has an alignment film for aligning the liquid crystal composition (B) on at least one transparent substrate.
  • the polymer network or polymer binder has a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or an easy axis direction, and the optical axis direction or the easy axis direction of the polymer network or the polymer binder and the easy axis direction of the low molecular liquid crystal are the same direction. Preferably there is. In this respect, it differs from a light scattering polymer network liquid crystal or polymer dispersed liquid crystal that does not have a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or an orientation easy axis direction.
  • the easy orientation axis direction of the alignment film and the easy orientation direction of the polymer network or polymer binder are the same.
  • a polarizing plate, a retardation film, etc. display is performed using this orientation state.
  • the liquid crystal display element can be applied to operation modes such as TN, STN, ECB, VA, VA-TN, IPS, FFS, ⁇ cell, OCB, and cholesteric liquid crystal.
  • VA, IPS, FFS, VA-TN, TN, and ECB are particularly preferable.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) type liquid crystal display having a polymer or copolymer on the alignment film in that it contains a polymer or copolymer in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Different from the element.
  • PSA Polymer Sustained Alignment
  • the content of the polymer or copolymer in the liquid crystal layer is 0.5% by mass or more and less than 10% by mass of the total mass of the liquid crystal composition (B) and the polymer or copolymer.
  • the value is preferably 0.7% by mass or more, preferably 0.9% by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably less than 9% by mass, and preferably less than 7% by mass.
  • the alignment treatment is omitted by providing a plurality of slits with a width of 3 to 5 ⁇ m in the electrode instead of the rubbing alignment treatment and tilting the liquid crystal in the slit direction.
  • the alignment of the liquid crystal is stabilized so that a pretilt angle (tilt angle with respect to the substrate normal) is obtained at the substrate interface, and the polymer is stabilized.
  • a thin film is formed. Utilizing the fact that the pretilt angle is induced by the action of the polymer thin film, it is used for the production of PSVA (polymer-stabilized vertical alignment) LCD or PSALCD.
  • a pattern electrode designed so that a multi-domain can be formed is used to divide the pretilt angle direction in one pixel into a plurality of parts.
  • this method is applied to a liquid crystal display element that can improve the response relaxation time by forming a polymer network or the like in the entire cell, it is irradiated with ultraviolet rays by applying a voltage of several tens of volts above the saturation voltage.
  • the polymer network stabilizes the liquid crystal in the parallel alignment state. This is because the refractive anisotropy or the easy alignment axis of the polymer network is formed so as to hold the liquid crystal molecules in the parallel alignment state, so that the vertical alignment cannot be obtained.
  • electro-optical characteristics such as transmittance and response time are provided by applying a pretilt angle within 2 degrees to the cell normal direction in order to align the tilt orientation of the tilt alignment in a certain direction by applying a voltage.
  • a voltage slightly higher than the threshold voltage of the liquid crystal and form the liquid crystal in a state in which the liquid crystal is tilted within 2 degrees.
  • a low voltage near the threshold voltage is applied to form the refractive anisotropy of the polymer network or the easy alignment axis.
  • the transmittance decreases because the tilt orientation direction of the liquid crystal is not determined. This is because when a voltage near the threshold voltage is applied, the effect of the vertical alignment film is strong, so that the liquid crystal near the substrate interface is vertically aligned, and the tilt alignment direction cannot be defined in the constant direction near the substrate interface. This is because it becomes stable.
  • the fishbone type electrode shown in FIG. 11 has the same width as the fine line electrode and the line electrode having a width of about 3 to 5 ⁇ m alternately.
  • the liquid crystal on the line electrode is aligned so that the tilt alignment direction of the liquid crystal is substantially parallel to the slit direction. Therefore, it is necessary to provide an orientation memory in which the tilt orientation direction is constant in the slit direction as the refractive anisotropy or the easy orientation axis of the polymer network.
  • the axial electrode of Axial Symmetrical Vertical Alignment it has a subpixel structure composed of a point electrode and a substantially square counter electrode.
  • the central axis is vertically aligned even when a voltage is applied, but the liquid crystal director is radially inclined and aligned with the point electrode of the central axis as a starting point.
  • the liquid crystal director is continuously oriented 360 degrees radially from the central axis.
  • a high voltage is applied to stabilize the alignment state in a part of the polymer network, a part of the polymer network is formed so that the radial inclined alignment direction is stabilized.
  • the liquid crystal returns to a substantially vertical alignment.
  • the formed radial orientation orientation can be left in the polymer network as a locus, and both orientation control when voltage is applied and vertical orientation when no voltage is applied can be achieved.
  • the refractive index anisotropy or the easy axis of alignment of the polymer network coincides with the liquid crystal alignment state in order to stabilize the alignment state obtained by applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage.
  • the polymer network is formed so that the refractive index anisotropy or the easy axis of alignment coincides with the liquid crystal alignment state.
  • the alignment state of the liquid crystal affected by the polymer network is changed. This is different from the alignment state of the liquid crystal originally required for the liquid crystal display element, so that the alignment after the alignment transition is distorted and the desired alignment state cannot be obtained, affecting the electro-optic effect, contrast, and transmittance. Etc. decreases. Therefore, it is easy to change the alignment between the two states by coexisting two alignment states, the alignment state obtained by applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage to the polymer network and the alignment state obtained by applying a voltage lower than the threshold voltage. And display characteristics are improved.
  • a liquid crystal display Part of the monomer contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for device manufacture is used for the purpose of stabilizing the alignment state of the liquid crystal above the threshold voltage, and the remaining monomer is used to stabilize the liquid crystal alignment state below the threshold voltage. It is preferably used for a polymer network formed so as to be formed.
  • the liquid crystal alignment state when no voltage is applied to the element after the polymer network is formed is two different alignment states. It is influenced by the polymer network to be held, and the liquid crystal alignment state when no voltage is applied is determined by the balance of influence of each polymer network. For example, in the liquid crystal display element of the vertical alignment mode, when the influence of the polymer network that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment state below the threshold voltage is increased, the liquid crystal display element exhibits the vertical alignment originally required and the liquid crystal display This is preferable because the contrast is increased.
  • the influence of the polymer network that stabilizes the alignment of the liquid crystal above the threshold voltage is too strong, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal increases and the contrast decreases.
  • the polymer network is formed so as to stabilize the substantially vertical alignment state in which a good black level can be obtained by applying a voltage less than the threshold voltage during ultraviolet irradiation, a good black level is obtained. Since the orientation of the tilted orientation becomes constant and the maximum transmittance increases, a high contrast can be obtained, which is preferable because the display quality is improved.
  • the method for producing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention comprises a polymerizable liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element sandwiched between two transparent substrates having electrodes on at least one side, the threshold voltage of the liquid crystal for producing the element being equal to or higher than the threshold voltage. It is a method comprising a step of irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage to cause polymerization phase separation, and a step of further irradiating with ultraviolet rays by setting the voltage below the threshold voltage while irradiating the ultraviolet rays.
  • liquid crystal display element including a pattern electrode cell, etc.
  • the process of separating the polymerization phase by irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage of the liquid crystal for liquid crystal display element manufacture In the step of aligning the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal with an inclination in the range of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane, and further irradiating with ultraviolet rays by setting the voltage below the threshold voltage while irradiating with ultraviolet rays.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are preferably aligned with an inclination of 80 to 90 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane.
  • the state in which the liquid crystal molecules are aligned with an inclination in the range of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane indicates a state in which the birefringence of the liquid crystal is increased by voltage application, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal is in the plane of the transparent substrate.
  • the birefringence is maximized, which is preferable.
  • the PVA cell is preferable because the tilt direction can be made constant. In any case, it is preferable to form a polymer network in which the orientation is stabilized so that the tilt orientation direction of the liquid crystal by voltage application becomes a constant direction.
  • the birefringence becomes minimum when the liquid crystal is aligned at 90 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane when no voltage is applied. It is useful and preferable for increasing the contrast of the liquid crystal display element, but it is more preferable that the liquid crystal display device is tilted within 89.9 degrees to 85 degrees with respect to the substrate plane in order to tilt and align in a certain direction when a voltage is applied. . If the angle exceeds 80 degrees with respect to the substrate plane, the birefringence increases and the amount of transmitted light increases, which is not preferable because the display contrast is lowered. Since contrast is obtained, it is preferable.
  • IPS In-plane switching
  • FFS FFS mode liquid crystal display element
  • a process of polymerizing phase separation by irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage higher than a threshold voltage of a liquid crystal composition for liquid crystal display element production The liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element are aligned with an inclination in the range of 0 to 90 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane, and the voltage is set to be lower than the threshold voltage while being irradiated with ultraviolet rays.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are aligned with an inclination of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are tilted in the range of 0 to 90 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane, and the alignment forms a polymer network so as to stabilize the alignment state of the liquid crystal to which a voltage is applied.
  • the tilt angle of the properties of the alignment film used in the element greatly depends on the tilt angle, and may be in the range of 1 to 2 degrees.
  • the tilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules including the twisted orientation is 0. .5 to 3 degrees is preferable, and 0 to 2 degrees is preferable.
  • the alignment state of the liquid crystal depends on the electric field distribution in the device, and the splay alignment, bend alignment, and twist alignment states coexist. Indicates.
  • the inclination angle of the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules in this state is preferably in the range of 0 to 45 degrees, and the same range is preferably stabilized when the alignment is stabilized by the polymer network.
  • the tilt angle is preferably in the range of 45 degrees to 90 degrees.
  • a polymer network is formed so as to stabilize the alignment state of the liquid crystal by applying a voltage lower than the threshold voltage.
  • the pretilt angle is applied to the substrate interface by rubbing alignment treatment. Therefore, it is preferable to form a polymer network so as to stabilize the alignment state of the liquid crystal to which a voltage less than the threshold voltage is applied, even if the liquid crystal alignment angle is inclined within this range.
  • the tilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules including the twist orientation is preferably 0.5 to 3 degrees using other alignment processing methods such as a photo-alignment film, and a wide viewing angle is within 0 to 2 degrees. Useful and more preferred to obtain.
  • the voltage to be applied is an alternating current waveform and has a frequency in a range in which the liquid crystal composition (B) for producing a liquid crystal display element exhibits dielectric anisotropy.
  • the waveform is preferably a rectangular wave that can increase the effective voltage when the peak voltage is constant.
  • the upper limit of the frequency may be a frequency that does not attenuate the signal transmitted to the pixel by the driving circuit used for the liquid crystal display element, and it is preferable that the frequency is at least 2 kHz or less.
  • the frequency shown by the dielectric anisotropy in the frequency dependence of the dielectric constant exhibited by the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element before ultraviolet irradiation may be 10 kHz or less.
  • the lower limit value may be a frequency at which flicker occurs when the element is driven. In this case, the frequency may be any frequency that minimizes flicker, and is preferably at least 20 Hz or more.
  • the method for producing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention is characterized in that a polymer network is formed so as to maintain two liquid crystal alignment states as described above.
  • the polymer network is formed such that the refractive index anisotropy or the easy axis of alignment of the polymer network coincides with the liquid crystal alignment direction equal to or higher than the threshold voltage or the liquid crystal alignment direction lower than the threshold voltage.
  • the polymer network formed so as to maintain the liquid crystal alignment state when no voltage is applied is formed so as to maintain the liquid crystal alignment below the threshold voltage when changing to the liquid crystal alignment state when the voltage is applied. Since the influence of the polymer network is strong, when the liquid crystal alignment state is shifted to a threshold voltage or higher, an alignment strain is applied to cause a decrease in transmittance.
  • a polymer network that stabilizes the alignment of the liquid crystal when a voltage is applied to a part of the polymer network distortion of the alignment change caused by switching is suppressed, and the originally required change in liquid crystal alignment can be obtained and transmitted. The rate can be improved.
  • the polymer network formed so as to stabilize the alignment state of each liquid crystal when a voltage is applied and when no voltage is applied is the refractive index anisotropy or alignment of the polymer network along the alignment of two different liquid crystals. It is characterized by forming an easy axis.
  • the influence of the polymer network formed to stabilize the liquid crystal state above the threshold voltage changes depending on the application time of the voltage above the threshold voltage during UV irradiation, making it possible to change the electro-optical characteristics.
  • the polymer network is formed with the alignment state of the liquid crystal at the time of voltage application as a parallel alignment including a tilted alignment of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the substrate plane, the voltage application time equal to or higher than the threshold voltage during ultraviolet irradiation is set.
  • the action to maintain the parallel alignment is small, so that the liquid crystal tends to align according to the action of the polymer network to maintain the vertical alignment.
  • the influence of both orientations from the polymer network holding two different orientations is balanced, and a small pre-tilt angle of less than 1 degree is induced with respect to the normal direction of the transparent substrate.
  • the application time of the voltage above the threshold voltage during UV irradiation is increased, the influence of the polymer network that tries to maintain the parallel orientation becomes stronger, so the pretilt is based on the balance between the force that maintains the vertical orientation and the force that maintains the parallel orientation.
  • the angle increases and the pretilt angle increases, and it becomes possible to make it 10 degrees or more with respect to the normal direction of the transparent substrate.
  • the application time of the voltage higher than the threshold voltage during ultraviolet irradiation largely depends on the reactivity of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition used for manufacturing the liquid crystal display element used, it can be adjusted appropriately to obtain a desired pretilt angle. It is preferable to make it. In particular, it is preferable to obtain a pretilt angle in the range of 80 to 90 degrees with respect to the substrate plane, more preferably 85 to 89.9 degrees, and 87 to 89.9 degrees. Is more preferable.
  • the polymer network formed to maintain the alignment state of the liquid crystal obtained by applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage is a parallel alignment state in a vertical alignment mode liquid crystal display device using negative dielectric anisotropy.
  • a tilted orientation with a constant azimuth is desirable.
  • the alignment state obtained at a voltage lower than the threshold voltage is preferably a substantially vertical alignment, and in particular, a substantially vertical alignment of 80 to 90 degrees with respect to the substrate plane is preferable, and a good black level that provides high contrast is obtained. It is preferable that it is the orientation state which shows.
  • the alignment state of the liquid crystal obtained by applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage during ultraviolet irradiation is twisted.
  • the orientation is preferable.
  • the alignment state obtained at a voltage lower than the threshold voltage is preferably parallel alignment with a constant azimuth angle.
  • the alignment state obtained by applying a voltage equal to or higher than the threshold voltage during ultraviolet irradiation is preferably at least one of bend alignment, splay alignment, inclined alignment, or a mixed alignment state. When the voltage is lower than the threshold voltage, it is preferable to have a substantially parallel orientation.
  • the polymer After forming the polymer network to maintain the alignment state of the liquid crystal when a voltage is applied, the polymer is stabilized after the formation of the polymer network by stabilizing the alignment state of the liquid crystal below the threshold voltage.
  • the alignment state can be easily changed to the alignment state, and both high transmittance and high-speed response can be achieved.
  • the applied voltage at the time of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably adjusted as appropriate so that the display of the liquid crystal display element after the formation of the polymer network has a high contrast, and the electro-optic effect of the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing the liquid crystal display element before the ultraviolet irradiation Since it greatly depends on the characteristics, it is necessary to match the voltage-transmittance characteristics exhibited by the liquid crystal for manufacturing the liquid crystal display element.
  • the voltage above the threshold voltage is preferably a voltage V10 or higher, which is 10% or higher with respect to the total change in transmittance in the voltage-transmittance characteristic voltage of the liquid crystal for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element.
  • the voltage is preferably not more than 6 times the threshold voltage.
  • an alternating voltage is preferably applied, and a rectangular wave is preferably applied.
  • the frequency is preferably a frequency that cannot be visually recognized by the flicker, and when an electronic circuit such as a TFT substrate is formed on a glass substrate, it may be a frequency at which the polymerization voltage does not attenuate, and is 30 Hz to 5 kHz. It is preferable that there is a degree.
  • the voltage applied in the middle of the ultraviolet irradiation is changed from the threshold voltage to less than the threshold voltage, but the voltage less than the threshold voltage may be in a range where the orientation of the liquid crystal does not change with the voltage.
  • the voltage is preferably less than 80%, more preferably less than 80%, and even more preferably 70% or less.
  • the applied voltage is set to the threshold voltage or lower during the ultraviolet irradiation, but at this time, it is preferable to return to the liquid crystal alignment state at the OFF time in the liquid crystal display element.
  • the vertical alignment mode as described above. In other words, it may be returned to the vertical alignment, and in the FFS mode or the IPS mode, the parallel alignment may be used.
  • the influence of the polymer network that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment during voltage application is lowered to a voltage lower than the threshold voltage in a slight state.
  • the ultraviolet rays are irradiated after applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage.
  • the voltage application time becomes longer during the ultraviolet irradiation, the influence of the polymer network that stabilizes the orientation of the liquid crystal during voltage application during the ultraviolet irradiation increases. It becomes unpreferable because it does not return to the liquid crystal alignment state when the required liquid crystal display element is OFF. Therefore, it is preferable to manufacture the liquid crystal liquid crystal display element of the present invention by appropriately optimizing the optimum voltage during ultraviolet irradiation.
  • the voltage during ultraviolet irradiation is made lower than the threshold voltage, the voltage is gradually lowered during the ultraviolet irradiation in order to adjust the response relaxation time in the liquid crystal of the liquid crystal composition for device manufacture.
  • the fall time of the liquid crystal is 10 ms or more. Is preferably within 1000 ms. On the contrary, it may be lowered quickly, and it is preferably at least shorter than the relaxation time indicated by the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element, and preferably 100 ms or less.
  • a polymer network of parallel alignment components is partially formed by irradiating with ultraviolet rays in a state where a voltage higher than the threshold voltage is applied, and the liquid crystal is returned to the vertical alignment by lowering the voltage below the threshold voltage while continuing the ultraviolet irradiation. This completes the polymerization phase separation.
  • the pretilt angle can be changed by the ratio of the above-mentioned parallel alignment component and vertical alignment component.
  • the parallel alignment state means that a negative dielectric anisotropic liquid crystal is in a substantially parallel alignment state when a voltage is applied, and is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30 degrees with respect to the substrate surface. It is preferable that the tilt orientation is in the range of 1 to 10 degrees.
  • the vertical alignment when no voltage is applied means that the vertical alignment film is brought into a substantially vertical alignment state.
  • the alignment of the liquid crystal is inclined at 80 to 89.9 degrees with respect to the substrate plane. It is preferable that the angle is inclined from 85 degrees to 89.9 degrees.
  • a vertical alignment is obtained when a voltage is applied, but the liquid crystal is tilted and aligned in the range of 45 to 89.9 degrees with respect to the substrate plane. It is also included.
  • the parallel alignment when no voltage is applied means that the parallel alignment film is brought into a substantially parallel alignment state.
  • the alignment of the liquid crystal is tilted from 0.1 to 30 degrees with respect to the substrate plane. It is included.
  • the distance (d) between the substrates of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is preferably in the range of 2 to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably 3.5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the birefringence is adjusted so that the product of the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition and the cell thickness is close to 0.275.
  • the polymer network is separated after the polymerization phase separation.
  • the product of the birefringence ( ⁇ n) of the liquid crystal composition contained in the liquid crystal composition for production and the distance (d) between the substrates is 0.3 to 0.00 when the driving voltage is increased within about 5 V due to the formation of the polymer network.
  • the range of 4 ⁇ m is particularly preferable, the range of 0.30 to 0.35 ⁇ m is more preferable when the increase is within about 3 V, and the range of 0.29 to 0.33 ⁇ m when the drive voltage is within 1 V. It is particularly preferred.
  • the transmittance is limited to only low-molecular liquid crystals. It is possible to obtain a display that is relatively high and has a high-speed response and favorable color reproducibility.
  • the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing the liquid crystal display element is such that the product of the cell thickness (d) and the birefringence ( ⁇ n) is 1 to 1.9 times with respect to 0.275. It is preferable to make it.
  • the driving voltage of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not determined only by the dielectric anisotropy or elastic constant of the liquid crystal composition, but is greatly influenced by the anchoring force acting between the liquid crystal composition and the polymer interface.
  • Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-222320 discloses the relationship of the following formula as a description regarding the driving voltage of a polymer dispersion type liquid crystal display element.
  • the driving voltage of the light scattering type liquid crystal display element is It is determined by the average gap spacing at the material interface, the distance between the substrates, the elastic constant / dielectric anisotropy of the liquid crystal composition, and the anchoring energy between the liquid crystal composition and the transparent polymer material.
  • parameters that can be controlled by the liquid crystal display device of the present invention are liquid crystal properties and anchoring force between polymers. Since the anchoring force largely depends on the molecular structure of the polymer and the molecular structure of the low-molecular liquid crystal, if a monomer having a strong anchoring force is selected, the response time can be shortened to 1.5 ms or less. At the same time, since the drive voltage increases to 30 V or more, it is preferable to adjust the composition by appropriately selecting the liquid crystal compound and the monomer so that the drive voltage is 30 V or less and the response speed is 1.5 ms or less.
  • the composition so that the driving voltage and the response speed are balanced by appropriately blending a polymer precursor having a strong anchoring force and a polymer precursor having a weak anchoring force.
  • the dielectric anisotropy is 6 or more for the P-type liquid crystal and -3 or less for the N-type liquid crystal.
  • the birefringence is preferably 0.09 or more. Furthermore, it is more preferable to make the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition and the refractive index of the fibrous or columnar polymer network as close as possible to eliminate light scattering.
  • the liquid crystal composition is irradiated with energy rays while maintaining the liquid crystal composition at ⁇ 50 ° C. to 30 ° C. to polymerize the monomer so that the refractive index anisotropy or the orientation easy axis direction is present in the liquid crystal composition. It is preferably obtained by forming a polymer network.
  • the upper limit of the polymerization temperature is 30 ° C, preferably 20 ° C to -10 ° C.
  • ⁇ d is further accelerated by low temperature polymerization and normal temperature polymerization depending on the monomer composition. This is because 1) the polymerization is performed in a state where the orientation degree of the liquid crystal molecules is increased at a low temperature, and 2) the phase separation is facilitated by reducing the compatibility between the polymer polymerized by the low temperature polymerization and the liquid crystal composition. The phase separation speed is increased and the void spacing of the polymer network becomes fine. 3) The refraction is such that the influence of anchoring force is strong because the gap interval is fine even if a monomer having a relatively low anchoring force is used. This is thought to be due to the formation of an anisotropic polymer network.
  • the optical axis direction or the easy alignment axis direction of the polymer network or polymer binder having uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or easy alignment axis direction forms a pretilt angle with respect to the transparent substrate. It is preferable to adjust the strength of the electric field to control the orientation of the low-molecular liquid crystal, and by tilting it with respect to the substrate surface, the energy rays are applied while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer described above.
  • the monomer is preferably polymerized to obtain a polymer having a refractive index anisotropy or an orientation easy axis direction in the liquid crystal composition.
  • a voltage is applied so that the pretilt angle is 20 degrees or less with respect to the normal direction of the substrate, and polymerization is performed, so that the portulsion currently used in the VA mode cell is used.
  • This is particularly preferable because it not only has an effect corresponding to the fine polymer protrusions of the PSA liquid crystal, but also exhibits a high-speed response that cannot be realized by PSA.
  • an electric field direction from a plurality of directions to form a polymer a multi-domain can be formed, and a viewing angle can be improved, which is more preferable.
  • the alignment direction of the low-molecular liquid crystal is regulated by applying photo-alignment treatment or rubbing alignment treatment to the low-molecular liquid crystal to induce a pretilt angle at the substrate interface vertical alignment film interface.
  • the occurrence of orientation defects is preferably suppressed, and it is also preferable to use a pattern electrode that is inclined in a plurality of directions or to perform the orientation treatment.
  • the liquid crystal layer is applied with an alternating electric field in a temperature range of ⁇ 50 ° C. to 30 ° C. as appropriate to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a monomer, and is irradiated with ultraviolet rays or an electron beam, thereby providing refractive index anisotropy.
  • This pretilt angle is a liquid crystal element in which the polymer axis after polymerization is tilted with respect to the substrate surface when the polymer phase is separated in an alignment state induced by applying an electric field due to the dielectric anisotropy of the low-molecular liquid crystal It is more preferable that the monomer is polymerized. Furthermore, it is also preferable to induce a pretilt angle by combining a polymer network obtained by stabilizing an alignment state to which a voltage is applied and a polymer network obtained by stabilizing an alignment state to which no voltage is applied.
  • the two substrates used in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be made of a transparent material having flexibility such as glass or plastic.
  • a transparent substrate having a transparent electrode layer can be obtained, for example, by sputtering indium tin oxide (ITO) on a transparent substrate such as a glass plate.
  • ITO indium tin oxide
  • the color filter can be prepared by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, or a dyeing method.
  • a method for producing a color filter by a pigment dispersion method will be described as an example.
  • a curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to patterning treatment, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of the three colors red, green, and blue, a pixel portion for a color filter can be created.
  • a pixel electrode provided with an active element such as a TFT or a thin film diode may be provided on the substrate.
  • the substrate is opposed so that the transparent electrode layer is on the inside.
  • the thickness of the obtained light control layer is 1 to 100 ⁇ m. 1.5 to 10 ⁇ m is more preferable.
  • the product of the refractive index anisotropy ⁇ n of the liquid crystal and the cell thickness d is adjusted so that the contrast is maximized, and 1/550 nm is reduced depending on the display mode. It is preferable to make it 2 or 1/4.
  • the polarizing axis of each polarizing plate can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and contrast are good.
  • a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used.
  • the spacer include columnar spacers made of glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, a photoresist material, and the like.
  • a sealant such as an epoxy thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrates with a liquid crystal inlet provided, the substrates are bonded together, and heated to thermally cure the sealant.
  • a normal vacuum injection method or an ODF method can be used as a method of sandwiching a liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element between two substrates.
  • a sealant such as epoxy photothermal curing is drawn on a backplane or frontplane substrate using a dispenser in a closed-loop bank shape, and then removed.
  • a liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by bonding a front plane and a back plane after dropping a predetermined amount of a liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element in the air.
  • the liquid crystal composition for producing an element used in the present invention can be suitably used because the liquid crystal / monomer composite material can be stably dropped in the ODF process.
  • polymerization is performed by irradiating ultraviolet rays or electron beams, which are active energy rays, singly or in combination or sequentially.
  • the method of making it preferable is.
  • ultraviolet rays When ultraviolet rays are used, a polarized light source or a non-polarized light source may be used.
  • polymerization is performed in a state where a liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element is sandwiched between two substrates, at least the substrate on the irradiation surface side is given appropriate transparency to active energy rays. Must be.
  • an alternating electric field to a liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element in a temperature range of ⁇ 50 ° C. to 20 ° C. and irradiate an ultraviolet ray or an electron beam to the liquid crystal composition containing a monomer.
  • the alternating electric field to be applied is preferably an alternating current having a frequency of 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency of 100 Hz to 5 kHz, and the voltage is selected depending on a desired pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element. That is, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by the applied voltage. In a horizontal electric field type MVA mode liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle is preferably controlled from 80 degrees to 89.9 degrees from the viewpoint of alignment stability and contrast.
  • the temperature at the time of irradiation is preferably in the temperature range of ⁇ 50 ° C. to 30 ° C. for a liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element. Further, 20 ° C. to ⁇ 10 ° C. is more preferable.
  • ⁇ d tends to be further increased by low temperature polymerization and normal temperature polymerization. This is because 1) the polymerization is performed in a state where the orientation degree of the liquid crystal molecules is increased at a low temperature, and 2) the phase separation is facilitated by reducing the compatibility between the polymer polymerized by the low temperature polymerization and the liquid crystal composition. The phase separation speed is increased and the gap distance of the polymer network becomes fine.
  • a lamp for generating ultraviolet rays a metal halide lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used.
  • a wavelength of the ultraviolet rays to be irradiated it is preferable to irradiate ultraviolet rays in a wavelength region other than the absorption wavelength region of the liquid crystal composition, and it is preferable to cut and use ultraviolet rays of less than 365 nm as necessary.
  • Intensity of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably from 0.1mW / cm 2 ⁇ 100W / cm 2, 2mW / cm 2 ⁇ 50W / cm 2 is more preferable.
  • the amount of energy of ultraviolet rays to be irradiated can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2, and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2 .
  • the intensity may be changed.
  • the time for irradiating with ultraviolet rays is appropriately selected depending on the intensity of the irradiating ultraviolet rays.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
  • a liquid crystal display element 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a first substrate 2 having an alignment layer 4 formed on the surface thereof, a space away from the first substrate, and a photo-alignment layer formed on the surface. And a liquid crystal layer 5 filled between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 and in contact with the pair of alignment layers, the alignment layer 4 (4a, 4b). ) And the first substrate 2 have an electrode layer 3 including a thin film transistor, a common electrode 22 and a pixel electrode as an active element.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a liquid crystal display element.
  • the configuration of the liquid crystal display element 10 according to the embodiment of the present invention is sandwiched between a first transparent insulating substrate 2 and a second transparent insulating substrate 7 that are arranged to face each other.
  • a liquid crystal display element of a horizontal electric field type (an FFS mode as an embodiment of IPS in the figure) having a liquid crystal composition (or liquid crystal layer 5) for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element.
  • the first transparent insulating substrate 2 has an electrode layer 3 formed on the surface on the liquid crystal layer 5 side.
  • the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing the liquid crystal display element constituting the liquid crystal layer 5 is in direct contact with the homogeneous alignment.
  • the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing the device are aligned so as to be substantially parallel to the substrates 2 and 7 when no voltage is applied.
  • the second substrate 7 and the first substrate 2 may be sandwiched between a pair of polarizing plates 1 and 8.
  • a color filter 6 is provided between the second substrate 7 and the alignment film 4.
  • the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention may be a so-called color filter on array (COA), or a color filter may be provided between an electrode layer including a thin film transistor and a liquid crystal layer, or the thin film transistor.
  • COA color filter on array
  • a color filter may be provided between the electrode layer containing and the second substrate.
  • the liquid crystal display element 10 of one embodiment of the present invention includes a first polarizing plate 1, a first substrate 2, an electrode layer 3 including a thin film transistor, an alignment film 4, and a liquid crystal for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal layer 5 containing the composition, the alignment film 4, the color filter 6, the second substrate 7, and the second polarizing plate 8 are sequentially stacked.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 can be made of a transparent material having flexibility such as glass or plastic, and one of them can be an opaque material such as silicon.
  • the two substrates 2 and 7 are bonded together by a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates, for example, Spacer columns made of resin formed by granular spacers such as glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, or the photolithography method may be arranged.
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by the II line of the electrode layer 3 formed on the substrate 2 in FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 cut along the line III-III in FIG.
  • the electrode layer 3 including a thin film transistor formed on the surface of the first substrate 2 includes a plurality of gate lines 24 for supplying scanning signals and a plurality of data for supplying display signals.
  • the wirings 25 are arranged in a matrix so as to cross each other. In FIG. 2, only a pair of gate lines 24 and a pair of data lines 25 are shown.
  • a unit pixel of a liquid crystal display device is formed by a region surrounded by a plurality of gate lines 24 and a plurality of data lines 25, and a pixel electrode 21 and a common electrode 22 are formed in the unit pixel.
  • a thin film transistor including a source electrode 27, a drain electrode 26, and a gate electrode 28 is provided in the vicinity of the intersection where the gate wiring 24 and the data wiring 25 intersect each other.
  • the thin film transistor is connected to the pixel electrode 21 as a switch element that supplies a display signal to the pixel electrode 21.
  • a common line (not shown) is provided in parallel with the gate wiring 24. The common line is connected to the common electrode 22 in order to supply a common signal to the common electrode 22.
  • a preferred embodiment of the structure of the thin film transistor is provided, for example, as shown in FIG. 3 so as to cover the gate electrode 11 formed on the surface of the substrate 2 and the gate electrode 11 and cover the substantially entire surface of the substrate 2.
  • a source electrode 17 which covers the other side edge of the layer 14 and the semiconductor layer 13 and is in contact with the gate insulating layer 12 formed on the surface of the substrate 2; and the drain Has an insulating protective layer 18 provided to cover the electrode 16 and the source electrode 17, a.
  • An anodic oxide film may be formed on the surface of the gate electrode 11 for reasons such as eliminating a step with the gate electrode.
  • Amorphous silicon, polycrystalline polysilicon, or the like can be used for the semiconductor layer 13.
  • a transparent semiconductor film such as ZnO, IGZO (In—Ga—Zn—O), or ITO
  • the semiconductor layer 13 is caused by light absorption. It is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the adverse effect of the optical carrier and increasing the aperture ratio of the element.
  • an ohmic contact layer 15 may be provided between the semiconductor layer 13 and the drain electrode 16 or the source electrode 17 for the purpose of reducing the width and height of the Schottky barrier.
  • a material in which an impurity such as phosphorus such as n-type amorphous silicon or n-type polycrystalline polysilicon is added at a high concentration can be used.
  • the gate wiring 26, the data wiring 25, and the common line 29 are preferably metal films, more preferably Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni, or an alloy thereof, and Al or an alloy thereof. It is particularly preferable to use this wiring.
  • the insulating protective layer 18 is a layer having an insulating function, and is formed of silicon nitride, silicon dioxide, silicon oxynitride film, or the like.
  • the common electrode 22 is a flat electrode formed on almost the entire surface of the gate insulating layer 12, while the pixel electrode 21 is an insulating protective layer 18 covering the common electrode 22. It is a comb-shaped electrode formed on the top. That is, the common electrode 22 is disposed at a position closer to the first substrate 2 than the pixel electrode 21, and these electrodes are disposed so as to overlap each other via the insulating protective layer 18.
  • the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are formed of a transparent conductive material such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), IZTO (Indium Zinc Tin Oxide), and the like. Since the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are formed of a transparent conductive material, the area opened by the unit pixel area increases, and the aperture ratio and transmittance increase.
  • the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 have an interelectrode distance (also referred to as a minimum separation distance): R between the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 in order to form a fringe electric field between the electrodes.
  • the distance between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 is smaller than G.
  • the distance between electrodes: R represents the distance in the horizontal direction on the substrate between the electrodes.
  • the distance between the first substrate 7 and the second substrate 7 is smaller than G, so that a fringe electric field E is formed. Therefore, the FFS type liquid crystal display element can use a horizontal electric field formed in a direction perpendicular to a line forming the comb shape of the pixel electrode 21 and a parabolic electric field.
  • the electrode width of the comb-shaped portion of the pixel electrode 21: l and the width of the gap of the comb-shaped portion of the pixel electrode 21: m are such that all the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 can be driven by the generated electric field. It is preferable to form. Further, the minimum separation distance R between the pixel electrode and the common electrode can be adjusted as the (average) film thickness of the gate insulating layer 12.
  • an inter-electrode distance (also referred to as a minimum separation distance) between the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22: R is different from that of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate.
  • the distance from the substrate 7 may be larger than G (IPS method).
  • IPS method a configuration in which comb-like pixel electrodes and comb-like common electrodes are provided alternately in substantially the same plane can be cited.
  • a preferred form of the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention is preferably an FFS mode liquid crystal display element using a fringe electric field, and the shortest separation distance d between the common electrode 22 and the pixel electrode 21 is set to be the alignment film 4.
  • the distance is shorter than the shortest distance D between the substrates (distance between substrates)
  • a fringe electric field is formed between the common electrode and the pixel electrode, and the horizontal and vertical alignments of the liquid crystal molecules can be used efficiently.
  • the FFS mode liquid crystal display element of the present invention when a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal molecules arranged so that the long axis direction is parallel to the alignment direction of the alignment layer, the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are interposed.
  • Parabolic electric field equipotential lines are formed up to the top of the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 and are arranged along the electric field in which the long axes of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 are formed. Therefore, liquid crystal molecules can be driven even with a low dielectric anisotropy.
  • the color filter 6 it is preferable to form a black matrix (not shown) in a portion corresponding to the thin film transistor and the storage capacitor 23 from the viewpoint of preventing light leakage.
  • the color filter 6 is usually composed of one dot of video or image from three filter pixels of R (red), G (green), and B (blue). For example, these three filters are arranged in the extending direction of the gate wiring. Yes.
  • the color filter 6 can be produced by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, or a dyeing method. A method for producing a color filter by a pigment dispersion method will be described as an example.
  • a curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied onto the transparent substrate, subjected to patterning treatment, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of the three colors red, green, and blue, a pixel portion for a color filter can be manufactured.
  • a so-called color filter-on-array in which pixel electrodes provided with active elements such as TFTs and thin film diodes are provided on the substrate may be used.
  • a pair of alignment films 4 are provided that directly contact the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing the element constituting the liquid crystal layer 5 and induce homogeneous alignment.
  • the polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and the contrast are good by adjusting the polarization axis of each polarizing plate, and their transmission axes operate in a normally black mode.
  • any one of the polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 is preferably arranged so as to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules.
  • a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used.
  • the shortest separation distance d between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is longer than the shortest separation distance G between the liquid crystal alignment films.
  • the electrode and the pixel electrode are formed on the same substrate, and the common electrode and the pixel electrode are alternately arranged, and the shortest separation distance d between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is the liquid crystal alignment Examples include a structure longer than the shortest separation distance G between the films.
  • the pair of substrates are separated and faced so that the film is inside, and then the liquid crystal It is preferred to fill the composition between the substrates. In that case, it is preferable to adjust the space
  • the distance between the substrates (the average thickness of the obtained liquid crystal layer, also referred to as the separation distance between the coatings) is preferably adjusted to be 1 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the average distance between the coatings is more preferably 1.5 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • examples of the spacer used for adjusting the distance between the substrates include columnar spacers made of glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, a photoresist material, and the like.
  • the FFS type liquid crystal display element described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 is an example, and can be implemented in various other forms without departing from the technical idea of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is another embodiment of the plan view in which the region surrounded by the II line of the electrode layer 3 formed on the substrate 2 in FIG. 1 is enlarged.
  • the pixel electrode 21 may have a slit.
  • the slit pattern may be formed so as to have an inclination angle with respect to the gate wiring 24 or the data wiring 25.
  • the pixel electrode 21 shown in FIG. 4 has a shape in which a substantially rectangular flat plate electrode is cut out by a notch portion having a substantially rectangular frame shape. Further, a comb-like common electrode 22 is formed on one surface of the back surface of the pixel electrode 21 via an insulating protective layer 18 (not shown). When the shortest separation distance R between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is shorter than the shortest separation distance G between the alignment layers, the FFS method is used.
  • the surface of the pixel electrode is preferably covered with a protective insulating film and an alignment film layer.
  • a storage capacitor 23 for storing a display signal supplied via the data wiring 25 may be provided in a region surrounded by the plurality of gate wirings 24 and the plurality of data wirings 25.
  • the shape of the notch is not particularly limited, and is not limited to the substantially rectangular shape shown in FIG. Can be used.
  • FIG. 5 is another embodiment different from FIG. 3, and is another example of a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 taken along the line III-III in FIG.
  • the liquid crystal layer 5 containing the liquid crystal composition is filled in this space.
  • a gate insulating layer 12, a common electrode 22, an insulating protective layer 18, a pixel electrode 21, and an alignment layer 4 are stacked in this order on part of the surface of the first substrate 2. As shown in FIG.
  • the pixel electrode 21 has a shape in which the center and both ends of the flat plate are cut out by a triangular cutout, and the remaining region is cut out by a rectangular cutout.
  • the common electrode 22 has a structure in which a comb-like common electrode is disposed on the first substrate side from the pixel electrode substantially in parallel with the substantially elliptical cutout portion of the pixel electrode 21.
  • FIG. 5 shows an example in which the common electrode 22 is formed on the gate insulating layer 12, but as shown in FIG. 5, the common electrode 22 is formed on the first substrate 2,
  • the pixel electrode 21 may be provided through the gate insulating layer 12.
  • the electrode width of the pixel electrode 21: l, the electrode width of the common electrode 22: n, and the interelectrode distance: R are appropriately adjusted to such a width that all liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 can be driven by the generated electric field. It is preferable.
  • the shortest separation distance R between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is shorter than the shortest separation distance G between the alignment layers, the FFS method is used, and when it is longer, the IPS method is used.
  • the positions in the thickness direction of the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are different, but the positions in the thickness direction of both electrodes may be the same or the common electrode may be provided on the liquid crystal layer 5 side.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a vertical electric field type liquid crystal display element. Moreover, in FIG. 7, for convenience of explanation, each component is illustrated separately.
  • FIG. 7 is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by a line VII of an electrode layer 300 including a thin film transistor (or also referred to as a thin film transistor layer 300) formed on the substrate in FIG.
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 6 taken along the line VIII-VIII in FIG.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1000 includes a second substrate 800 provided with a transparent electrode (layer) 600 (also referred to as a common electrode 600) made of a transparent conductive material, as shown in FIG.
  • a transparent electrode (layer) 600 also referred to as a common electrode 600
  • the liquid crystal display element is substantially perpendicular to 800. As shown in FIGS.
  • the second substrate 800 and the first substrate 200 may be sandwiched between a pair of polarizing plates 100 and 900.
  • a color filter 700 is provided between the first substrate 200 and the common electrode 600.
  • the pair of alignment films 400 are adjacent to the liquid crystal layer 500 according to the present invention and are in direct contact with the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element constituting the liquid crystal layer 500. Is formed. That is, the liquid crystal display element 1000 according to the present invention includes a first polarizing plate 100, a first substrate 200, an electrode layer (also referred to as a thin film transistor layer) 300 including a thin film transistor, a photo-alignment film 400, and a liquid crystal composition. A layer 500 containing an object, an alignment film 400, a common electrode 600, a color filter 700, a second substrate 800, and a second polarizing plate 900 are sequentially stacked.
  • the alignment film 400 is preferably a photo-alignment film.
  • the alignment film is a liquid crystal cell manufactured using alignment treatment (mask rubbing or photo-alignment), and is slightly inclined from the normal direction of the glass substrate on the inner side (liquid crystal layer side) of the transparent electrode of the liquid crystal cell ( A vertical alignment film is formed (0.1 to 5.0 °).
  • the polymerizable monomers are arranged in the vertical direction, and the polymerizable monomer is polymerized and fixed by irradiation with ultraviolet light to form a polymer network.
  • the polymer network formed in this manner is (1) a polymer network that extends over the upper and lower substrates, (2) a polymer network that is formed from the upper (lower) substrate toward the liquid crystal direction, but halfway, ( 3) A polymer network is formed only near the surface of the alignment film. (Mainly in the case of a monofunctional monomer), (4) It is presumed to have approximately four types of structures in which polymer networks are bonded (not floating) in the liquid crystal layer.
  • the refractive index anisotropy or easy orientation axis of the polymer network is formed to stabilize the alignment state above the threshold voltage, and stabilize the alignment state below the threshold voltage.
  • the polymer network which stabilizes two different orientation states formed so as to be mixed is mixed.
  • the polymer polymer network having anisotropy formed in this manner is almost completely separated from the liquid crystal layer, and the liquid crystal molecules are considered to be aligned between these polymer networks.
  • the molecular alignment structure of the so-called polymer network type liquid crystal in which liquid crystal molecules and polymer networks coexist and cause light scattering when no voltage is applied, is clearly different from that of the alignment maintaining layer that is unevenly distributed in the vicinity of the alignment film used in PSA etc. It has a completely different structure.
  • a polymer network and a liquid crystal molecular arrangement structure by a method using an alignment film are shown.
  • MVA method having structures such as ribs and slits, PVA, and the like
  • the polymer network near the substrate interface and the pretilt of liquid crystal molecules are somewhat affected by the oblique electric field strength applied through the structures and slits. It is only different, and is essentially assumed to have the structure shown in the above figure.
  • the anchoring force for the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied is due to the synergistic action of the anchoring force of the liquid crystal alignment film and the polymer network.
  • FIG. 9 is a plan view schematically showing a minimum unit structure in one pixel PX of a TFT liquid crystal display element using the above technique.
  • the structure and operation of the horizontal / diagonal electric field mode liquid crystal display device will be briefly described below.
  • the pixel electrode PE has a main pixel electrode PA and a sub-pixel electrode PB.
  • the main pixel electrode PA and the sub-pixel electrode PB are electrically connected to each other, and both the main pixel electrode PA and the sub-pixel electrode PB are provided on the array substrate AR.
  • the main pixel electrode PA extends along the second direction Y, and the subpixel electrode PB extends along the first direction X different from the second direction Y.
  • the pixel electrode PE is formed in a substantially cross shape.
  • the sub-pixel electrode PB is coupled to a substantially central portion of the main pixel electrode PA, and extends from the main pixel electrode PA toward both sides thereof, that is, the left side and the right side of the pixel PX.
  • the main pixel electrode PA and the sub-pixel electrode PB are substantially orthogonal to each other.
  • the pixel electrode PE is electrically connected to a switching element (not shown) in the pixel electrode PB.
  • the common electrode CE has a main common electrode CA and a sub-common electrode CB, and the main common electrode CA and the sub-common electrode CB are electrically connected to each other.
  • the common electrode CE is electrically insulated from the pixel electrode PE.
  • at least a part of the main common electrode CA and the sub-common electrode CB is provided on the counter substrate CT.
  • the main common electrode CA extends along the second direction Y.
  • the main common electrode CA is disposed on both sides of the main pixel electrode PA. At this time, none of the main common electrodes CA overlaps with the main pixel electrode PA in the XY plane, and a substantially equal interval is formed between each of the main common electrodes CA and the main pixel electrode PA. Yes.
  • the main pixel electrode PA is located approximately in the middle of the adjacent main common electrode CA.
  • the sub-common electrode CB extends along the first direction X.
  • the sub-common electrode CB is disposed on both sides of the sub-pixel electrode PB.
  • none of the sub-common electrodes CB overlaps the sub-pixel electrode PB, and a substantially equal interval is formed between each of the sub-common electrodes CB and the sub-pixel electrode PB.
  • the sub-pixel electrode PB is located approximately in the middle of the adjacent sub-common electrode CB.
  • the main common electrode CA is formed in a strip shape extending linearly along the second direction Y.
  • the sub-common electrode CB is formed in a strip shape extending linearly along the first direction X.
  • the two main common electrodes CA are arranged in parallel at intervals along the first direction X.
  • the main common electrode on the left side in the drawing is referred to as CAL.
  • the right main common electrode is called CAR.
  • the two sub-common electrodes CB are arranged in parallel along the second direction Y at intervals, and in the following, in order to distinguish these, the upper main common electrode in the drawing is referred to as CBU.
  • the lower main common electrode is called CBB.
  • the main common electrode CAL and the main common electrode CAR are at the same potential as the sub-common electrode CBU and the sub-common electrode CBB.
  • the main common electrode CAL and the main common electrode CAR are connected to the sub-common electrode CBU and the sub-common electrode CBB, respectively.
  • the main common electrode CAL and the main common electrode CAR are respectively disposed between the pixel PX and the adjacent pixels on the left and right. That is, the main common electrode CAL is disposed across the boundary between the illustrated pixel PX and the left pixel (not shown), and the main common electrode CAR is the illustrated pixel PX and the right pixel (not shown). ).
  • the sub-common electrode CBU and the main common electrode CBB are disposed between pixels adjacent to the pixel PX in the vertical direction. That is, the sub-common electrode CBU is disposed across the boundary between the illustrated pixel PX and the upper pixel (not illustrated), and the sub-common electrode CBB is illustrated with the illustrated pixel PX and the lower pixel (not illustrated). Z)).
  • the initial alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM is a direction substantially parallel to the second direction Y.
  • the first alignment film AL1 is disposed on the surface of the array substrate AR that faces the counter substrate CT, and extends over substantially the entire active area ACT.
  • the first alignment film AL1 covers the pixel electrode PE and is also disposed on the second interlayer insulating film 13. Such a first alignment film AL1 is formed of a material exhibiting horizontal alignment.
  • the array substrate AR may further include a first main common electrode and a first sub-common electrode as part of the common electrode.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an electrode structure of an 8-division oblique electric field mode liquid crystal cell. In this way, a wider viewing angle can be realized by dividing one pixel into eight.
  • the operation of the liquid crystal display panel having the above configuration will be described.
  • the liquid crystal molecules LM of LQ are aligned such that the major axis thereof faces the first alignment processing direction PD1 of the first alignment film AL1 and the second alignment processing direction PD2 of the second alignment film AL2.
  • Such OFF time corresponds to the initial alignment state
  • the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM at the OFF time corresponds to the initial alignment direction.
  • the liquid crystal molecules LM are not always aligned parallel to the XY plane, and are often pretilted. For this reason, the strict initial alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM is a direction obtained by orthogonally projecting the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM in the OFF state on the XY plane.
  • the first alignment treatment direction PD1 and the second alignment treatment direction PD2 are both substantially parallel to the second direction Y.
  • the liquid crystal molecules LM are initially aligned so that the major axis thereof is directed in a direction substantially parallel to the second direction Y, as indicated by a broken line in FIG. That is, the initial alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM is parallel to the second direction Y (or 0 ° with respect to the second direction Y).
  • the liquid crystal molecules LM in the cross section of the liquid crystal layer LQ are substantially horizontal in the vicinity of the intermediate portion of the liquid crystal layer LQ.
  • Alignment is performed with a pretilt angle of approximately zero, and alignment is performed with a pretilt angle that is symmetrical in the vicinity of the first alignment film AL1 and the vicinity of the second alignment film AL2 (spray alignment).
  • the liquid crystal molecules LM in the vicinity of the first alignment film AL1 and the liquid crystal molecules LM in the vicinity of the second alignment film AL2 in the direction inclined from the normal direction of the substrate Is optically compensated. Therefore, when the first alignment processing direction PD1 and the second alignment processing direction PD2 are parallel to each other and in the same direction, light leakage is small in the case of black display, and a high contrast ratio can be realized. It becomes possible to improve the quality.
  • the liquid crystal molecules LM are in the vicinity of the first alignment film AL1, in the second alignment film AL2 in the cross section of the liquid crystal layer LQ. And in the middle part of the liquid crystal layer LQ with a substantially uniform pretilt angle (homogeneous alignment).
  • Part of the backlight light from the backlight 4 passes through the first polarizing plate PL1 and enters the liquid crystal display panel LPN.
  • the light incident on the liquid crystal display panel LPN is linearly polarized light orthogonal to the first polarization axis AX1 of the first polarizing plate PL1.
  • the substrate is interposed between the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE.
  • a horizontal electric field (or an oblique electric field) substantially parallel to the line is formed.
  • the liquid crystal molecules LM are affected by the electric field and rotate in a plane whose major axis is substantially parallel to the XY plane as indicated by the solid line in the figure.
  • the liquid crystal molecules LM in the lower half of the region between the pixel electrode PE and the main common electrode CAL rotate clockwise with respect to the second direction Y in the drawing.
  • the liquid crystal molecules LM in the upper half region rotate counterclockwise with respect to the second direction Y and are oriented so as to face the upper left in the figure.
  • the liquid crystal molecules LM in the lower half region rotate counterclockwise with respect to the second direction Y and face the lower right in the drawing.
  • the liquid crystal molecules LM in the upper half region are aligned so as to rotate clockwise with respect to the second direction Y and to face the upper right in the drawing.
  • each pixel PX in a state where an electric field is formed between the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM is divided into a plurality of directions with the position overlapping the pixel electrode PE as a boundary. , A domain is formed in each orientation direction. That is, a plurality of domains are formed in one pixel PX.
  • linearly polarized light orthogonal to the first polarization axis AX1 of the first polarizing plate PL1 is incident on the liquid crystal display panel LPN, and the polarization state is the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules LM when passing through the liquid crystal layer LQ. It changes according to the state.
  • the second polarizing plate PL2 (white display). According to such a structure, since four domains can be formed in one pixel, viewing angles in the four directions can be optically compensated, and a wide viewing angle can be achieved.
  • liquid crystal display device with high display quality, which can realize display with high transmittance without gradation inversion. Further, by setting the area of the opening portion to be substantially the same for each of the four regions partitioned by the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE within one pixel, the transmittance of each region becomes substantially equal, The light transmitted through the part optically compensates for each other, and a uniform display can be realized over a wide viewing angle range.
  • FIG. 12 shows the fishbone electrode structure shown in FIG.
  • a liquid crystal layer is sealed between two glass substrates bonded to each other with a predetermined cell gap.
  • Transparent electrodes made of ITO are formed on the opposing surfaces of the two opposing substrates.
  • a glass substrate having a thickness of about 0.7 mm is used, and a common electrode is used as the counter substrate.
  • the transparent electrode is provided with a slit portion 512c from which a part of the electrode material (ITO) is removed.
  • a slit portion 512c having a cross shape connecting the midpoints of the opposing sides of the rectangular cell and having a width of about 3 to 5 ⁇ m functions as an alignment regulating structure, and extends from the slit portion 512c in an oblique 45 ° direction and has a width of 5 ⁇ m.
  • a plurality of 512c are formed with a pitch of 8 ⁇ m, and these function as an auxiliary orientation control factor that suppresses disturbance in the azimuth direction during tilting.
  • the width of the display pixel electrode is 3 ⁇ m. While the pixel trunk electrode 512a and the pixel branch electrode 512b have an angle of 45 degrees, the branch electrodes extend in four directions that differ by 90 degrees with the center of the pixel as the center of symmetry.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are tilted when a voltage is applied, but tilted so that the orientation of the tilted alignment coincides with these four directions. Therefore, a four-divided domain is formed in one pixel to increase the display viewing
  • each of the evaluation characteristics in each Example and Comparative Example means the following symbols and contents.
  • V90 The light transmittance [%] (T100) when the applied voltage is zero and the light transmittance [%] (T0) when the applied voltage is zero as the total change amount of the light transmittance. Applied voltage [V] when the light transmittance of the change amount is 90%
  • Examples 1 to 9 and Comparative Example 1 Adjustment of polymerizable liquid crystal composition
  • a composition ( ⁇ n0.102, viscosity ⁇ 16.8, ⁇ -3.8) represented by the following (LCN-1) was prepared as an N-type liquid crystal composition.
  • N-type liquid crystal composition (LCN-1) was heated to 60 ° C., and the solid polymerizable compound (V1-1-1) was mixed and dissolved according to the formulation shown in Table 1.
  • the rubbing alignment treatment was performed so that the pretilt angle was 3 degrees on the vertical alignment film coated with the polyimide vertical alignment film having a cell gap of 3.6 ⁇ m.
  • the two opposing substrate rubbing treatments were arranged so that the directions were opposite (anti-parallel orientation).
  • the obtained polymerizable liquid crystal composition was injected into the cell by a vacuum injection method, and after injection, the injection port was sealed with a sealing agent 3026B (manufactured by Three Bond Co., Ltd.).
  • a liquid crystal display device was produced by changing the irradiation time of 15 to 100 seconds of ultraviolet rays having an irradiation intensity of 20 mW / cm 2 using a light source of an ultraviolet LED having a wavelength of 365 nm.
  • a voltage-transmittance characteristic and response time were measured by applying a rectangular wave of 60 Hz. Each characteristic is summarized in Table 1 with T100 as the maximum transmittance, V90 as the driving voltage, and Toff as the fall response time.
  • Display unevenness evaluation was performed by placing the liquid crystal display element obtained between two orthogonal polarizing plates and visually confirming the backlight as a light source according to the following criteria. A: Good, no unevenness observed B: Somewhat good, some unevenness observed C: Poor, many unevenness observed Evaluation results are shown in the following table.
  • liquid crystal compositions used in the above examples and comparative examples have the following polymerizable monomers and initiators.
  • SYMBOLS 1 Polarizing plate, 2 ... First transparent insulating substrate, 3 ... Electrode layer, 4 ... Alignment film, 4a ... Alignment direction, 5 liquid crystal layer, 5a ... Liquid crystal molecule when no voltage is applied, 5b ... Liquid crystal when voltage is applied Molecule, 6 ... color filter, 7 ... second transparent insulating substrate, 8 ... polarizing plate, 9 ... continuous or discontinuous polymer network, 10 ... liquid crystal display element, 11 ... gate electrode, 12 ... gate insulating layer, 13 ... Semiconductor layer, 14 ... protective layer, 15 ... ohmic contact layer, 16 ... drain electrode, 17 ... source electrode, 18 ...
  • insulating protective layer 21 ... pixel electrode, 22 ... common electrode, 23 ... storage capacitor, 24 ... gate wiring, 25 ... Data wiring, 26 ... Drain electrode, 27 ... Source electrode, 28 ... Gate electrode, 29 ... Common line, 100 ... Polarizing plate, 110 ... Gate electrode, 120 ... Gate insulating layer, 130 ... Semiconductor layer, 140 ... Preservation Layer, 160 ... drain electrode, 190b ... organic insulating film, 200 ... first substrate, 210 ... pixel electrode, 220 ... storage capacitor, 230 ... drain electrode, 240 ... data wiring, 250 ... gate wiring, 260 ... source electrode, 270 ... Gate electrode, 300 ... Thin film transistor layer, 400 ... Alignment film, 500 ...
  • Liquid crystal layer 510 ... Liquid crystal display device, 512 ... Pixel electrode, 512a ... Pixel trunk electrode, 512b ... Pixel branch electrode, 512c ... Pixel slit, 516 ... scanning wiring, 517 ... signal wiring, 600 ... common electrode, 700 ... color filter, 800 ... second substrate, 900 ... polarizing plate, 1000 ... liquid crystal display element, 1400 ... transparent electrode (layer), PX ... pixel, PE ... Pixel electrode, PA ... Main pixel electrode, PB ... Sub-pixel electrode, CE ... Common electrode, CA ... Main common electrode, CAL ... Left side Common electrode, CAR ... right main common electrode, CB ... sub-common electrode, CBU ... upper sub common electrode, CBB ... lower sub-common electrode

Abstract

[Problem] To provide: a polymerizable liquid-crystal composition that can give a liquid-crystal display element which includes a liquid-crystal layer having a high polymer-component content and which has high polymer homogeneity and greatly mitigated display unevenness; and a liquid-crystal display element obtained using the polymerizable liquid-crystal composition. [Solution] A polymerizable liquid-crystal composition characterized by comprising a radical-polymerizable monomer ingredient (A), a liquid-crystal material (B), and a compound (C) represented by structural formula (1) as essential components. (In structural formula (1), Ar represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, etc.; Z's each independently represent a single bond, a C1-12 linear or branched alkyl group, etc.; R1 represents a C1-8 linear or branched alkyl group, etc.; R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a C1-8 linear or branched alkyl group, etc.; and n is an integer of 0-3.)

Description

重合性液晶組成物、液晶表示素子、及び液晶表示素子の製造方法Polymerizable liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display element, and method for producing liquid crystal display element
 本発明は重合性液晶組成物、液晶表示素子、及び液晶表示素子の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, a liquid crystal display element, and a method for producing a liquid crystal display element.
 液晶材料は、テレビ、モニター、携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレット端末などのフラットパネルディスプレイにおいて一般的に利用されている。しかしながら、ネマチック液晶は、応答速度が約十数ミリ秒から数ミリ秒と遅いため、広く普及した液晶テレビの分野では、表示の高速化を図るべく、例えば、主に垂直配向モードを採用し、液晶材料のチルト角を付与させて電圧印加時の立ち上がり応答(オン応答)を高速化させたPS(polymer-stabilised:高分子安定化)又はPSA(polymer-sustained alignment:高分子維持配向)ディスプレイが(特許文献1~5参照)が多く利用されている。 Liquid crystal materials are generally used in flat panel displays such as televisions, monitors, mobile phones, smartphones, and tablet terminals. However, since nematic liquid crystal has a slow response speed of about several tens of milliseconds to several milliseconds, in the field of widely used liquid crystal televisions, for example, in order to increase the display speed, the vertical alignment mode is mainly adopted, There is a PS (polymer-stable) or PSA (polymer-stained alignment) display in which the tilt angle of the liquid crystal material is applied to increase the rising response (ON response) when a voltage is applied. (See Patent Documents 1 to 5).
 斯かるPS又はPSAディスプレイは、具体的には、0.3質量%以上1質量%未満の重合性化合物を液晶媒体に添加して、電圧を印加するか又は印加せずに、UV光重合により、ガラス基板界面上に重合若しくは架橋して得られる微細な突起構造物を形成させて液晶分子にプレチルトを誘起させるものであり、これにより電圧印加時の立ち上がり応答(オン応答)は高速化させることが可能となる。 Specifically, such PS or PSA display is prepared by adding 0.3% by mass or more and less than 1% by mass of a polymerizable compound to a liquid crystal medium and applying UV voltage photopolymerization with or without applying voltage. In order to induce a pretilt in the liquid crystal molecules by forming a fine protrusion structure obtained by polymerization or cross-linking on the glass substrate interface, this speeds up the rising response (ON response) when a voltage is applied. Is possible.
 しかしながら、近年の液晶テレビの大型化が進んだ結果として、画面上を移動する表示物の移動速度がより一層速くなり、そのため液晶の応答速度の更なる向上が求められている。 However, as a result of the recent increase in the size of liquid crystal televisions, the moving speed of display objects moving on the screen is further increased, and therefore further improvement in the liquid crystal response speed is required.
 そこで、従来より、応答速度の改善手段として、電圧印加時の立ち上がり応答(オン応答)の高速化のみならず、電圧印加から解放したとき(スイッチング・オフ時)の応答速度を改善する試みがなされており、例えば、特許文献5には、液晶表示セル中の液晶材料に液晶組成物と共にポリマー成分を液晶材料中1質量%以上40質量%未満となるように封入してなる液晶表示素子が開示されている。斯かる液晶表示素子は、液晶材料中に所定量のポリマーを含有させる結果、ポリマーと液晶分子との引力的な相互作用を利用して、スイッチング・オフ応答(以下、「オフ応答」と略記する。)の際の初期配向状態への緩和過程を加速することによってオフ応答の高速化を実現したものである。 Therefore, conventionally, as a means for improving the response speed, not only the rise of the rise response (on response) at the time of voltage application but also an attempt to improve the response speed when released from the voltage application (at the time of switching off) has been made. For example, Patent Literature 5 discloses a liquid crystal display element in which a liquid crystal material in a liquid crystal display cell is sealed with a polymer component together with a liquid crystal composition so as to be 1 mass% or more and less than 40 mass% in the liquid crystal material. Has been. Such a liquid crystal display element contains a predetermined amount of polymer in a liquid crystal material, and as a result, uses a gravitational interaction between the polymer and liquid crystal molecules to abbreviate a switching-off response (hereinafter abbreviated as “off response”). )) By accelerating the relaxation process to the initial alignment state, thereby realizing a faster off response.
 斯かる特許文献1記載の液晶材料は、前記したとおり、ポリマー成分を高い含有量で含むために、モノマーを重合する際に重合開始剤の使用が不可欠となり、特許文献5記載の液晶材料においてもBASF社製「イルガキュア651」に代表されるアルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤が用いられている。 As described above, since the liquid crystal material described in Patent Document 1 contains a polymer component in a high content, it is indispensable to use a polymerization initiator when polymerizing the monomer. In the liquid crystal material described in Patent Document 5, Alkylphenone photopolymerization initiators represented by “Irgacure 651” manufactured by BASF are used.
 然しながら、斯かる従来公知の重合開始剤はそれ自体の極性が高く液晶材料を基板間に挟持させた場合に基板へ吸着し易く、基板近くでは高濃度になる一方で、基板から離れるに従い開始剤の濃度が低下する、という濃度勾配が生じることとなる。その結果、得られる液晶表示素子においてポリマーの分布に斑が生じやすく、液晶表示素子としての表示ムラにつながり易い。 However, such a conventionally known polymerization initiator has a high polarity in itself and is easily adsorbed to the substrate when the liquid crystal material is sandwiched between the substrates. As a result, a concentration gradient occurs in which the concentration of is decreased. As a result, in the obtained liquid crystal display element, the polymer distribution is likely to be uneven, and this tends to cause display unevenness as the liquid crystal display element.
 また、液晶層にポリマーを含むPS又はPSAディスプレイでは、真空注入法又は滴下注入(ODF:One Drop Fill)法により液晶材料を液晶セル内に封入し、液晶周辺端部をUV硬化性樹脂でUV硬化反応により封止し(シール工程)、次いで、UV照射によって液晶層内のモノマーを重合させること(液晶層重合工程)により製造することができるが、このシール工程におけるUV照射により、封止材料のみならず、UV光の漏れにより液晶材料中のモノマーが一部重合してしまい、表示ムラを発生させていた。 In PS or PSA displays containing a polymer in the liquid crystal layer, a liquid crystal material is sealed in a liquid crystal cell by a vacuum injection method or a drop injection (ODF: One Drop Drop) method, and the periphery of the liquid crystal is UV coated with a UV curable resin. It can be manufactured by sealing by a curing reaction (sealing process) and then polymerizing the monomer in the liquid crystal layer by UV irradiation (liquid crystal layer polymerization process). Not only that, the monomer in the liquid crystal material is partially polymerized due to leakage of UV light, causing display unevenness.
 この際、前記したBASF社製「イルガキュア651」に代表されるアルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤等を使用した場合には、前記したシール工程において液晶層中のモノマーの重合を招き易いという問題を有していた。 At this time, when an alkylphenone photopolymerization initiator or the like typified by “Irgacure 651” manufactured by BASF is used, there is a problem that the monomer in the liquid crystal layer is likely to be polymerized in the sealing process. Was.
 他方、シール工程における硬化異常を回避すべく前記アルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤の使用量を減らそうとする場合、液晶セル内部において基板面法線方向における基板から離れた場所では開始剤が殆ど含まれない状態となるなど、モノマー重合工程において均質なポリマー形成が難しくなるものであった。 On the other hand, when trying to reduce the use amount of the alkylphenone photopolymerization initiator in order to avoid curing abnormality in the sealing process, the initiator is mostly included in the liquid crystal cell at a location away from the substrate in the normal direction of the substrate surface. For example, it was difficult to form a homogeneous polymer in the monomer polymerization process.
WO2015/122457WO2015 / 122457
 従って、本発明が解決しようとする課題は、ポリマー成分量の多い液晶層を持つ液晶表示素子においてポリマーの均質性が高く表示ムラが飛躍的に改善することができる、重合性液晶組成物、及びこれを用いた液晶表示素子を提供することにある。 Therefore, the problem to be solved by the present invention is a polymerizable liquid crystal composition having a high polymer homogeneity and capable of dramatically improving display unevenness in a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal layer with a large amount of polymer components, and An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display device using the same.
 本発明者等は、上記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討した結果、重合性液晶組成物に重合開始能を有する所定の分子構造を有する化合物を用いることにより、該化合物が基材近傍に偏在することなく液相分子と良好な親和性を発現し、その結果、得られる液晶表示素子における表示ムラ発生のリスクを低減できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。 As a result of intensive studies to solve the above problems, the present inventors have found that the compound is unevenly distributed in the vicinity of the substrate by using a compound having a predetermined molecular structure having a polymerization initiating ability in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. As a result, it has been found that a good affinity with liquid phase molecules is exhibited, and as a result, the risk of occurrence of display unevenness in the obtained liquid crystal display element can be reduced, and the present invention has been completed.
 即ち、本発明は、ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)、液晶材料(B)、及び下記構造式(1) That is, the present invention includes a radical polymerizable monomer component (A), a liquid crystal material (B), and the following structural formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(構造式(1)中、Arは二価の芳香族炭化水素基又はハロゲン原子含有芳香族炭化水素基を表し、Aは、二価の芳香族炭化水素基、二価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基、二価の縮合多環構造部位、これらの構造における水素原子がハロゲン原子で置換した構造部位、又は、前記二価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基若しくは前記二価の縮合多環構造部位中の任意の-CH-で表される構造が酸素原子で置換された構造を持つ構造部位、前記二価の芳香族炭化水素基若しくは二価の縮合多環構造部位の任意の-CH=で表される構造が窒素原子で置換された構造部位を表し、Zは、それぞれ独立して単結合、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖若しくは分岐アルキル基、又は、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖若しくは分岐アルキレン基、該直鎖若しくは分岐アルキレン基の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CS-O-、-O-CS-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=CH-COO-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-によって置換された構造を有する2価の有機基を表し、Rは炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基、ラジカル重合性官能性基を表わし、Rはそれぞれ独立して水素、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルコキシ基、又は下記構造式(2) (In the structural formula (1), Ar represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a halogen atom-containing aromatic hydrocarbon group, and A represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon. Group, a divalent condensed polycyclic structure site, a structural site in which a hydrogen atom in these structures is substituted with a halogen atom, or the divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the divalent condensed polycyclic structure site Arbitrary —CH 2 — represents a structural moiety having a structure in which an arbitrary —CH 2 — structure is substituted with an oxygen atom, the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or the divalent condensed polycyclic structural moiety. And Z represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a linear chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Or a branched alkylene group, the straight chain or branched alkyle -CH group 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - are each independently -O -, - S -, - CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CS-O-, —O—CS—, —CO—S—, —S—CO—, —O—CO—O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═CH—COO—, —OCO—CH═ Represents a divalent organic group having a structure substituted by CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—, wherein R 1 is straight or branched having 1 to 8 carbon atoms Represents an alkyl group or a radically polymerizable functional group, and each R 2 independently represents hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Or the following structural formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(構造式(2)中、Zは前記したものと同義であり、A2は一価の芳香族炭化水素基、一価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基、一価の縮合多環構造部位、または、これらの構造における水素原子がハロゲン原子で置換した構造部位を表す。)を表し、nは0~3の整数を表す。なお、前記構造式(1)及び(2)中にA及びZが複数存在する場合、複数存在するA及びZは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物(C)を必須成分とすることを特徴とする重合性液晶組成物に関する。 (In Structural Formula (2), Z has the same meaning as described above, and A2 represents a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent condensed polycyclic structure site, or Represents a structural site in which a hydrogen atom in these structures is substituted with a halogen atom.), And n represents an integer of 0 to 3. When a plurality of A and Z are present in the structural formulas (1) and (2), the plurality of A and Z may be the same or different. It is related with the polymerizable liquid crystal composition characterized by using the compound (C) represented by this as an essential component.
 本発明は、更に、なくとも一方に電極を有する2枚の透明基板間に、ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)の重合体と液晶材料(B)とが挟持された液晶表示素子であって、前記液晶材料(B)が、前記重合性液晶組成物の重合物であることを特徴とする液晶表示素子に関する。 The present invention further relates to a liquid crystal display element in which a polymer of a radical polymerizable monomer component (A) and a liquid crystal material (B) are sandwiched between two transparent substrates each having an electrode on at least one side. The liquid crystal material (B) is a polymer of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
 本発明は、更に、前記重合性液晶組成物を、少なくとも一方に電極を有する2枚の透明基板間に挟持せしめ、液晶層を-50℃から30℃としながら活性エネルギー線を照射することにより重合させ、屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有する重合体を形成させることを特徴とする液晶表示素子の製造方法に関する。 In the present invention, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is further sandwiched between two transparent substrates having electrodes on at least one side, and polymerized by irradiating active energy rays while keeping the liquid crystal layer at −50 ° C. to 30 ° C. A polymer having a refractive index anisotropy or an orientation easy axis direction, and a method for producing a liquid crystal display element.
 本発明によれば、ポリマー成分量の多い液晶層を持つ液晶表示素子においてポリマーの均質性が高く表示ムラが飛躍的に改善することができる、重合性液晶組成物、及びこれを用いた液晶表示素子を提供できる。 ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, in the liquid crystal display element which has a liquid crystal layer with many polymer component amounts, the homogeneity of a polymer is high and a display nonuniformity can be improved drastically, and a liquid crystal display using the same An element can be provided.
図1は、本発明の液晶表示素子の模式図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic view of a liquid crystal display element of the present invention. 図2は、図1の部分拡大図である。FIG. 2 is a partially enlarged view of FIG. 図3は、本発明の液晶表示素子の断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention. 図4は、図1の部分拡大図である。FIG. 4 is a partially enlarged view of FIG. 図5は、本発明の液晶表示素子の断面図である。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention. 図6は、本発明の液晶表示素子の模式図である。FIG. 6 is a schematic view of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention. 図7は、図6の部分拡大図である。FIG. 7 is a partially enlarged view of FIG. 図8は、本発明の液晶表示素子の断面図である。FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention. 図9は、本発明における斜め電界方式液晶表示装置の電極構造及び液晶分子配列を示す模式図である。FIG. 9 is a schematic view showing an electrode structure and a liquid crystal molecular arrangement of the oblique electric field type liquid crystal display device according to the present invention. 図10は、本発明における8分割斜め電界方式液晶表示装置の電極構造を示す模式図である。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing an electrode structure of an 8-division oblique electric field type liquid crystal display device according to the present invention. 図11は、実施例におけるフィッシュボーン型VA液晶セルの電極構造の模式図である。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an electrode structure of a fishbone type VA liquid crystal cell in the example.
 本発明の重合性液晶組成物は、前記した通り、ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)、液晶材料(B)、及び下記構造式(1) As described above, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention includes the radical polymerizable monomer component (A), the liquid crystal material (B), and the following structural formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(構造式(1)中、Arは二価の芳香族炭化水素基又はハロゲン原子含有芳香族炭化水素基を表し、Aは、二価の芳香族炭化水素基、二価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基、二価の縮合多環構造部位、これらの構造における水素原子がハロゲン原子で置換した構造部位、又は、前記二価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基若しくは前記二価の縮合多環構造部位中の任意の-CH-で表される構造が酸素原子で置換された構造を持つ構造部位、前記二価の芳香族炭化水素基若しくは二価の縮合多環構造部位の任意の-CH=で表される構造が窒素原子で置換された構造部位を表し、Zは、それぞれ独立して単結合、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖若しくは分岐アルキル基、又は、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖若しくは分岐アルキレン基、該直鎖若しくは分岐アルキレン基の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CS-O-、-O-CS-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=CH-COO-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-によって置換された構造を有する2価の有機基を表し、Rは炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基、又はラジカル重合性官能性基を表わし、Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルコキシ基、又は下記構造式(2) (In the structural formula (1), Ar represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a halogen atom-containing aromatic hydrocarbon group, and A represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon. Group, a divalent condensed polycyclic structure site, a structural site in which a hydrogen atom in these structures is substituted with a halogen atom, or the divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the divalent condensed polycyclic structure site Arbitrary —CH 2 — represents a structural moiety having a structure in which an arbitrary —CH 2 — structure is substituted with an oxygen atom, the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or the divalent condensed polycyclic structural moiety. And Z represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a linear chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Or a branched alkylene group, the straight chain or branched alkyle -CH group 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - are each independently -O -, - S -, - CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CS-O-, —O—CS—, —CO—S—, —S—CO—, —O—CO—O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═CH—COO—, —OCO—CH═ Represents a divalent organic group having a structure substituted by CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—, wherein R 1 is straight or branched having 1 to 8 carbon atoms Represents an alkyl group or a radical polymerizable functional group, and each R 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. An alkoxy group or the following structural formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(構造式(2)中、Zは前記したものと同義であり、A2は一価の芳香族炭化水素基、一価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基、一価の縮合多環構造部位、または、これらの構造における水素原子がハロゲン原子で置換した構造部位を表す。)を表し、nは0~3の整数を表す。なお、前記構造式(1)及び(2)中にA及びZが複数存在する場合、複数存在するA及びZは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物(C)を必須成分とすることを特徴とするものである。 (In Structural Formula (2), Z has the same meaning as described above, and A2 represents a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent condensed polycyclic structure site, or Represents a structural site in which a hydrogen atom in these structures is substituted with a halogen atom.), And n represents an integer of 0 to 3. When a plurality of A and Z are present in the structural formulas (1) and (2), the plurality of A and Z may be the same or different. The compound (C) represented by) is an essential component.
 前記構造式(1)で表される化合物(C)は、該化合物自体が重合開始能を持つものであり、液晶層を形成する液晶材料と優れた相溶性を発現する。その結果、該化合物(C)を含む重合性液晶組成物を用いて液晶表示デバイスを製造する際、液晶層内部で該化合物(C)が均一に分散され、その結果、所謂表示ムラの発生リスクを低減させることができる。 The compound (C) represented by the structural formula (1) has a polymerization initiating ability and exhibits excellent compatibility with the liquid crystal material forming the liquid crystal layer. As a result, when a liquid crystal display device is produced using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the compound (C), the compound (C) is uniformly dispersed inside the liquid crystal layer, and as a result, the risk of occurrence of so-called display unevenness. Can be reduced.
 ここで、前記化合物(C)は、前記した通り、下記構造式(1) Here, as described above, the compound (C) has the following structural formula (1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
で表される分子構造を有するものだる。 It has a molecular structure represented by
 ここで、Arは、二価の芳香族炭化水素基又はハロゲン原子含有芳香族炭化水素基であり、例えば、フェニレン基、ナフタレン-ジイル基、  Here, Ar is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a halogen atom-containing aromatic hydrocarbon group, such as a phenylene group, naphthalene-diyl group,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
等が挙げられる。これらのなかでも特に重合開始能に優れ、また、液晶化合物との相溶性の点からフェニレン基であることが好ましい。 Etc. Of these, a phenylene group is preferred from the viewpoint of excellent polymerization initiation ability and compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
 次に、前記構想式(1)中のAは、二価の芳香族炭化水素基、二価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基、二価の縮合多環構造部位、これらの構造における水素原子がハロゲン原子で置換した構造部位、又は、前記二価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基若しくは前記二価の縮合多環構造部位中の任意の-CH-で表される構造が酸素原子で置換された構造を持つ構造部位、前記二価の芳香族炭化水素基若しくは二価の縮合多環構造部位の任意の-CH=で表される構造が窒素原子で置換された構造部位を表し、具体的には、下記部分構造式 Next, A in the conceptual formula (1) is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a divalent cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon group, a divalent condensed polycyclic structure site, or a hydrogen atom in these structures is a halogen atom. A structure site substituted with an atom, or a structure in which the structure represented by any —CH 2 — in the divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the divalent condensed polycyclic structure site is substituted with an oxygen atom Represents a structural moiety in which a structure represented by —CH═ in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or divalent condensed polycyclic structural moiety is substituted with a nitrogen atom, specifically, , The following partial structural formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
で表される構造が挙げられる。 The structure represented by is mentioned.
 これらのなかでも特に液晶化合物との相溶性の点から Among these, especially from the point of compatibility with liquid crystal compounds
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
で表される構造が好ましい。 The structure represented by these is preferable.
 また、前記構造式(1)中のZで表される構造部位は、それぞれ独立して単結合、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖若しくは分岐アルキル基、又は、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖若しくは分岐アルキレン基、該直鎖若しくは分岐アルキレン基の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CS-O-、-O-CS-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=CH-COO-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-によって置換された構造を有する2価の有機基であるが、特に二重結合若しくは三重結合を有する構造部位、又は単結合であることが分子内の共役長が長くなる点から好ましい。 The structural site represented by Z in the structural formula (1) is independently a single bond, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a straight chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. A chain or branched alkylene group, —CH 2 — of the straight chain or branched alkylene group, or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are each independently —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO. -, -OCO-, -CS-O-, -O-CS-, -CO-S-, -S-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-,- A divalent organic group having a structure substituted by CH═CH—COO—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—, The structural site having a heavy bond or triple bond, or a single bond increases the conjugation length in the molecule. Preferable from.
 また、構造式(1)中、-A-Z-で表される構造部位を繰り返し単位するものであり、その繰り返し単位を表すnは0~3の整数を表すが、液晶に対する相溶性の点から0~2であることが液晶化合物との相溶性の点から好ましい。 In the structural formula (1), the structural site represented by -AZ- is a repeating unit, and n representing the repeating unit represents an integer of 0 to 3, but is compatible with liquid crystals. From 0 to 2, it is preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
 次に、Rは炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基、又はラジカル重合性官能性基である。ここで、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、s-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ネオーペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基等が挙げられる。また、ラジカル重合性官能性基としては、例えば、下記式(R1-1)から式(R1-4) Next, R 1 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a radical polymerizable functional group. Here, examples of the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, s-butyl group, Examples include pentyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group and the like. Examples of the radical polymerizable functional group include the following formulas (R1-1) to (R1-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
で表される構造部位が挙げられる。ここで、各式中、*は結合点を示し、R’はお互いに独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5個のアルキル基であり、tC1は0、1または2を表す。 The structural part represented by these is mentioned. Here, in each formula, * represents a bonding point, R ′ is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and t C1 represents 0, 1 or 2.
 ここでRとしてラジカル重合性官能基を導入する場合、モノマーの重合後、該化合物(C)の分解残渣が生じにくくなるため液晶表示素子の電圧保持率を高いレベルに保つことができる。その一方で、前記ラジカル重合性官能基の導入により極性が上がる結果、表示斑の改善効果は低いものとなる他、重合性単量体(A)の反応性を落とすこととなる結果、残存モノマーが生じやすく、液晶表示素子とした場合の信頼性が充分でなくなる。 Here, when a radically polymerizable functional group is introduced as R 1 , it is difficult to generate a decomposition residue of the compound (C) after polymerization of the monomer, so that the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display element can be maintained at a high level. On the other hand, as a result of increasing the polarity due to the introduction of the radical polymerizable functional group, the effect of improving display spots becomes low, and the reactivity of the polymerizable monomer (A) is reduced, resulting in a residual monomer. This is likely to occur, and the reliability of the liquid crystal display element is not sufficient.
 他方、Rとして炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基を導入した場合は、化合物(C)自体の極性が低くなり液晶材料との相溶性がより高まり表示ムラの改善効果がより顕著なものとなる。よって、前記Rは炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基であることが好ましい。 On the other hand, when a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is introduced as R 1 , the polarity of the compound (C) itself is lowered, the compatibility with the liquid crystal material is further increased, and the display unevenness is improved. It becomes more prominent. Therefore, R 1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 次に、Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルコキシ基、又は下記構造式(2) Next, each R 2 is independently a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or the following structural formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(構造式(2)中、Zは前記したものと同義であり、Aは一価の芳香族炭化水素基、一価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基、一価の縮合多環構造部位、または、これらの構造における水素原子がハロゲン原子で置換した構造部位を表す)で表される構造部位である。 (In Structural Formula (2), Z has the same meaning as described above, and A 2 represents a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent condensed polycyclic structure site, or Represents a structural site in which a hydrogen atom in these structures is substituted with a halogen atom).
 ここで、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、s-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ネオ-ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基等が挙げられ、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、
エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、オクチルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
Here, examples of the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, s-butyl group, Examples thereof include a pentyl group, a neo-pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, etc. Examples of the linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include a methoxy group,
Examples include ethoxy group, propoxy group, t-butoxy group, pentyloxy group, octyloxy group and the like.
 また、構造式(2)中のAで示される一価の芳香族炭化水素基、一価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基、一価の縮合多環構造部位、または、これらの構造における水素原子がハロゲン原子で置換した構造部位とは、具体的には、下記構造式で表されるものが挙げられる。 In addition, a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent condensed polycyclic structure site represented by A 2 in the structural formula (2), or a hydrogen atom in these structures Specific examples of the structural site in which is substituted with a halogen atom include those represented by the following structural formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 本発明では、前記した構造式(1)においてカルボニル炭素原子に結合するR中の炭素原子が、4級炭素原子の場合には、当該化合物(C)は活性エネルギー線照射によってノリッシュI型の反応によりラジカルを生成し、1級乃至3級炭素原子の場合にはノリッシュII型の反応によりラジカルを生成する。 In the present invention, when the carbon atom in R 2 bonded to the carbonyl carbon atom in the structural formula (1) is a quaternary carbon atom, the compound (C) is converted into a Norrish type I compound by irradiation with active energy rays. A radical is generated by the reaction, and in the case of primary to tertiary carbon atoms, the radical is generated by a Norrish type II reaction.
 ここで、前記した一般式(1)中、下記構造式 Here, in the above general formula (1), the following structural formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
で示される主骨格がメソゲン構造を形成していることが、化合物(C)の液晶化合物への相溶性がより良好なものとなる点から好ましい。 It is preferable that the main skeleton represented by the formula (1) forms a mesogenic structure from the viewpoint of better compatibility of the compound (C) with the liquid crystal compound.
 以上詳述した化合物(C)は、とりわけClogP値が5~10のものであることが液晶化合物との相溶性に優れ、液晶層内における均質性が良好となる点から好ましい。ここで、ClogP値とは、Chemdrawで構造式から水/オクタノール分配係数の推算によって得られる値である。 The compound (C) described in detail above is preferably a compound having a ClogP value of 5 to 10 in view of excellent compatibility with the liquid crystal compound and good homogeneity in the liquid crystal layer. Here, the ClogP value is a value obtained by estimating the water / octanol partition coefficient from the structural formula in Chemdraw.
 上記した構造式(1)で表される化合物(C)の具体的化学構造は、例えば、下記式C1~C281で表されるものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the chemical structure of the compound (C) represented by the above structural formula (1) include those represented by the following formulas C1 to C281.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 上記した化合物(C)の使用量は、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明の重合性液晶組成物中、0.5~5質量%の範囲、特に2~5質量%の範囲であることが硬化性の点から好ましい。本発明では、このように多量に化合物(C)を使用しても、何等液晶表示素子の電圧保持率の低下を招くことなく、表示ムラ発生のリスクを低減できるものである。 The amount of the compound (C) used is not particularly limited, but is in the range of 0.5 to 5% by mass, particularly in the range of 2 to 5% by mass in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention. It is preferable from the viewpoint of curability. In the present invention, even when the compound (C) is used in such a large amount, the risk of occurrence of display unevenness can be reduced without causing any decrease in the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display element.
 次に、本発明の重合性液晶組成物において用いられるラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)は、液晶性のモノマーを使用することが好ましい。即ち、本発明の液晶表示素子は、液晶相中に液晶表示素子全面にポリマーネットワーク層が形成され、液晶相が連続している構造であって、ポリマーネットワークの配向容易軸や一軸の光学軸が低分子液晶の配向容易軸と略同一方向であること、また、低分子液晶のプレチルト角を誘起するようにポリマーネットワークを形成させることが、オフ応答の速度を高めることができる点から好ましく、そのためラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)を構成する重合性モノマーは、分子構造中にメソゲン構造を持つ液晶性のモノマーであることが好ましい。なお、本発明における液晶表示素子は、前記ポリマーネットワーク層が、ポリマーネットワークの平均空隙間隔が可視光の波長より小さい大きさであること、即ち450nm未満の平均空隙間隔であることが、光散乱は起こらなくなる点から好ましい。 Next, it is preferable to use a liquid crystalline monomer as the radical polymerizable monomer component (A) used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention. That is, the liquid crystal display element of the present invention has a structure in which the polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of the liquid crystal display element in the liquid crystal phase and the liquid crystal phase is continuous, and the polymer network has an easy alignment axis and a single optical axis. It is preferable that the orientation direction of the low-molecular liquid crystal is substantially the same direction as that of the low-molecular liquid crystal, and that the polymer network is formed so as to induce the pretilt angle of the low-molecular liquid crystal because the off-response speed can be increased. The polymerizable monomer constituting the radical polymerizable monomer component (A) is preferably a liquid crystalline monomer having a mesogenic structure in the molecular structure. In the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention, the polymer network layer has a polymer network having an average gap interval smaller than the wavelength of visible light, that is, an average gap interval of less than 450 nm. This is preferable because it does not occur.
 斯かる液晶性のモノマーとしては、下記一般式(P1) As such a liquid crystalline monomer, the following general formula (P1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
で表されるものが挙げられる。 The thing represented by is mentioned.
 ここで、Zp11は、フッ素原子、シアノ基、水素原子、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルコキシ基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルケニル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルケニルオキシ基又は-Spp12-Rp12を表す。これらのなかでも、Zp11としては、フッ素原子、酸素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基を使用することが液晶表示素子の電圧保持率を高くすることが可能になる点から好ましく、また、チルトの安定性の点から-Spp12-Rp12であることが好ましい。 Here, Z p11 is a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom in which a hydrogen atom is substituted. An alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, and 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom The alkenyloxy group of — or —Sp p12 —R p12 . Among these, as Z p11 , the use of an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a fluorine atom or an oxygen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom increases the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display device. From the viewpoint of enabling tilting, it is preferable to be -Sp p12 -R p12 from the viewpoint of tilt stability.
 ここで、Rp11およびRp12はそれぞれ独立に以下の式(RP11-1)から式(RP11-4) Here, R p11 and R p12 are each independently the following formulas (RP11-1) to (RP11-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
のいずれかを表し(式中、*は結合点を示す)、前記式(RP11-1)~(RP11-4)中、RP111~RP112はお互いに独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5個のアルキル基であり、tM11は0、1または2を表す。これらのなかでも特に前記式(RP11-1)で表され、かつ、該式中のRP111としては水素原子又はメチル基である、(メタ)アクリロイル基であることが、液晶表示素子の製造時にモノマーを重合させる際の紫外線照射量を低くすることが可能になる、液晶材料への紫外線照射量を必要最低限に保つことができ、液晶材料及び液晶表示素子の劣化を避けることができる点から好ましい。 (Wherein, * represents a bonding point), and in the formulas (RP11-1) to (RP11-4), R P111 to R P112 are independently of each other a hydrogen atom or carbon atom number. 1 to 5 alkyl groups, and t M11 represents 0, 1 or 2. It represented especially by the formula (RP11-1) Among these, and, as the R P111 in formula is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, at the time of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device It is possible to reduce the amount of UV irradiation when polymerizing the monomer, the amount of UV irradiation to the liquid crystal material can be kept to the minimum necessary, and the deterioration of the liquid crystal material and the liquid crystal display element can be avoided. preferable.
 Spp11およびSpp12は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖もしくは分岐状アルキレン基、又は、この直鎖もしくは分岐状のアルキレン構造の炭素原子は、酸素原子が隣接しない条件で、酸素原子もしくはカルボニル基で置換された化学構造を有する構造部位を表す。これらのなかでも、特に、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖もしくは分岐状アルキレン基は、液晶材料(B)との相溶性を高めるので好ましく、液晶分子が持つアルキル基と同程度の炭素原子数1~6のものが特に好ましい。ここで、ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)と液晶材料(B)との相溶性が十分でない場合や、前記した重合開始剤(C)の液晶材料(B)への相溶性が十分でない場合には、ポリマーネットワークの密度が粗になる部分と密になる部分ができるため素子特性に影響を及ぼし面内の特性が不均一となり易いが、本発明においてラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)と液晶材料(B)との相溶性が良好なる場合には、重合開始剤(C)と液晶材料(B)との相溶性が良好なものとなることと相俟って、一様な重合相分離構造が形成され、液晶中の均一なポリマーネットワークを形成されて液晶表示素子の特性が面内で一定になる、という特長を有する。ここで、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖もしくは分岐状アルキレン基であるSpp11とSpp12とを有する場合、これらが同一のものであることが該モノマーの製造が容易であること、また、アルキレン鎖長の異なる複数種の化合物の使用割合を調整することによって物性調整が容易となる点から好ましい。一方、Spp11およびSpp12が単結合である場合には、モノマーが基板面に集まり易く、ポリマーネットワークを形成する傾向よりも垂直配向膜表面に薄膜を形成する傾向が強くなるため、ポリマーネットワーク形成による高速応答の効果よりも配向膜にプレチルトを付与し固定化する効果がより強くなる。 Sp p11 and Sp p12 are each independently a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom of this linear or branched alkylene structure is adjacent to an oxygen atom. A structural moiety having a chemical structure substituted with an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group. Among these, in particular, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable because it increases compatibility with the liquid crystal material (B), and has the same number of carbon atoms as the alkyl group of the liquid crystal molecule. Those of 1 to 6 are particularly preferred. Here, when the compatibility between the radical polymerizable monomer component (A) and the liquid crystal material (B) is insufficient, or the compatibility of the polymerization initiator (C) with the liquid crystal material (B) is not sufficient. In this case, since the density of the polymer network is increased and the density is increased, the device characteristics are affected and the in-plane characteristics are likely to be non-uniform. However, in the present invention, the radical polymerizable monomer component (A ) And the liquid crystal material (B) have good compatibility with the good compatibility between the polymerization initiator (C) and the liquid crystal material (B). A polymer phase separation structure is formed, and a uniform polymer network in the liquid crystal is formed, so that the characteristics of the liquid crystal display element are constant in the plane. Here, in the case of having Sp p11 and Sp p12 which are linear or branched alkylene groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, it is easy to produce the monomer that they are the same, It is preferable from the viewpoint that the physical properties can be easily adjusted by adjusting the use ratio of a plurality of kinds of compounds having different alkylene chain lengths. On the other hand, when Sp p11 and Sp p12 are single bonds, the monomer tends to collect on the substrate surface, and the tendency to form a thin film on the surface of the vertical alignment film is stronger than the tendency to form the polymer network. The effect of imparting a pretilt to the alignment film and fixing it is stronger than the effect of the high-speed response due to.
 また、重合性液晶組成物中のラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)の含有率が0.5質量%未満である場合には、前記した配向膜にプレチルト角を付与し固定化する点から、Spp11およびSpp12は単結合であることが好ましく、一方、該含有率が0.5質量%~20質量%の範囲である場合には、Spp11およびSpp12は炭素原子数1~12の直鎖もしくは分岐状アルキレン基であることがオフ応答速度を速めるポリマーネットワークを形成できる点から好ましい。特にオフ応答速度と低駆動電圧の点から1質量%~10質量%の範囲であることが好ましい。また、前記した直鎖もしくは分岐状アルキレン基は、炭素原子数としては、2~8が好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい。また、アルキレン基上の炭素原子を酸素原子が隣接しない条件で酸素原子もしくはカルボニル基で置換することは好ましい。特に酸素原子をMP11やMP13に結合する位置で導入すると、液晶材料全体としての液晶上限温度の拡大や重合時における紫外線感度を増加させることが可能になる点から好ましい。 In addition, when the content of the radical polymerizable monomer component (A) in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is less than 0.5% by mass, a pretilt angle is given to the alignment film to fix it. , Sp p11 and Sp p12 are preferably single bonds. On the other hand, when the content is in the range of 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, Sp p11 and Sp p12 have 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The linear or branched alkylene group is preferably from the viewpoint of forming a polymer network that increases the off-response speed. In particular, it is preferably in the range of 1% by mass to 10% by mass from the viewpoint of off-response speed and low driving voltage. In addition, the linear or branched alkylene group described above preferably has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Further, it is preferable to substitute a carbon atom on the alkylene group with an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group under the condition that the oxygen atom is not adjacent. In particular, it is preferable to introduce an oxygen atom at a position where it binds to M P11 or M P13 from the viewpoint that the liquid crystal material as a whole can increase the upper limit temperature of the liquid crystal and increase the ultraviolet sensitivity during polymerization.
 次に、前記一般式(P1)中、Lp11及びLp12はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、-O-、-S-、-CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-CO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOOCH-、-CHOCOO-、-OCHCHO-、-CO-NRP113-、-NRP113-CO-、-SCH-、-CHS-、-CH=CRP113-COO-、-CH=CRP113-OCO-、-COO-CRP113=CH-、-OCO-CRaP113=CH-、-COO-CRP113=CH-COO-、-COO-CRP113=CH-OCO-、-OCO-CRP113=CH-COO-、-OCO-CRP113=CH-OCO-、-(CHtm12-C(=O)-O-、-(CHtm12-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CHtm12-、-(C=O)-O-(CHtm12-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF=CH-、-CH=CF-、-CF-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CFCH-、-CHCF-、-CFCF-、-C≡C-、-N=N-、-CH=N-又は-C=N-N=C-(式中、RP113はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表し、前記式中、tm12は1~4の整数を表す。)を表す。 Next, in the general formula (P1), L p11 and L p12 each independently represent a single bond, —O—, —S—, —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, — CO—, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCOOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCOO—, —OCH 2 CH 2 O—, —CO—NR P113 —, —NR P113 —CO— , -SCH 2 -, - CH 2 S -, - CH = CR P113 -COO -, - CH = CR P113 -OCO -, - COO-CR P113 = CH -, - OCO-CR aP113 = CH -, - COO —CR P113 ═CHCOO— , —COO—CR P113 ═CH —OCO—, —OCO—CR P113 ═CHCOO— , —OCO—CR P113 ═CH —OCO—, — (CH 2 ) tm12 —C ( O) -O -, - (CH 2) tm12 -O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) tm12 -, - (C = O) -O- (CH 2 ) Tm12 −, —CH═CH— , —CF═CF— , —CF═CH— , —CH═CF— , —CF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CH 2 — , —CH 2 CF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —C≡C—, —N═N—, —CH═N— or —C═N— N═C— (wherein R P113 represents Independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, wherein tm12 represents an integer of 1 to 4).
 これらのなかでもラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)の液晶性が高く、液晶表示素子における配向ムラ抑止の観点から、単結合、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-COO-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-(CH-C(=O)-O-、-(CH-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH-、-(C=O)-O-(CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF=CH-、-CH=CF-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CFCH-、-CHCF-、-CFCF-、-C≡C-、-N=N-、又は-C=N-N=C-が好ましい。 Among these, the radically polymerizable monomer component (A) has high liquid crystallinity, and from the viewpoint of suppressing alignment unevenness in the liquid crystal display element, a single bond, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, — CH═CH—COO—, —OCO—CH═CH—, — (CH 2 ) 2 —C (═O) —O—, — (CH 2 ) 2 —O— (C═O) —, —O— (C═O) — (CH 2 ) 2 —, — (C═O) —O— (CH 2 ) 2 —, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —CF═CH—, —CH═ CF—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —C≡C—, —N═N—, or —C = NN-C- is preferred.
 また、モノマーに光異性化する機能を付与することによりワイゲルト効果を用いた光による光配列機能が利用できることから、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF=CH-、-CH=CF-、または-N=N-が好ましく、-CH=CH-と-N=N-を選択すること、なかでも-N=N-であることが好ましい。また、ポリマーネットワークの配向性を高くする観点から特に-N=N-であることが好ましい。 In addition, since the photo-alignment function by light using the Weigert effect can be used by imparting a photoisomerization function to the monomer, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —CF═CH—, —CH═ CF— or —N═N— is preferred, and —CH═CH— and —N═N— are preferably selected, and in particular, —N═N— is preferred. Further, from the viewpoint of increasing the orientation of the polymer network, it is particularly preferable that —N═N—.
 つぎに、一般式(P1)中のMp11、Mp12およびMp13は、それぞれ独立に1,4-フェニレン基、1,3-フェニレン基、1,2-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、1,3-シクロヘキシレン基、1,2-シクロヘキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,3-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,2-シクロヘキセニレン基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、ナフタレン-1,4-ジイル基、インダン-2,5-ジイル基、フルオレン-2,6-ジイル基、フルオレン-1,4-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、アントラセン-1,4-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル基、或いは、これらの芳香核に炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はニトロ基で置換された構造が挙げられる。 Next, M p11 , M p12 and M p13 in the general formula (P1) are each independently 1,4-phenylene group, 1,3-phenylene group, 1,2-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene. Group, 1,3-cyclohexylene group, 1,2-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,3-cyclohexenylene group, 1,2-cyclohexenylene group, anthracene-2,6 -Diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, naphthalene-1,4-diyl group, indane -2,5-diyl group, fluorene-2,6-diyl group, fluorene-1,4-diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, anthrace 1,4-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, or the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic nucleus An alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or a nitro group And a structure substituted with.
 また、前記Mp11、Mp12およびMp13は、これらの構造の芳香核に-Spp11-Rp11が置換されたものが、反応性に優れたラジカル重合性単量体となる点から好ましい。この時のRp11としては式(RP11-1)でかつ、RP111としては水素原子、もしくはメチル基である(メタ)アクリロイル基であることが好ましい。 Further, M p11 , M p12 and M p13 are preferably those in which —Sp p11 —R p11 is substituted on the aromatic nucleus of these structures from the viewpoint of becoming a radically polymerizable monomer having excellent reactivity. In this case, R p11 is preferably the formula (RP11-1), and R P111 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a (meth) acryloyl group which is a methyl group.
 これらのなかでも特に 1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、インダン-2,5-ジイル基、フルオレン-2,6-ジイル基、フルオレン-1,4-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル基、2,3-ジフロロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2-フロロ-1,4-フェニレン基が液晶との相溶性の点から好ましい。 Among these, in particular, 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, pyridine-2 , 5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indan-2,5-diyl group, fluorene-2,6-diyl group, fluorene-1,4-diyl group Phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, A 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group and a 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group are preferred from the viewpoint of compatibility with liquid crystals.
 また、一般式(P1)中、mp12は1又は2を表し、mp13及びmp14はそれぞれ独立して、0、1、2又は3を表し、mp11及びmp15はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3を表す。ここで、Zp11が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp11が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp12が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp11が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp12が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Lp11が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Lp12が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Mp12が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Mp13が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよいで表される化合物であることが好ましい。また、当該材料は1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましい。 Further, in the general formula (P1), mp12 represents 1 or 2, mp13 and mp14 each independently represent 0, 1, 2 or 3, m pi 1 and m p15 is 1, 2, or independently 3 is represented. Here, may be those in the case where Z pi 1 there are a plurality have the same or different and when R pi 1 there exist a plurality they may be the same or different and is R p12 When a plurality of Sp p11 are present, they may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of Sp p11 , they may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of Sp p12 , They may be the same or different. When a plurality of L p11 are present, they may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of L p12 , they are the same. They may be the same or different when a plurality of M p12 are present, and they may be the same or different when a plurality of M p13 are present. so It is preferably a compound that is. Moreover, it is preferable to contain the said material 1 type (s) or 2 or more types.
 また、前記したmp12~mp14は、それらの合計が1~6の範囲であることが好ましく、2~4の範囲、なかでも2であることが特に好ましい。2種以上のモノマーを使用する場合には、モノマー全体中の当該モノマーの濃度とmp12~mp14の合計を乗じて計算する平均数が、1.6~2.8になるように設定することが好ましく、1.7~2.4にする事が更に好ましく、1.8~2.2にすることが特に好ましい。 Further, the total of m p12 to m p14 described above is preferably in the range of 1 to 6, particularly preferably in the range of 2 to 4, particularly 2. When two or more types of monomers are used, the average number calculated by multiplying the concentration of the monomers in the whole monomer and the sum of m p12 to m p14 is set to 1.6 to 2.8. It is preferably 1.7 to 2.4, more preferably 1.8 to 2.2.
 mp11及びmp15の合計は1~6が好ましく、2~4が更に好ましく、2が特に好ましい。2種以上のモノマーを使用する場合には、モノマー全体中の当該モノマーの濃度とmp1p15合計を乗じて計算する平均数が、1.6~2.8になるように設定することが好ましく、1.7~2.4にする事が更に好ましく、1.8~2.2にすることが特に好ましい。平均数が1に近いと、液晶表示素子の駆動電圧を低減できる傾向があり、平均数が高いとオフ応答を速くできる傾向がある。 The total of m p11 and m p15 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, and particularly preferably 2. When using two or more monomers, the average number calculated by multiplying the density and m p1 and p15 sum of the monomers in the total monomer, may be set to be 1.6 to 2.8 It is preferably 1.7 to 2.4, more preferably 1.8 to 2.2. When the average number is close to 1, the driving voltage of the liquid crystal display element tends to be reduced, and when the average number is high, the off-response tends to be quick.
 Mp11、Mp12およびMp13へのフッ素原子による置換は、液晶表示素子の電圧保持率を悪化させることなく、液晶材料と重合体もしくは共重合体との相互作用の大きさや溶解性を制御できるため好ましい。好ましい置換数は、1~4である。 Substitution with fluorine atoms for M p11 , M p12 and M p13 can control the magnitude and solubility of the interaction between the liquid crystal material and the polymer or copolymer without deteriorating the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display element. Therefore, it is preferable. The preferred number of substitution is 1 to 4.
 以上詳述した式(P1)の中でも、下記式(P2-1)~(P2-11)で表される化合物を使用することは、チルト角の経時変化を抑制に有効である。 Among the formulas (P1) detailed above, the use of compounds represented by the following formulas (P2-1) to (P2-11) is effective in suppressing the change in tilt angle with time.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(式中、RP21、RP22はそれぞれ独立的に水素原子もしくはメチル基を表す)
このような化合物は有用であるものの、液晶材料中への溶解性が良好でない場合ある。従って、このような化合物は使用するモノマー全体において、90質量%以下含有することが好ましく、70質量%以下含有することが更に好ましく、50質量%以下含有することが特に好ましい。
(Wherein R P21 and R P22 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group)
Although such a compound is useful, the solubility in a liquid crystal material may not be good. Accordingly, such a compound is preferably contained in an amount of 90% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or less in the whole monomer to be used.
 また、式(P1)の中でも、下記式(P3-1)~(P3-11)で表される化合物を使用することは、チルト角の経時変化の抑制と液晶材料中への溶解性確保の両立を図れることから好ましい。 Further, among the formulas (P1), the use of compounds represented by the following formulas (P3-1) to (P3-11) can suppress the change in tilt angle with time and ensure solubility in liquid crystal materials. It is preferable because both can be achieved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(式中、RP31、RP32はそれぞれ独立的に水素原子もしくはメチル基を表し、mP31は0または1の整数を表し、mP31が0の場合、mP32は1~6の整数を表し、mp31が1の場合、mP32は2~6の整数を表す) (In the formula, R P31 and R P32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, mP31 represents an integer of 0 or 1, and when mP31 is 0, mP32 represents an integer of 1 to 6; In the case of 1, mP32 represents an integer of 2 to 6)
 式(P1)の中でも、下記式(P4-1)~(P4-11)で表される化合物を使用することは、オフ応答を効果的に改善するのに有用であることから好ましい。 Among the formulas (P1), it is preferable to use compounds represented by the following formulas (P4-1) to (P4-11) because they are useful for effectively improving the off-response.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(式中、RP41、RP42はそれぞれ独立的に水素原子もしくはメチル基を表し、mP42及びmP43はそれぞれ独立的に0または1の整数を表し、mP42が0の場合、mP41は1~6の整数を表し、mp42が1の場合、mP41は2~6の整数を表し、mP43が0の場合、mP44は1~6の整数を表し、mP43が1の場合、mp44は2~6の整数を表す)
 このような化合物は使用するモノマー全体において、40質量%以上含有することが好ましく、50質量%以上含有することが更に好ましく、60質量%以上含有することが特に好ましい。
(In the formula, R P41 and R P42 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, mP42 and mP43 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1, and when mP42 is 0, mP41 is 1-6. When mp42 is 1, mP41 represents an integer of 2 to 6, when mP43 is 0, mP44 represents an integer of 1 to 6, and when mP43 is 1, mp44 represents an integer of 2 to 6. To express)
Such a compound is preferably contained in an amount of 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more in the whole monomer to be used.
 式(P1)の中でも、メソゲン中にアリールエステル構造を有する、式(P5-1)~(P5-11)で表される化合物は紫外線照射によって重合開始できる能力を有するため、重合開始剤の添加量を低減できるので好ましい。 Among the formulas (P1), the compounds represented by the formulas (P5-1) to (P5-11) having an aryl ester structure in the mesogen have the ability to initiate polymerization by ultraviolet irradiation. This is preferable because the amount can be reduced.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(式中、RP51、RP52はそれぞれ独立的に水素原子もしくはメチル基を表し、mP52及びmP53はそれぞれ独立的に0または1の整数を表し、mP52が0の場合、mP51は1~6の整数を表し、mp52が1の場合、mP51は2~6の整数を表し、mP53が0の場合、mP54は1~6の整数を表し、mP53が1の場合、mp54は2~6の整数を表す)
 このような化合物の添加量が多いと液晶表示素子の電圧保持率が悪化する傾向があるので、使用するモノマー全体においで30質量%以下含有することが好ましく、20質量%以下含有することが更に好ましく、10質量%以下が特に好ましい。
(In the formula, R P51 and R P52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, mP52 and mP53 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1, and when mP52 is 0, mP51 is 1-6. When mp52 is 1, mP51 represents an integer of 2 to 6, when mP53 is 0, mP54 represents an integer of 1 to 6, and when mP53 is 1, mp54 represents an integer of 2 to 6. To express)
If the amount of such a compound added is large, the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display element tends to deteriorate. Therefore, it is preferably contained in an amount of 30% by mass or less and more preferably 20% by mass or less in the whole monomer used. It is preferably 10% by mass or less.
 また、式(P1)の中でも式(P6-1)~(P6-11)で表される化合物のようなメソゲン中に桂皮酸エステル基を導入することも好ましい。 It is also preferable to introduce a cinnamic ester group into a mesogen such as the compounds represented by formulas (P6-1) to (P6-11) among formula (P1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(式中、RP61、RP62はそれぞれ独立的に水素原子もしくはメチル基を表し、mP62及びmP63はそれぞれ独立的に0または1の整数を表し、mP62が0の場合、mP61は1~6の整数を表し、mp62が1の場合、mP61は2~6の整数を表し、mP63が0の場合、mP64は1~6の整数を表し、mP63が1の場合、mp64は2~6の整数を表す) (In the formula, R P61 and R P62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, mP62 and mP63 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1, and when mP62 is 0, mP61 is 1-6. When mp62 is 1, mP61 represents an integer from 2 to 6, when mP63 is 0, mP64 represents an integer from 1 to 6, and when mP63 is 1, mp64 represents an integer from 2 to 6. To express)
 また、式(P1)の中でも下記式(P7-1)~(P7-5)で表されるような縮合環を有する化合物は、紫外線吸収域を単環化合物より可視光側にシフトさせることができるので、モノマーの感度調節の観点から好ましい。 Further, among the compounds of formula (P1), compounds having a condensed ring represented by the following formulas (P7-1) to (P7-5) can shift the ultraviolet absorption region from the monocyclic compound to the visible light side. This is preferable from the viewpoint of adjusting the sensitivity of the monomer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(式中、RP71、RP72はそれぞれ独立的に水素原子もしくはメチル基を表し、mP72及びmP73はそれぞれ独立的に0または1の整数を表し、mP72が0の場合、mP71は1~6の整数を表し、mp72が1の場合、mP71は2~6の整数を表し、mP73が0の場合、mP74は1~6の整数を表し、mP73が1の場合、mp74は2~6の整数を表す。)
 上記では好ましい化合物として2官能モノマーを例示したが、式(P1)の中でも式(P5-1)~(P5-11)で表される化合物のような3官能モノマーの使用も好ましい。重合体もしくは共重合体の機械的強度を向上させることができる。また、メソゲン中にエステル結合を有しているものは、紫外線照射によって重合開始できる能力を有するため、重合開始剤の添加量を低減できるのでより好ましい。
(In the formula, R P71 and R P72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, mP72 and mP73 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1, and when mP72 is 0, mP71 is 1-6. When mp72 is 1, mP71 represents an integer of 2 to 6, when mP73 is 0, mP74 represents an integer of 1 to 6, and when mP73 is 1, mp74 represents an integer of 2 to 6. To express.)
In the above, a bifunctional monomer is exemplified as a preferred compound, but among the formula (P1), the use of a trifunctional monomer such as the compounds represented by the formulas (P5-1) to (P5-11) is also preferred. The mechanical strength of the polymer or copolymer can be improved. Moreover, what has an ester bond in a mesogen has the capability to start superposition | polymerization by ultraviolet irradiation, Therefore Since the addition amount of a polymerization initiator can be reduced, it is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
(式中、RP81、およびRP83はそれぞれ独立的に水素原子もしくはメチル基を表し、mP72及びmP73はそれぞれ独立的に0または1の整数を表し、mP72が0の場合、mP71は1~6の整数を表し、mp72が1の場合、mP71は2~6の整数を表し、mP73が0の場合、mP74は1~6の整数を表し、mP73が1の場合、mp74は2~6の整数を表す) (In the formula, R P81 and R P83 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, mP72 and mP73 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1, and when mP72 is 0, mP71 is 1-6. When mp72 is 1, mP71 represents an integer of 2 to 6, when mP73 is 0, mP74 represents an integer of 1 to 6, and when mP73 is 1, mp74 is an integer of 2 to 6 Represents
 また、式(P1)の中でも液晶表示素子の駆動電圧を調整する目的から下記式(P9-1)~(P9-11)で表される化合物のような単官能モノマーの使用も好ましい。 In addition, among the formula (P1), it is also preferable to use a monofunctional monomer such as a compound represented by the following formulas (P9-1) to (P9-11) for the purpose of adjusting the driving voltage of the liquid crystal display element.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
(式中、RP91は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、およびRP92は水素原子、または炭素原子数1~18のアルキル基を表す) (Wherein R P91 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R P92 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms)
 また、式(P1)の中でもモノマーとして光異性化する機能を付与することは、ワイゲルト効果を用いた光による光配列機能が利用できるので好ましい。このような観点からは(P10-1)~(P10-11)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, in the formula (P1), it is preferable to provide a function of photoisomerization as a monomer because a light alignment function by light using the Weigert effect can be used. From such a viewpoint, the compounds represented by (P10-1) to (P10-11) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
(式中、RP101、RP102はそれぞれ独立的に水素原子もしくはメチル基を表し、mP102及びmP103はそれぞれ独立的に0または1の整数を表し、mP102が0の場合、mP101は1~6の整数を表し、mp102が1の場合、mP101は2~6の整数を表し、mP103が0の場合、mP104は1~6の整数を表し、mP103が1の場合、mp104は2~6の整数を表す) (In the formula, R P101 and R P102 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, mP102 and mP103 each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1, and when mP102 is 0, mP101 is 1-6. When mp102 is 1, mP101 represents an integer from 2 to 6, when mP103 is 0, mP104 represents an integer from 1 to 6, and when mP103 is 1, mp104 represents an integer from 2 to 6 To express)
 以上詳述したラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)は、上記した各種具体例で表される化合物を、下記一般式(V) The radically polymerizable monomer component (A) detailed above is a compound represented by the various specific examples described above, represented by the following general formula (V):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
(式中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは1~11の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Uは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖状もしくは分岐状の多価脂肪族炭化水素基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基を表すが、多価脂肪族炭化水素基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよく、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)又は環状置換基により置換されていてもよく、kは1~5の整数を表す。式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子が-CH、-OCH、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基に置換されていてもよい。)
または、下記一般式(VI)
(Wherein X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s represents an integer of 1 to 11 and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring), U represents a linear or branched group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms Represents a polyvalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a polyvalent cyclic substituent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, and the polyvalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an oxygen atom within a range in which the oxygen atoms are not adjacent to each other. , An alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted with an oxygen atom within the range in which the oxygen atom is not adjacent) or a cyclic substituent, and k is 1 Represents an integer of up to 5. All 1,4-phenylene in the formula Is any hydrogen atom -CH 3, -OCH 3, fluorine atom, or may be substituted by a cyano group.)
Or the following general formula (VI)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
(式中、Xは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Spは、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、tは2~11の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Vは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖状もしくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基、炭素原子数2~20の直鎖状もしくは分岐状のアルキレン構造中の酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換された構造部位、これらの化学構造は、該構造を構成する炭素原子上の水素原子が、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)又は環状置換基により置換されていてもよい。Wは水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基を表す。なお、式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子が-CH、-OCH、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基に置換されていてもよい。)
で表すこともできる。
(Wherein X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Sp 3 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) t — (wherein t is 2 to Represents an integer of 11 and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring), and V is a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. A cyclic substituent, a structural site in which an oxygen atom in a linear or branched alkylene structure having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is not adjacent to each other, and these chemical structures are the carbons constituting the structure. A hydrogen atom on the atom is substituted by an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted by an oxygen atom within a range not adjacent to the oxygen atom) or a cyclic substituent; W may be a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. In addition, all 1,4-phenylene group in the formula, any hydrogen atom is -CH 3, -OCH 3, substituted by fluorine atoms, or a cyano group May be.)
It can also be expressed as
 ここで、前記一般式(V)におけるSp及びSpが同一となるものであることが、これらが例えば炭素原子数1~12の直鎖もしくは分岐状アルキレン基である場合に、該化合物の合成が容易であり、また、アルキレン鎖長の異なる複数種の化合物の使用割合を調整することによって物性調整が容易となる点から好ましい。 Here, when Sp 1 and Sp 2 in the general formula (V) are the same, when these are, for example, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, It is preferable because it is easy to synthesize and the physical properties can be easily adjusted by adjusting the proportions of a plurality of compounds having different alkylene chain lengths.
 次に、本発明の重合性液晶組成物で用いる液晶材料(B)(以下、「液晶組成物(B)」と略記する。)は、誘電率の異方性が正でも負のどちらを用いても良い。液晶組成物(B)の異方性が負の場合は、誘電率の異方性が負の液晶組成物(Δεが-2より小さい)と及び誘電率の異方性がほぼ無い(Δεの値が-2~2)液晶組成物とを含有するものが好ましい。また、液晶組成物(B)の異方性が正の場合は、誘電率の異方性が正の液晶組成物(Δεが2より大きい)と誘電率の異方性がほぼ無い(Δεの値が-2~2)液晶組成物とを含有するものが好ましい。 Next, as the liquid crystal material (B) used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention (hereinafter abbreviated as “liquid crystal composition (B)”), either an anisotropy of dielectric constant is positive or negative. May be. When the anisotropy of the liquid crystal composition (B) is negative, the liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy (Δε is smaller than −2) and almost no dielectric anisotropy (Δε It preferably has a value of -2 to 2) a liquid crystal composition. When the anisotropy of the liquid crystal composition (B) is positive, there is almost no anisotropy of the dielectric constant (Δε is greater than that of a liquid crystal composition having a positive dielectric anisotropy (Δε is greater than 2)). It preferably has a value of -2 to 2) a liquid crystal composition.
 液晶組成物(B)において、誘電率の異方性が負の場合、誘電率異方性Δεの値は、-1.0~-7.0の範囲であることが好ましく、-1.5~-6.5であることがより好ましく、-2.0~-6.0であることがさら好ましく、-2.5~-5.5であることが特に好ましいが、低電圧駆動を重視する際には-3.0~-6.0の範囲が好ましく、高速応答を重視する際には-2.0~-3.5の範囲が好ましい。 In the liquid crystal composition (B), when the dielectric anisotropy is negative, the value of the dielectric anisotropy Δε is preferably in the range of −1.0 to −7.0, −1.5 Is more preferably −6.5, more preferably −2.0 to −6.0, and particularly preferably −2.5 to −5.5, but low voltage driving is important. In this case, a range of −3.0 to −6.0 is preferable, and a range of −2.0 to −3.5 is preferable when high-speed response is important.
 屈折率異方性Δnの値は、高速応答を実現するためにセルギャップを薄くする場合には0.100~0.140の範囲が好ましく、ディスプレイ製造における歩留まりを向上させるためにセルギャップを厚くする場合には0.080~0.100の範囲が好ましいが、反射型のディスプレイを作製する場合には上記好ましい範囲はそれぞれ上記値の50質量%~80質量%の値であることが好ましい。 The value of the refractive index anisotropy Δn is preferably in the range of 0.100 to 0.140 when the cell gap is made thin in order to realize a high-speed response, and the cell gap is made thick in order to improve the yield in display manufacturing. In this case, the range of 0.080 to 0.100 is preferable. However, in the case of manufacturing a reflective display, the preferable range is preferably 50% to 80% by mass of the above value.
 ネマチック-等方相転移温度TNIの値は、65~150℃の範囲であることが好ましいが、70~130℃であることが好ましいが、高速応答を重視する場合や製造したディスプレイの使用環境が主に屋内である場合には70~90℃の範囲であることが好ましく、製造したディスプレイの使用環境が主に屋外である場合には80~120℃の範囲であることが好ましい。 The value of the nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature T NI is preferably in the range of 65 to 150 ° C., but preferably in the range of 70 to 130 ° C. The temperature is preferably in the range of 70 to 90 ° C. when indoors are mainly indoors, and is preferably in the range of 80 to 120 ° C. when the use environment of the manufactured display is mainly outdoor.
 回転粘性の値は、200mPa・s以下が好ましく、180mPa・s以下がより好ましく、150mPa・s以下が更に好ましく、130mPa・s以下が特に好ましく、100mPa・s以下が最も好ましい。 The value of rotational viscosity is preferably 200 mPa · s or less, more preferably 180 mPa · s or less, further preferably 150 mPa · s or less, particularly preferably 130 mPa · s or less, and most preferably 100 mPa · s or less.
 一方、液晶組成物(B)において、誘電率の異方性が正の場合、誘電率異方性Δεの値は、1.0~20.0の範囲であることが好ましく、1.5~15.0であることがより好ましく、2.0~10.0であることがさら好ましく、3.0~8.5であることが特に好ましいが、低電圧駆動を重視する際には5.0~12.0の範囲が好ましく、高速応答を重視する際には1.5~5.0の範囲が好ましい。 On the other hand, in the liquid crystal composition (B), when the dielectric anisotropy is positive, the value of the dielectric anisotropy Δε is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 20.0, 1.5 to 15.0 is more preferable, 2.0 to 10.0 is still more preferable, and 3.0 to 8.5 is particularly preferable. A range of 0 to 12.0 is preferable, and a range of 1.5 to 5.0 is preferable when high-speed response is important.
 Δnの値は、高速応答を実現するためにセルギャップを薄くする場合には0.110~0.160の範囲が好ましく、ディスプレイ製造における歩留まりを向上させるためにセルギャップを厚くする場合には0.090~0.110の範囲が好ましいが、反射型のディスプレイを作製する場合には上記好ましい範囲はそれぞれ上記値の50%~80%の値であることが好ましい。 The value of Δn is preferably in the range of 0.110 to 0.160 when the cell gap is made thin in order to realize high-speed response, and is 0 when the cell gap is made thick in order to improve the yield in display manufacturing. The range of .090 to 0.110 is preferable, but in the case of manufacturing a reflective display, the preferable range is preferably 50% to 80% of the above value.
 ネマチック-等方相転移温度TNI範囲の好ましい範囲は、65~150℃の範囲であることが好ましいが、70~130℃であることが好ましいが、高速応答を重視する場合や製造したディスプレイの使用環境が主に屋内である場合には70~90℃の範囲であることが好ましく、製造したディスプレイの使用環境が主に屋外である場合には80~120℃の範囲であることが好ましい。 回転粘性の値は、130mPa・s以下が好ましく、100mPa・s以下がより好ましく、90mPa・s以下が更に好ましく、75mPa・s以下が特に好ましく、60mPa・s以下が最も好ましい。 The preferred range of the nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature T NI range is preferably 65 to 150 ° C., and preferably 70 to 130 ° C. When the use environment is mainly indoors, it is preferably in the range of 70 to 90 ° C., and when the use environment of the manufactured display is mainly outdoors, it is preferably in the range of 80 to 120 ° C. The value of rotational viscosity is preferably 130 mPa · s or less, more preferably 100 mPa · s or less, still more preferably 90 mPa · s or less, particularly preferably 75 mPa · s or less, and most preferably 60 mPa · s or less.
 誘電率の異方性が負の液晶組成物(B)は、具体的には、一般式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)及び(N-4)で表される化合物から選ばれる化合物を1種類又は2種類以上含有することが好ましい。これら化合物は誘電的に負の化合物(Δεの符号が負で、その絶対値が2より大きい。)に該当する。 The liquid crystal composition (B) having a negative dielectric anisotropy is specifically represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) and (N-4). It is preferable to contain one or more compounds selected from the above compounds. These compounds correspond to dielectrically negative compounds (the sign of Δε is negative and the absolute value is greater than 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 [前記一般式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)及び(N-4)中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31、RN32、RN41及びRN42はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、又は炭素原子数2~8のアルキル鎖中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-が、それぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換された化学構造を持つ構造部位、
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31、AN32、AN41及びAN42はそれぞれ独立して
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、
(b) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が-O-に置き換えられた構造を有する2価の有機基、
(c) 1,4-フェニレン基、
(d) 1,4-フェニレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=が-N=に置き換えられた構造を有する2価の有機基、
(e) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、
(f) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられた構造を有する2価の有機基、及び
(g) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、
 上記の基(a)、基(b)、基(c)及び基(d)は、その構造中の水素原子が、それぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
[In the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) and (N-4), R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 , R N32 , R N41 and R N42 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl chain having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, each independently A structural moiety having a chemical structure substituted by CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 , A N32 , A N41 and A N42 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group,
(B) a divalent organic group having a structure in which one —CH 2 — existing in a 1,4-cyclohexylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — is replaced by —O— ,
(C) 1,4-phenylene group,
(D) a divalent organic group having a structure in which one —CH═ present in a 1,4-phenylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ are replaced by —N═;
(E) naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group,
(F) one —CH═ present in a naphthalene-2,6-diyl structure or a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl structure, or two or more —CH that are not adjacent to each other = Represents a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent organic group having a structure replaced with -N =, and (g) a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group,
In the above groups (a), (b), (c) and (d), the hydrogen atoms in the structure may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. ,
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31、ZN32、ZN41及びZN42は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、 XN21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、TN31は-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、XN41は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は-CH-を表し、YN41は、単結合、又は-CH-を表し、nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31、nN32、nN41、及びnN42は、それぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11~AN32、ZN11~ZN32が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nN41+nN42は0~3の整数を表すが、AN41及びAN42、ZN41及びZN42が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。] Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 , Z N32 , Z N41 and Z N42 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH. 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or -C≡C-, X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, T N31 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom, X N41 represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or -CH 2- , Y N41 represents a single bond or —CH 2 —, and n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 , n N32 , n N41 , and n N42 are each independently an integer of 0 to 3 N n11 + n N12 , n N 21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are each independently 1, 2 or 3, and when there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different. N N41 + n N42 represents an integer of 0 to 3, but when there are a plurality of A N41 and A N42 , Z N41 and Z N42 , they may be the same or different. ]
 一般式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)及び(N-4)で表される化合物は、Δεが負でその絶対値が2よりも大きな化合物であることが好ましい。 The compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) and (N-4) are preferably compounds whose Δε is negative and whose absolute value is larger than 2. .
 一般式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)及び(N-4)中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31、RN32、RN41及びRN32はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルケニル基(プロペニル基)が特に好ましい。 In the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) and (N-4), R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 , R N32 , R N41 and R N32 Each independently is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, An alkyl group having 1 to 5 atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred. More preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group). Especially preferred .
 また、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 Further, when the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and carbon An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable, and when the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight chain A straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)から式(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。(各式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子を表す。) The alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31、AN32、AN41及びAN42は、それぞれ独立してΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族構造部位であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族構造部位であることが好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、及びその他下記構造式 A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 , A N32 , A N41, and A N42 are each preferably an aromatic structure site when it is required to independently increase Δn, In order to improve the response speed, an aliphatic structure site is preferable, and trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro group -1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2 2.2] Octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrona Phthalene-2,6-diyl group and other structural formulas shown below
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
で表されるテトラヒドロフラン又はジオキサン骨格を有する基であることが好ましい。
これらのなかでも特に下記の構造を表すことがより好ましく、
Is preferably a group having a tetrahydrofuran or dioxane skeleton.
Among these, it is more preferable to represent the following structure,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 とりわけトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基が、Δnを下げたい場合に有用であること、また、低粘度下を図ることができる点から好ましく、また、1,4-フェニレン基が、Δnを上げたい場合に有用であることからより好ましい。 In particular, trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group and 1,4-cyclohexenylene group are preferable because they are useful when it is desired to lower Δn, and the viscosity can be lowered. , 4-phenylene group is more preferable because it is useful for increasing Δn.
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31、ZN32、ZN41及びZN42はそれぞれ独立して-CHO-、-CFO-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、-CHO-、-CHCH-又は単結合が更に好ましく、-CHO-又は単結合が特に好ましい。 Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31, Z N32, Z N41 and Z N42 are each independently -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 It preferably represents CF 2 — or a single bond, more preferably —CH 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 — or a single bond, and particularly preferably —CH 2 O— or a single bond.
 XN21はフッ素原子が好ましい。 XN21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
 TN31は酸素原子が好ましい。 T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
 nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22、nN31+nN32及びnN41+nN42は0、1又は2が好ましく、nN11が1でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が2でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が1でありnN12が1である組み合わせ、nN11が2でありnN12が1である組み合わせ、nN21が1でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN21が2でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN31が1でありnN32が0である組み合わせ、nN31が2でありnN32が0である組み合わせが好ましいが、nN41+nN42はnN41及びnN42が共に0である組み合わせも好ましい。 n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 , n N31 + n N32 and n N41 + n N42 are preferably 0, 1 or 2, a combination in which n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 0, n N11 is 2 and n N12 A combination in which n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N21 is 1 and n N22 is 0, n N21 Is a combination in which n N22 is 0, n N31 is 1 and n N32 is 0, and a combination in which n N31 is 2 and n N32 is 0, but n N41 + n N42 is n N41 And a combination in which n N42 is 0 is also preferable.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、10質量%であり、20質量%であり、30質量%であり、40質量%であり、50質量%であり、55質量%であり、60質量%であり、65質量%であり、70質量%であり、75質量%であり、80質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%であり、85質量%であり、75質量%であり、65質量%であり、55質量%であり、45質量%であり、35質量%であり、25質量%であり、20質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, and 35% by mass, 25% by mass and 20% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、10質量%であり、20質量%であり、30質量%であり、40質量%であり、50質量%であり、55質量%であり、60質量%であり、65質量%であり、70質量%であり、75質量%であり、80質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%であり、85質量%であり、75質量%であり、65質量%であり、55質量%であり、45質量%であり、35質量%であり、25質量%であり、20質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, and 35% by mass, 25% by mass and 20% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、10質量%であり、20質量%であり、30質量%であり、40質量%であり、50質量%であり、55質量%であり、60質量%であり、65質量%であり、70質量%であり、75質量%であり、80質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%であり、85質量%であり、75質量%であり、65質量%であり、55質量%であり、45質量%であり、35質量%であり、25質量%であり、20質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, and 35% by mass, 25% by mass and 20% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、10質量%であり、20質量%であり、30質量%であり、40質量%であり、50質量%であり、55質量%であり、60質量%であり、65質量%であり、70質量%であり、75質量%であり、80質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%であり、85質量%であり、75質量%であり、65質量%であり、55質量%であり、45質量%であり、35質量%であり、25質量%であり、20質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, and 35% by mass, 25% by mass and 20% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, the above lower limit value is preferably low and the upper limit value is preferably low. Further, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is increased and the upper limit value is high.
 一般式(N-1)で表される化合物として、下記の一般式(N-1a)~(N-1g)で表される化合物群を挙げることができる。 Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
(式中、RN11及びRN12は一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表し、nNa11は0又は1を表し、nNb11は1又は2を表し、nNc11は0又は1を表し、nNd11は1又は2を表し、nNe11は1又は2を表し、nNf11は1又は2を表し、nNg11は1又は2を表し、ANe11はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、ANg11はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すが少なくとも1つは1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基を表し、ZNe 11は単結合又はエチレンを表すが少なくとも1つはエチレンを表す。) (In the formula, R N11 and R N12 represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1), n Na11 represents 0 or 1, n Nb11 represents 1 or 2, and n Nc11 represents Represents 0 or 1, n Nd11 represents 1 or 2, n Ne11 represents 1 or 2, n Nf11 represents 1 or 2, n Ng11 represents 1 or 2, A Ne11 represents trans-1,4 -Represents a cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and A Ng11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, but at least one Represents a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, and Z Ne 11 represents a single bond or ethylene, but at least one represents ethylene.)
 より具体的には、一般式(N-1)で表される化合物は一般式(N-1-1)~(N-1-21)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 More specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21). preferable.
 一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
(式中、RN111及びRN112はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN111は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、プロピル基、ペンチル基又はビニル基が好ましい。RN112は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
R N111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group. RN112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Setting to a small value is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、25質量%であり、27質量%であり、30質量%であり、33質量%であり、35質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、50質量%であり、40質量%であり、38質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、7質量%であり、6質量%であり、5質量%であり、3質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, 35% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, and 33% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass %, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass, and 3% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-1.1)から式(N-1-1.23)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-1.1)及び式(N-1-1.3)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-1.1) to the formula (N-1-1.23). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4), and the formula (N-1-1.1) and the formula (N The compound represented by -1-1.3) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、25質量%であり、27質量%であり、30質量%であり、33質量%であり、35質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、非重合性の組成物の総量に対して、50質量%であり、40質量%であり、38質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、7質量%であり、6質量%であり、5質量%であり、3質量%である。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) can be used alone or in combination, but the liquid crystal composition (B) The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% % By mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass and 35% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, and 33% by mass with respect to the total amount of the non-polymerizable composition. 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass %, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass, and 3% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
(式中、RN121及びRN122はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN121は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基又はペンチル基が好ましい。RN122は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又はプロポキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
RN121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group. RN122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and includes a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or a propoxy group. preferable.
  一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When emphasizing the solubility at low temperature, it is more effective to set the content lower. When emphasizing T NI , the content is preferable. Setting a large number of is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、25質量%であり、27質量%であり、30質量%であり、33質量%であり、35質量%であり、37質量%であり、40質量%であり、42質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、50質量%であり、48質量%であり、45質量%であり、43質量%であり、40質量%であり、38質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、7質量%であり、6質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 7% by mass, and 10% by mass. Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, 35% by mass, 37% by mass, 40% by mass and 42% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 48% by mass, 45% by mass, 43% by mass, and 40% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass %, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-2.1)から式(N-1-2.22)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-2.3)から式(N-1-2.7)、式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)、式(N-1-2.13)及び式(N-1-2.20)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、Δεの改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.3)から式(N-1-2.7)で表される化合物が好ましく、TNIの改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)及び式(N-1-2.13)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、応答速度の改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.20)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-2.1) to the formula (N-1-2.22). It is preferable that the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7), the formula (N-1-2.10), the formula (N-1-2.11), the formula A compound represented by formula (N-1-2.13) and formula (N-1-2.20) is preferred. When importance is attached to the improvement of Δε, formula (N-1-2.3) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.7) from when emphasizing improvements in T NI formula (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) And a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.13), and when emphasizing improvement in response speed, the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.20) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 式(N-1-2.1)から式(N-1-2.22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、25質量%であり、27質量%であり、30質量%であり、33質量%であり、35質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、50質量%であり、40質量%であり、38質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、7質量%であり、6質量%であり、5質量%であり、3質量%である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.1) to formula (N-1-2.22) can be used alone or in combination, but the liquid crystal composition (B ) Alone or the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, and 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, and 35% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, and 33% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass %, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass, and 3% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
(式中、RN131及びRN132はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , R N131 and R N132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
 RN131は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN132は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数3~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、1-プロペニル基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably a 1-propenyl group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group. .
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-3.1)から式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)~(N-1-3.7)及び式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)、式(N-1-3.2)、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及び式(N-1-3.6)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-3.1) to the formula (N-1-3.21). It is preferably a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and the formula (N-1-3.21). -1-3.1), formula (N-1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6) ) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 式(N-1-3.1)~式(N-1-3.4)、式(N-1-3.6)及び式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、式(N-1-3.1)及び式(N-1-3.2)の組み合わせ、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及び式(N-1-3.6)から選ばれる2種又は3種の組み合わせが好ましい。液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 Compounds represented by formula (N-1-3.1) to formula (N-1-3.4), formula (N-1-3.6) and formula (N-1-3.21) are used alone Can be used in combination, or can be used in combination, but the combination of formula (N-1-3.1) and formula (N-1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3) ), Formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6) are preferred. The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17 It is 20 mass%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
(式中、RN141及びRN142はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN141及びRN142はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(Wherein, R N141 and R N142 each independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy Group or butoxy group is preferred.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Setting to a small value is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、11質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. Yes, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 11% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-4.1)から式(N-1-4.14)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)、式(N-1-4.2)及び式(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-4.1) to the formula (N-1-4.14). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.4), and the formula (N-1-4.1) and the formula (N -1-4.2) and compounds represented by formula (N-1-4.4) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.14)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、11質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%である。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) can be used alone or in combination, but the liquid crystal composition (B) The lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of is 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% Mass%, 17 mass%, and 20 mass%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 11% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
(式中、RN151及びRN152はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN151及びRN152はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましくエチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N151 and R N152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
R N151 and R N152 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Is preferred.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When emphasizing the solubility at low temperature, it is more effective to set the content lower. When emphasizing T NI , the content is preferable. Setting a large number of is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 8% by mass, and 10% by mass. Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, and 25% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). It is 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-5.1)から式(N-1-5.6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及び式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1) to the formula (N-1-5.6). It is preferable that the compound represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2) and formula (N-1-5.4) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及び式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2) and formula (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination. However, the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5 mass%, 8 mass%, 10 mass%, 13 % By mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, and 25% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). It is 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
(式中、RN1101及びRN1102はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1101は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基又は1-プロペニル基が好ましい。RN1102は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1101 and R N1102 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
R N1101 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. R N1102 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When emphasizing the solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective. When emphasizing TNI , the content is high. Setting to a higher value is more effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-10)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-10.1)から式(N-1-10.21)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)~(N-1-10.5)式(N-1-10.20)及び式(N-1-10.21)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)、式(N-1-10.2)、式(N-1-10.20)及び式(N-1-10.21)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) to the formula (N-1-10.21). It is preferable that they are represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5), formula (N-1-10.20) and formula (N-1-10.21). The compound is preferably a compound of formula (N-1-10.1), formula (N-1-10.2), formula (N-1-10.20) and formula (N-1-10.21). The compound represented by these is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 式(N-1-10.1)、式(N-1-10.2)、式(N-1-10.20)及び式(N-1-10.21)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-10.1), formula (N-1-10.2), formula (N-1-10.20) and formula (N-1-10.21) are singly Can be used in combination or in combination, but the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, and 10% by mass. %, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
(式中、RN1111及びRN1112はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1111は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基又は1-プロペニル基が好ましい。RN1112は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1111 and R N1112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
R N1111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. R N1112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When emphasizing the solubility at low temperature, setting the content lower is more effective, and when emphasizing TNI , the content. Setting to a higher value is more effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-11)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-11.1)から式(N-1-11.15)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-11.1)~(N-1-11.15)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-11.2及び式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.1) to the formula (N-1-11.15). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.15), and is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) or the formula (N-- The compound represented by 1-11.4) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 式(N-1-11.2)及び式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-11.2) and formula (N-1-11.4) can be used alone or in combination, but the liquid crystal composition (B ) Alone or the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, and 17% by mass, 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
(式中、RN1121及びRN1122はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1121は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1122は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1121 and R N1122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
RN1121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. RN1122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-12)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
(式中、RN1131及びRN1132はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1131は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1132は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1131 and R N1132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
R N1131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-13)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
(式中、RN1141及びRN1142はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1141は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1142は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1141 and R N1142 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
R N1141 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1142 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-14)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-15)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
(式中、RN1151及びRN1152はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1151は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1152は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1151 and R N1152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
RN1151 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1152 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-15)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-15)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-16)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
(式中、RN1161及びRN1162はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1161は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1162は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1161 and R N1162 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
R N1161 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1162 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-16)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-16)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-17)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
(式中、RN1171及びRN1172はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。) ( Wherein , R N1171 and R N1172 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
 RN1171は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1172は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N1171 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1172 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-17)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-17)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
(式中、RN1181及びRN1182はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1181は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1182は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1181 and R N1182 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
RN1181 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1182 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-18)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-18.1)から式(N-1-18.5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-18.1)~(N-1-18.3)で表される化合物であることが更に好ましく、式(N-1-18.2及び式(N-1-18.3)で表される化合物が特に好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-18.1) to the formula (N-1-18.5). It is more preferable that the compounds are represented by the formulas (N-1-18.1) to (N-1-18.3), and the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-18.2) and the formula (N-1 The compound represented by −1-18.3) is particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
 一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
(式中、RN1201及びRN1202はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1201及びRN1202はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1201 and R N1202 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
R N1201 and R N1202 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-20)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-20) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
(式中、RN1211及びRN1212はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1211及びRN1212はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1211 and R N1212 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
R N1211 and R N1212 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-21)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 5% by mass, 10% by mass, and 13% by mass. Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
(式中、RN1221及びRN1222はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1221及びRN1222はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1221 and R N1222 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
R N1221 and R N1222 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-1-21)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, and 23% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-22.1)から式(N-1-22.12)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-22.1)~(N-1-22.5)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-22.1)~(N-1-22.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-22.1) to the formula (N-1-22.12). Preferably, it is a compound represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5), and preferably represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N- The compound represented by 1-22.4) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
次に、前記一般式(N-2)で表される化合物としては、下記一般式(N-2-a)から一般式(N-2-c) Next, as the compound represented by the general formula (N-2), the following general formula (N-2-a) to general formula (N-2-c)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084

(式中、RN21、RN22及びXN21はそれぞれ独立して前記一般式(N-2)におけるRN21、RN22及びXN21と同じ意味を表し、ZN21は単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-COO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表す。)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物であるのがより好ましい。

(Wherein R N21 , R N22 and X N21 each independently represent the same meaning as R N21 , R N22 and X N21 in formula (N-2), Z N21 represents a single bond, —CH═CH Represents —, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—. It is more preferable that it is 1 type, or 2 or more types of compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by.
 一般式(N-3)で表される化合物は一般式(N-3-1)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (N-3-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
(式中、RN321及びRN322はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-3)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN321及びRN322は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、プロピル基又はペンチル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N321 and R N322 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-3).)
R N321 and R N322 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group.
 一般式(N-3-2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-3-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Setting to a small value is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-3-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、25質量%であり、27質量%であり、30質量%であり、33質量%であり、35質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、50質量%であり、40質量%であり、38質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、7質量%であり、6質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass and 35% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, and 33% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass %, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-3-1)で表される化合物は、式(N-3-1.1)から式(N-3-1.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-3-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-3-1.1) to the formula (N-3-1.3). Preferably there is.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
 一般式(N-4)で表される化合物として、下記の一般式(N-4-1)で表される化合物群を挙げることができる。 Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (N-4) include a compound group represented by the following general formula (N-4-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
(式中、RN41及びRN42はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-4)におけるRN41及びRN42と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN321及びRN322は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルコキシ基が好ましく、プロピル基、ペンチル基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(Wherein, R N41 and R N42 each independently represent the same meaning as R N41 and R N42 in formula (N-4)).
R N321 and R N322 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-4-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-4-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Setting to a small value is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(N-4-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、25質量%であり、27質量%であり、30質量%であり、33質量%であり、35質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、50質量%であり、40質量%であり、38質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、7質量%であり、6質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-4-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass Yes, 10% by weight, 13% by weight, 15% by weight, 17% by weight, 20% by weight, 23% by weight, 25% by weight, 27% by weight, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, and 35% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, and 33% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass %, 8% by mass, 7% by mass, 6% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(N-4-1)で表される化合物は、式(N-4-1.1)から式(N-4-1.6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-4-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-4-1.1) to the formula (N-4-1.6). Preferably there is.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
 以上詳述した一般式(N-1)~一般式(N-4)のなかでも、特に活性エネルギー線を照射してポリマーネットワークと液晶相とを形成させる際に、該活性エネルギー線に対する耐性が高い点から一般式(N-1)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Among the general formulas (N-1) to (N-4) described in detail above, particularly when active energy rays are irradiated to form a polymer network and a liquid crystal phase, the resistance to the active energy rays is high. A compound represented by formula (N-1) is preferable from the viewpoint of high.
 次に、誘電率の異方性が正の液晶組成物(B)は、一般式(J)で表される化合物を1種類又は2種類以上含有することが好ましい。これら化合物は誘電的に正の化合物(Δεが2より大きい。)に該当する。 Next, the liquid crystal composition (B) having a positive dielectric anisotropy preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (J). These compounds correspond to dielectrically positive compounds (Δε is greater than 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
(式中、RJ1は炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 nJ1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
 AJ1、AJ2及びAJ3はそれぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、
(b) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が-O-に置き換えられた化学構造を有する2価の有機基、
(c) 1,4-フェニレン基、
(d) 1,4-フェニレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=が-N=に置き換えられた化学構造を有する2価の有機基、
(e) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、及び
(f)ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられた構造を有する2価の有機基
(Wherein R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH═CH—, — Optionally substituted by C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
n J1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
A J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group,
(B) a divalent organic compound having a chemical structure in which one —CH 2 — present in a 1,4-cyclohexylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are replaced by —O— Group,
(C) 1,4-phenylene group,
(D) a divalent organic group having a chemical structure in which one —CH═ existing in a 1,4-phenylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ are replaced by —N═;
(E) naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and (f) naphthalene-2,6 -One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in a diyl structure or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl structure is replaced by -N = Divalent organic group having a different structure
 からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていても良く、
 ZJ1及びZJ2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nJ1が2、3又は4であってAJ2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nJ1が2、3又は4であってZJ1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
 XJ1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。)
 一般式(J)中、RJ1は、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルケニル基(プロペニル基)が特に好ましい。
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) are each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group, trifluoromethyl group or trifluoro May be substituted with a methoxy group,
Z J1 and Z J2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C≡C—,
When n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A J2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z J1 is present. If they are the same or different,
X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. )
In general formula (J), R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. A group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms. (Propenyl group) is particularly preferred.
 信頼性を重視する場合にはRJ1はアルキル基であることが好ましく、粘性の低下を重視する場合にはアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 R J1 is preferably an alkyl group when emphasizing reliability, and is preferably an alkenyl group when emphasizing a decrease in viscosity.
 また、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 Further, when the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and carbon An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable, and when the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight chain A straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)から式(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。(各式中の黒点はアルケニル基が結合している環構造中の炭素原子を表す。) The alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents the carbon atom in the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
 AJ1、AJ2及びAJ3はそれぞれ独立してΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族構造部位であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族構造部位であることが好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、その他下記構造式 A J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each preferably an aromatic structural moiety when it is required to increase Δn independently, and may be an aliphatic structural moiety in order to improve the response speed. Preferably, trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4- Diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and other structural formulas shown below
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
で表されるテトラヒドロフラン又はジオキサン骨格を有する基、またはこれらの構造中の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換された構造であることが好ましい。 Or a group having a tetrahydrofuran or dioxane skeleton, or a structure in which a hydrogen atom in these structures is substituted with a fluorine atom.
 これらのなかでも、脂環式の構造のものは、Δnを下げたい場合に有用であること、また、低粘度下を図ることができる点から好ましく、また、芳香族系のものはΔnを上げたい場合に有用である。斯かる観点から特に下記の構造 Among these, the alicyclic structure is preferable because it is useful when it is desired to lower Δn, and the viscosity can be lowered. Aromatic ones increase Δn. Useful if you want. From this viewpoint, the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
 で表されるものが好ましい。 What is represented by is preferable.
 ZJ1及びZJ2はそれぞれ独立して-CHO-、-OCH-、-CFO-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、-OCH-、-CFO-、-CHCH-又は単結合が更に好ましく、-OCH-、-CFO-又は単結合が特に好ましい。 Z J1 and Z J2 each independently preferably represent —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond, OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 — or a single bond is more preferred, and —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O— or a single bond is particularly preferred.
 XJ1はフッ素原子又はトリフルオロメトキシ基が好ましく、フッ素原子が好ましい。 X J1 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group, and more preferably a fluorine atom.
 nJ1は、0、1、2又は3が好ましく、0、1又は2が好ましく、Δεの改善に重点を置く場合には0又は1が好ましく、Tniを重視する場合には1又は2が好ましい。 n J1 is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3, preferably 0, 1 or 2, preferably 0 or 1 when emphasizing the improvement of Δε, and preferably 1 or 2 when emphasizing Tni .
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類である。またさらに、本発明の別の実施形態では4種類であり、5種類であり、6種類であり、7種類以上である。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in combination according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, in one embodiment of the present invention, there are one kind, two kinds, and three kinds of compounds to be used. Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present invention, there are four types, five types, six types, and seven or more types.
 液晶組成物(B)において、一般式(J)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the liquid crystal composition (B), the content of the compound represented by the general formula (J) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, dripping marks, image sticking. Therefore, it is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(J)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、10質量%であり、20質量%であり、30質量%であり、40質量%であり、50質量%であり、55質量%であり、60質量%であり、65質量%であり、70質量%であり、75質量%であり、80質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、例えば本発明の一つの形態では95質量%であり、85質量%であり、75質量%であり、65質量%であり、55質量%であり、45質量%であり、35質量%であり、25質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (J) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, 30 % By mass, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, and 80% by mass. It is. The upper limit of the preferable content is, for example, 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, and 65% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). Yes, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, 35% by mass, and 25% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 信頼性を重視する場合にはRJ1はアルキル基であることが好ましく、粘性の低下を重視する場合にはアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 R J1 is preferably an alkyl group when emphasizing reliability, and is preferably an alkenyl group when emphasizing a decrease in viscosity.
 一般式(J)で表される化合物としては下記で表される一般式(M)で表される化合物及び一般式(K)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the compound represented by the general formula (J), a compound represented by the following general formula (M) and a compound represented by the general formula (K) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
 誘電率の異方性が正の液晶組成物(B)は、一般式(M)で表される化合物を1種類又は2種類以上含有することが好ましい。これら化合物は誘電的に正の化合物(Δεが2より大きい。)に該当する。 The liquid crystal composition (B) having a positive dielectric anisotropy preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (M). These compounds correspond to dielectrically positive compounds (Δε is greater than 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
(式中、RM1は炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 nM1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
 AM1及びAM2はそれぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-又は-S-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)及び基(b)上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
 ZM1及びZM2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nM1が2、3又は4であってAM2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nM1が2、3又は4であってZM1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
 XM1及びXM3はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、塩素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 XM2は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。)
(Wherein R M1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH═CH—, — Optionally substituted by C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
n M1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
A M1 and A M2 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- or -S- And (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═).
A hydrogen atom on the group (a) and the group (b) may be independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z M1 and Z M2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C≡C—,
When n M1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A M2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n M1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z M1 is present If they are the same or different,
X M1 and X M3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom,
X M2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. )
 一般式(M)中、RM1は、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルケニル基(プロペニル基)が特に好ましい。 In the general formula (M), R M1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. A group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms. (Propenyl group) is particularly preferred.
 信頼性を重視する場合にはRM1はアルキル基であることが好ましく、粘性の低下を重視する場合にはアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 R M1 is preferably an alkyl group when emphasizing reliability, and is preferably an alkenyl group when emphasizing a decrease in viscosity.
 また、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 Further, when the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and carbon An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable, and when the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight chain A straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)から式(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。(各式中の黒点はアルケニル基が結合している環構造中の炭素原子を表す。) The alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents the carbon atom in the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
 AM1及びAM2はそれぞれ独立してΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記の構造を表すことがより好ましく、 A M1 and A M2 are preferably aromatic when it is required to independently increase Δn, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and trans-1,4 -Cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2, 3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6- It preferably represents a diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and more preferably represents the following structure:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
下記の構造を表すことがより好ましい。 It is more preferable to represent the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
 ZM1及びZM2はそれぞれ独立して-CHO-、-CFO-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、-CFO-、-CHCH-又は単結合が更に好ましく、-CFO-又は単結合が特に好ましい。 Z M1 and Z M2 each independently -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or preferably a single bond, -CF 2 O-, —CH 2 CH 2 — or a single bond is more preferable, and —CF 2 O— or a single bond is particularly preferable.
 nM1は、0、1、2又は3が好ましく、0、1又は2が好ましく、Δεの改善に重点を置く場合には0又は1が好ましく、Tniを重視する場合には1又は2が好ましい。 n M1 is preferably 0, 1, 2, or 3, preferably 0, 1 or 2, preferably 0 or 1 when emphasizing the improvement of Δε, and preferably 1 or 2 when emphasizing Tni .
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類である。またさらに、本発明の別の実施形態では4種類であり、5種類であり、6種類であり、7種類以上である。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in combination according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, in one embodiment of the present invention, there are one kind, two kinds, and three kinds of compounds to be used. Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present invention, there are four types, five types, six types, and seven or more types.
 液晶組成物(B)において、一般式(M)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the liquid crystal composition (B), the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, dripping marks, image sticking. Therefore, it is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、10質量%であり、20質量%であり、30質量%であり、40質量%であり、50質量%であり、55質量%であり、60質量%であり、65質量%であり、70質量%であり、75質量%であり、80質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、例えば本発明の一つの形態では95質量%であり、85質量%であり、75質量%であり、65質量%であり、55質量%であり、45質量%であり、35質量%であり、25質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, and 30% by mass. %, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass is there. The upper limit of the preferable content is, for example, 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, and 65% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). Yes, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, 35% by mass, and 25% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 一般式(M)で表される化合物は、例えば一般式(M-1)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably, for example, a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (M-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
(式中、RM11は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XM11からXM15はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、YM11はフッ素原子又はOCFを表す。)
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。
(Wherein R M11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M11 to X M15 each independently represents hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y M11 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.)
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performance, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、22質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、一般式(M-1)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-1.1)から式(M-1.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(M-1.1)又は式(M-1.2)で表される化合物が好ましく、式(M-1.2)で表される化合物がさらに好ましい。また、式(M-1.1)又は式(M-1.2)で表される化合物を同時に使用することも好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-1.1) to the formula (M-1.4). A compound represented by M-1.1) or formula (M-1.2) is preferred, and a compound represented by formula (M-1.2) is more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (M-1.1) or formula (M-1.2) at the same time.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-1.1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、6質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1.1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 5% by mass. Yes, 6% by mass. The upper limit of preferable content is 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-1.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、6質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 5% by mass. Yes, 6% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass, 10% by mass and 8% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-1.1)及び式(M-1.2)で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、6質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable total content of the compounds represented by formula (M-1.1) and formula (M-1.2) with respect to the total amount of liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass. 2% by mass, 5% by mass, and 6% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass, 10% by mass and 8% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M)で表される化合物は、例えば一般式(M-2)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (M-2), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
(式中、RM21は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XM21及びXM22はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、YM21はフッ素原子、塩素原子又はOCFを表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、22質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。
(Wherein R M21 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M21 and X M22 each independently represent hydrogen represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y M21 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、焼きつきの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that keeps Tni of the liquid crystal composition (B) high and does not easily cause burn-in is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、一般式(M-2)で表される化合物は、式(M-2.1)から式(M-2.5)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(M-2.3)又は/及び式(M-2.5)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-2) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-2.1) to the formula (M-2.5). 3) or / and a compound represented by the formula (M-2.5) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-2.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、6質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 5% by mass. Yes, 6% by mass. The upper limit of preferable content is 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-2.3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、6質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-2.3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 5% by mass. Yes, 6% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass, 10% by mass and 8% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-2.5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、6質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-2.5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 5% by mass. Yes, 6% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass, 10% by mass and 8% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-2.2)、(M-2.3)及び式(M-2.5)で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、6質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable total content of the compounds represented by formula (M-2.2), (M-2.3) and formula (M-2.5) with respect to the total amount of liquid crystal composition (B) The values are 1% by weight, 2% by weight, 5% by weight and 6% by weight. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass, 10% by mass and 8% by mass.
 含有量は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して1質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、8質量%以上がさらに好ましく、10質量%以上がさらに好ましく、14質量%以上がさらに好ましく、16質量%以上が特に好ましい。また、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性などを考慮して、最大比率を30質量%以下にとどめることが好ましく、25質量%以下がさらに好ましく、22質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%未満が特に好ましい。 The content is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, further preferably 8% by mass or more, further preferably 10% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). More preferably, it is more preferably 16% by mass or more. In consideration of solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, etc., the maximum ratio is preferably limited to 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, and more preferably 22% by mass or less. , Less than 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
 液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M)で表される化合物は、一般式(M-3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (M) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
(式中、RM31は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XM31からXM36はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、YM31はフッ素原子、塩素原子又はOCFを表す。)
 組み合わせることのできる化合物に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などを考慮して1種から2種類以上組み合わせることが好ましい。
(Wherein R M31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M31 to X M36 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y M31 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.)
There are no particular limitations on the compounds that can be combined, but it is preferable to combine one or more of them in consideration of solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, and the like.
 一般式(M-3)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの特性を考慮して実施形態ごとに上限値と下限値がある。 The content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-3) is an upper limit and a lower limit for each embodiment in consideration of properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. There is a value.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of preferable content is 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-3)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-3.1)から式(M-3.8)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-3.1)及び/又は式(M-3.2)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-3) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-3.1) to the formula (M-3.8). In particular, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-3.1) and / or the formula (M-3.2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-3.1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-3.1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. Yes, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of preferable content is 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-3.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-3.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass Yes, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of preferable content is 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-3.1)及び式(M-3.2)で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable total content of the compounds represented by the formulas (M-3.1) and (M-3.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass. 2% by weight, 4% by weight, 5% by weight, 8% by weight, 10% by weight, 13% by weight, 15% by weight, 18% by weight, % By mass. The upper limit of preferable content is 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M)で表される化合物は、一般式(M-4)で表される群より選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound selected from the group represented by the general formula (M-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
(式中、RM41は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XM41からXM48はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM41はフッ素原子、塩素原子又はOCFを表す。)
 組み合わせることのできる化合物に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などを考慮して1種、2種又は3種類以上組み合わせることが好ましい。
(Wherein R M41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M41 to X M48 are each independently fluorine. Represents an atom or a hydrogen atom, and Y M41 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3. )
There are no particular limitations on the compounds that can be combined, but it is preferable to combine one, two, or three or more types in consideration of solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, and the like.
 一般式(M-4)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの特性を考慮して実施形態ごとに上限値と下限値がある。 The content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4) is an upper limit and a lower limit for each embodiment in consideration of properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. There is a value.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)が、セルギャップの小さい液晶表示素子用に用いられる場合は、一般式(M-4)で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが適している。駆動電圧の小さい液晶表示素子用に用いられる場合は、一般式(M-4)で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが適している。また、低温の環境で用いられる液晶表示素子用に用いられる場合は一般式(M-4)で表される化合物の含有量を少なめにすることが適している。応答速度の速い液晶表示素子に用いられる組成物である場合は、一般式(M-4)で表される化合物の含有量を少なめにすることが適している。 When the liquid crystal composition (B) is used for a liquid crystal display device having a small cell gap, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4). When used for a liquid crystal display element having a low driving voltage, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4). Further, when used for a liquid crystal display element used in a low temperature environment, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4). In the case of a composition used for a liquid crystal display device having a high response speed, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4).
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-4)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-4.1)から式(M-4.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-4.2)から式(M-4.4)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましく、式(M-4.2)で表される化合物を含有することがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-4) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-4.1) to the formula (M-4.4). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-4.2) to the formula (M-4.4), and it is preferably represented by the formula (M-4.2). It is more preferable to contain a compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
 さらに、一般式(M)で表される化合物は、一般式(M-5)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
(式中、RM51は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XM51及びXM52はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、YM51はフッ素原子、塩素原子又はOCFを表す。)
 組み合わせることのできる化合物の種類に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などを考慮して、実施形態ごとに適宜組み合わせて使用する。例えば、本発明の一つの実施形態では1種類、別の実施形態では2種類、さらに別の実施形態では3種類、またさらに別の実施形態では4種類、またさらに別の実施形態では5種類、またさらに別の実施形態では6種類以上組み合わせる。
(Wherein R M51 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M51 and X M52 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y M51 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.)
Although there is no restriction | limiting in the kind of compound which can be combined, Considering solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, etc., it uses combining suitably for every embodiment. For example, one embodiment of the present invention has one type, another embodiment has two types, yet another embodiment has three types, yet another embodiment has four types, and yet another embodiment has five types, In still another embodiment, six or more types are combined.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、22質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%であり、45質量%であり、40質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50% by mass, 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, 5% by mass %.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、焼きつきの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that keeps Tni of the liquid crystal composition (B) high and does not easily cause burn-in is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、一般式(M-5)で表される化合物は、式(M-5.1)から式(M-5.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(M-5.1)から式(M-5.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-5.1) to the formula (M-5.4), and the formula (M-5. A compound represented by formula (M-5.4) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, and 10% by mass. It is 13% by mass and 15% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M-5)で表される化合物は、式(M-5.11)から式(M-5.17)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(M-5.11)、式(M-5.13)及び式(M-5.17)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-5.11) to the formula (M-5.17), and the formula (M-5. 11), a compound represented by formula (M-5.13) and formula (M-5.17) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, and 10% by mass. It is 13% by mass and 15% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M-5)で表される化合物は、式(M-5.21)から式(M-5.28)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(M-5.21)、式(M-5.22)、式(M-5.23)及び式(M-5.25)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-5.21) to the formula (M-5.28), and the formula (M-5. 21), a compound represented by formula (M-5.22), formula (M-5.23) and formula (M-5.25).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、22質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、40質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, and 10% by mass. 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, and 30% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M)で表される化合物は、一般式(M-6)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
(式中、RM61は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XM61からXM64はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM61はフッ素原子、塩素原子又はOCFを表す。)
 組み合わせることのできる化合物の種類に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などを考慮して実施形態ごとに適宜組み合わせる。
(Wherein R M61 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M61 to X M64 are each independently fluorine. Represents an atom or a hydrogen atom, and Y M61 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3 )
Although there is no restriction | limiting in the kind of compound which can be combined, It combines suitably for every embodiment in consideration of solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, etc.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)が、駆動電圧の小さい液晶表示素子用に用いられる場合は、一般式(M-6)で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが適している。また応答速度の速い液晶表示素子に用いられる組成物である場合は、一般式(M-6)で表される化合物の含有量を少なめにすることが適している。 When the liquid crystal composition (B) is used for a liquid crystal display element having a low driving voltage, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-6). In the case of a composition used for a liquid crystal display device having a high response speed, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-6).
 さらに、一般式(M-6)で表される化合物は具体的には式(M-6.1)から式(M-6.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-6.2)及び式(M-6.4)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.1) to the formula (M-6.4). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-6.2) and formula (M-6.4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M-6)で表される化合物は具体的には式(M-6.11)から式(M-6.14)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-6.12)及び式(M-6.14)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.11) to the formula (M-6.14). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-6.12) and formula (M-6.14).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M-6)で表される化合物は具体的には式(M-6.21)から式(M-6.24)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-6.21)、式(M-6.22)及び式(M-6.24)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.21) to the formula (M-6.24). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-6.21), formula (M-6.22) and formula (M-6.24).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M-6)で表される化合物は具体的には式(M-6.31)から式(M-6.34)で表される化合物が好ましい。中でも式(M-6.31)及び式(M-6.32)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.31) to the formula (M-6.34). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-6.31) and the formula (M-6.32).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M-6)で表される化合物は具体的には式(M-6.41)から式(M-6.44)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-6.42)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.41) to the formula (M-6.44). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-6.42).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 更に、一般式(M)で表される化合物は、一般式(M-7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (M-7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
(式中、XM71からXM76はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、RM71は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、YM71はフッ素原子又はOCFを表す。)
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、これらの化合物の中から1種~2種類含有することが好ましく、1種~3種類含有することがより好ましく、1種~4種類含有することが更に好ましい。
(Wherein, X M71 to X M76 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, and R M71 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 represents an alkoxy group, and Y M71 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3. )
There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but one to two of these compounds are preferably contained, more preferably one to three, and more preferably one to four. More preferably.
 一般式(M-7)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの特性を考慮して実施形態ごとに上限値と下限値がある。 The content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is an upper limit and a lower limit for each embodiment in consideration of properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. There is a value.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(M-7)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-7) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)が、セルギャップの小さい液晶表示素子用に用いられる場合は、一般式(M-7)で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが適している。駆動電圧の小さい液晶表示素子用に用いられる場合は、一般式(M-7)で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが適している。また、低温の環境で用いられる液晶表示素子用に用いられる場合は一般式(M-7)で表される化合物の含有量を少なめにすることが適している。応答速度の速い液晶表示素子に用いられる組成物である場合は、一般式(M-7)で表される化合物の含有量を少なめにすることが適している。 When the liquid crystal composition (B) is used for a liquid crystal display device having a small cell gap, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7). When used for a liquid crystal display element with a low driving voltage, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7). In addition, when used for a liquid crystal display element used in a low temperature environment, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7). In the case of a composition used for a liquid crystal display device having a high response speed, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7).
 さらに、一般式(M-7)で表される化合物は、式(M-7.1)から式(M-7.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(M-7.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-7.1) to the formula (M-7.4), and the formula (M-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M-7)で表される化合物は、式(M-7.11)から式(M-7.14)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(M-7.11)及び式(M-7.12)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-7.11) to the formula (M-7.14), and the formula (M-7. 11) and a compound represented by the formula (M-7.12) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M-7)で表される化合物は、式(M-7.21)から式(M-7.24)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(M-7.21)及び式(M-7.22)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-7.21) to the formula (M-7.24). 21) and a compound represented by the formula (M-7.22) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M)で表される化合物は、一般式(M-8)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
(式中、XM81からXM84はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM81はフッ素原子、塩素原子又は-OCFを表し、RM81は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、AM81及びAM82はそれぞれ独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基又は ( Wherein , X M81 to X M84 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M81 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M81 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and A M81 and A M82 are each independently 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group or
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
を表すが、1,4-フェニレン基上の水素原子はフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(M-8)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。
However, the hydrogen atom on the 1,4-phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom. )
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-8) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、焼き付きの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-8)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-8.1)から式(M-8.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-8.1)及び式(M-8.2)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.1) to the formula (M-8.4). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-8.1) or formula (M-8.2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-8)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-8.11)から式(M-8.14)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-8.12)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.11) to the formula (M-8.14). In particular, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-8.12).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-8)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-8.21)から式(M-8.24)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-8.22)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.21) to the formula (M-8.24). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-8.22).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-8)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-8.31)から式(M-8.34)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-8.32)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.31) to the formula (M-8.34). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-8.32).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-8)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-8.41)から式(M-8.44)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-8.42)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.41) to the formula (M-8.44). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-8.42).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-8)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-8.51)から式(M-8.54)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-8.52)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.51) to the formula (M-8.54). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-8.52).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(M)で表される化合物は、その構造中に下記の部分構造を有していてもよい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (M) may have the following partial structure in its structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
(式中の黒点は上記部分構造が結合している環構造中の炭素原子を表す。)
 上記部分構造を有する化合物として、一般式(M-10)~(M-18)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
(The black spot in the formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure to which the partial structure is bonded.)
The compound having the partial structure is preferably a compound represented by general formulas (M-10) to (M-18).
 一般式(M-10)で表される化合物は下記のものである。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-10) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
(式中、XM101及びXM102はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM101はフッ素原子、塩素原子又は-OCFを表し、RM101は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、WM101及びWM102はそれぞれ独立して、-CH-又は-O-を表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(M-10)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。
( Wherein , X M101 and X M102 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M101 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M101 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M101 and W M102 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by General Formula (M-10) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、焼き付きの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-10)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-10.1)から式(M-10.12)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-10.5)から式(M-10.12)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-10) used for the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-10.1) to the formula (M-10.12). In particular, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-10. 5) to formula (M-10.12).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(M-11)で表される化合物は下記のものである。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-11) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
(式中、XM111~XM114はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM111はフッ素原子、塩素原子又は-OCFを表し、RM111は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(M-11)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。
( Wherein , X M111 to X M114 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M111 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M111 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-11) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、焼き付きの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-11)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-11.1)から式(M-11.8)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-11.1)から式(M-11.4)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compounds represented by the general formula (M-11) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) are specifically represented by the formulas (M-11.1) to (M-11.8). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-11.1) to formula (M-11.4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(M-12)で表される化合物は下記のものである。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-12) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
(式中、XM121及びXM122はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM121はフッ素原子、塩素原子又は-OCFを表し、RM121は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、WM121及びWM122はそれぞれ独立して、-CH-又は-O-を表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(M-12)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。
( Wherein , X M121 and X M122 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M121 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M121 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M121 and W M122 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-12) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、焼き付きの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-12)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-12.1)から式(M-12.12)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-12.5)から式(M-12.8)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-12) used for the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-12.1) to the formula (M-12.12). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-12.5) to the formula (M-12.8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000136
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000136
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000137
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000137
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(M-13)で表される化合物は下記のものである。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-13) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000138
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000138
(式中、XM131~XM134はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM131はフッ素原子、塩素原子又は-OCFを表し、RM131は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、WM131及びWM132はそれぞれ独立して、-CH-又は-O-を表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(M-13)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。
( Wherein , X M131 to X M134 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M131 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M131 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M131 and W M132 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-13) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、焼き付きの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-13)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-13.1)から式(M-13.28)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-13.1)から(M-13.4)、(M-13.11)から(M-13.14)、(M-13.25)から(M-13.28)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。
Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-13) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-13.1) to the formula (M-13.28). From the formulas (M-13.1) to (M-13.4), (M-13.11) to (M-13.14), (M-13.25) It preferably contains a compound represented by (M-13.28).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000139
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000139
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000140
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000140
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000141
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000141
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(M-14)で表される化合物は下記のものである。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-14) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000142
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000142
(式中、XM141~XM144はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM141はフッ素原子、塩素原子又は-OCFを表し、RM141は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、WM141及びWM142はそれぞれ独立して、-CH-又は-O-を表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(M-14)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。
( Wherein X M141 to X M144 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M141 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M141 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M141 and W M142 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-14) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、焼き付きの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-14)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-14.1)から式(M-14.8)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-14.5)及び式(M-14.8)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-14) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-14.1) to the formula (M-14.8). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-14.5) or formula (M-14.8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000143
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000143
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(M-15)で表される化合物は下記のものである。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-15) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000144
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000144
(式中、XM151及びXM152はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM151はフッ素原子、塩素原子又は-OCFを表し、RM151は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、WM151及びWM152はそれぞれ独立して、-CH-又は-O-を表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(M-15)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。
( Wherein X M151 and X M152 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M151 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M151 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M151 and W M152 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-15) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、焼き付きの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-15)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-15.1)から式(M-15.14)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-15.5)から式(M-15.8)、式(M-15.11)から式(M-15.14)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-15) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-15.1) to the formula (M-15.14). The compounds represented by formula (M-15.5) to formula (M-15.8) and formula (M-15.11) to formula (M-15.14) are particularly preferable. It is preferable to contain.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000145
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000145
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000146
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000146
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(M-16)で表される化合物は下記のものである。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-16) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000147
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000147
(式中、XM161~XM164はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM161はフッ素原子、塩素原子又は-OCFを表し、RM161は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(M-16)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。
( Wherein X M161 to X M164 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M161 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M161 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by General Formula (M-16) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、焼き付きの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-16)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-16.1)から式(M-16.8)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-16.1)から式(M-16.4)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-16) used for the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-16.1) to the formula (M-16.8). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-16.1) to formula (M-16.4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000148
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000148
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(M-17)で表される化合物は下記のものである。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-17) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000149
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000149
(式中、XM171~XM174はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM171はフッ素原子、塩素原子又は-OCFを表し、RM171は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、WM171及びWM172はそれぞれ独立して、-CH-又は-O-を表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(M-17)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。
(Wherein, X M171 ~ X M174 are each independently a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M171 fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or -OCF 3, R M171 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M171 and W M172 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-17) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、焼き付きの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-17)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-17.1)から式(M-17.52)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-17.9)から式(M-17.12)、式(M-17.21)から式(M-17.28)、式(M-17.45)から式(M-17.48)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-17) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-17.1) to the formula (M-17.52). Among them, the compounds of formulas (M-17.9) to (M-17.12), (M-17.21) to (M-17.28), and (M-17) are preferred. .45) to a compound represented by formula (M-17.48).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000150
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000150
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000151
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000151
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000152
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000152
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000153
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000153
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000154
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000154
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000155
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000155
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(M-18)で表される化合物は下記のものである。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-18) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000156
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000156
(式中、XM181~XM186はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表し、YM181はフッ素原子、塩素原子又は-OCFを表し、RM181は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(M-18)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。
( Wherein X M181 to X M186 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M181 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M181 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (M-18) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, and 4% by mass. 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、焼き付きの発生しにくい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、液晶組成物(B)に使用される一般式(M-18)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(M-18.1)から式(M-18.12)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、中でも式(M-18.5)から式(M-18.8)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (M-18) used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is specifically represented by the formula (M-18.1) to the formula (M-18.12). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-18.5) to the formula (M-18.8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000157
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000157
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000158
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000158
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)は、一般式(K)で表される化合物を1種類又は2種類以上含有することが好ましい。これら化合物は誘電的に正の化合物(Δεが2より大きい。)に該当する。 The liquid crystal composition (B) preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (K). These compounds correspond to dielectrically positive compounds (Δε is greater than 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000159
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000159
(式中、RK1は炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 nK1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
 AK1及びAK2はそれぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-又は-S-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)及び基(b)上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
 ZK1及びZK2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nK1が2、3又は4であってAK2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nK1が2、3又は4であってZK1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
 XK1及びXK3はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、塩素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 XK2は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。)
 一般式(K)中、RK1は、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルケニル基(プロペニル基)が特に好ましい。
(Wherein R K1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH═CH—, — Optionally substituted by C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
n K1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
A K1 and A K2 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- or -S- And (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═).
A hydrogen atom on the group (a) and the group (b) may be independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z K1 and Z K2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C≡C—,
When n K1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A K2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n K1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z K1 is present If they are the same or different,
X K1 and X K3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom,
X K2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. )
In general formula (K), R K1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. A group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms. (Propenyl group) is particularly preferred.
 信頼性を重視する場合にはRK1はアルキル基であることが好ましく、粘性の低下を重視する場合にはアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 RK1 is preferably an alkyl group when importance is placed on reliability, and an alkenyl group is preferred when importance is placed on lowering viscosity.
 また、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 Further, when the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and carbon An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable, and when the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight chain A straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)から式(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。(各式中の黒点はアルケニル基が結合している環構造中の炭素原子を表す。) The alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents the carbon atom in the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000160
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000160
 AK1及びAK2はそれぞれ独立してΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記の構造を表すことがより好ましく、 A K1 and A K2 are preferably aromatic when it is required to independently increase Δn, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and trans-1,4 -Cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2, 3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6- It preferably represents a diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and more preferably represents the following structure:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000161
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000161
下記の構造を表すことがより好ましい。 It is more preferable to represent the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000162
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000162
 ZK1及びZK2はそれぞれ独立して-CHO-、-CFO-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、-CFO-、-CHCH-又は単結合が更に好ましく、-CFO-又は単結合が特に好ましい。 Z K1 and Z K2 are each independently -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or preferably a single bond, -CF 2 O-, —CH 2 CH 2 — or a single bond is more preferable, and —CF 2 O— or a single bond is particularly preferable.
 nK1は、0、1、2又は3が好ましく、0、1又は2が好ましく、Δεの改善に重点を置く場合には0又は1が好ましく、Tniを重視する場合には1又は2が好ましい。 n K1 is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3, preferably 0, 1 or 2, preferably 0 or 1 when emphasizing the improvement of Δε, and preferably 1 or 2 when emphasizing Tni. .
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類である。またさらに、本発明の別の実施形態では4種類であり、5種類であり、6種類であり、7種類以上である。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in combination according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, in one embodiment of the present invention, there are one kind, two kinds, and three kinds of compounds to be used. Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present invention, there are four types, five types, six types, and seven or more types.
 液晶組成物(B)において、一般式(K)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the liquid crystal composition (B), the content of the compound represented by the general formula (K) is low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, and burn-in. Therefore, it is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(K)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、10質量%であり、20質量%であり、30質量%であり、40質量%であり、50質量%であり、55質量%であり、60質量%であり、65質量%であり、70質量%であり、75質量%であり、80質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、例えば本発明の一つの形態では95質量%であり、85質量%であり、75質量%であり、65質量%であり、55質量%であり、45質量%であり、35質量%であり、25質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, and 30% by mass. %, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass is there. The upper limit of the preferable content is, for example, 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, and 65% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). Yes, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, 35% by mass, and 25% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 一般式(K)で表される化合物は、例えば一般式(K-1)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (K-1), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000163
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000163
(式中、RK11は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XK11~XK14はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、YK11はフッ素原子又はOCFを表す。)
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。
(Wherein R K11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K11 to X K14 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y K11 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.)
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performance, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(K-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、22質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、一般式(K-1)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(K-1.1)から式(K-1.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(K-1.1)又は式(K-1.2)で表される化合物が好ましく、式(K-1.2)で表される化合物がさらに好ましい。また、式(K-1.1)又は式(K-1.2)で表される化合物を同時に使用することも好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (K-1) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-1.1) to the formula (K-1.4). A compound represented by formula (K-1.2) is preferred, and a compound represented by formula (K-1.2) is more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-1.1) or formula (K-1.2) at the same time.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000164
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000164
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(K)で表される化合物は、例えば一般式(K-2)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (K-2), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000165
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000165
(式中、RK21は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XK21~XK24はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、YK21はフッ素原子又はOCFを表す。)
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。
(Wherein R K21 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K21 to X K24 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y K21 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.)
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performance, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(K-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、22質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、一般式(K-2)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(K-2.1)から式(K-2.6)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(K-2.5)又は式(K-2.6)で表される化合物が好ましく、式(K-2.6)で表される化合物がさらに好ましい。また、式(K-2.5)又は式(K-2.6)で表される化合物を同時に使用することも好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (K-2) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-2.1) to the formula (K-2.6). A compound represented by formula (K-2.5) or formula (K-2.6) is preferred, and a compound represented by formula (K-2.6) is more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-2.5) or formula (K-2.6) at the same time.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000166
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000166
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(K)で表される化合物は、例えば一般式(K-3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (K-3), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000167
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000167
(式中、RK31は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XK31~XK36はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、YK31はフッ素原子又はOCFを表す。)
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。
(Wherein R K31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K31 to X K36 are each independently hydrogen. Represents an atom or a fluorine atom, and Y K31 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3. )
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performance, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(K-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、22質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、一般式(K-3)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(K-3.1)から式(K-3.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(K-3.1)又は式(K-3.2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。また、式(K-3.1)および式(K-3.2)で表される化合物を同時に使用することも好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (K-3) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-3.1) to the formula (K-3.4). A compound represented by K-3.1) or formula (K-3.2) is more preferable. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-3.1) and formula (K-3.2) at the same time.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000168
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000168
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(K)で表される化合物は、例えば一般式(K-4)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (K) is preferably, for example, a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (K-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000169
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000169
(式中、RK41は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XK41~XK46はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、YK41はフッ素原子又はOCFを表し、ZK41は-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表す。)
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。
(Wherein R K41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K41 to X K46 are each independently hydrogen. An atom or a fluorine atom, Y K41 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3 , and Z K41 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, or —CF 2 O—.
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performance, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(K-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、22質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、一般式(K-4)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(K-4.1)から式(K-4.18)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(K-4.1)、式(K-4.2)、式(K-4.11)、(K-4.12)で表される化合物がより好ましい。また、式(K-4.1)、式(K-4.2)、式(K-4.11)、(K-4.12)で表される化合物を同時に使用することも好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (K-4) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-4.1) to the formula (K-4.18). More preferred are compounds represented by (K-4.1), formula (K-4.2), formula (K-4.11), and (K-4.12). It is also preferred to use compounds represented by formula (K-4.1), formula (K-4.2), formula (K-4.11), and (K-4.12) at the same time.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000170
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000170
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000171
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000171
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(K)で表される化合物は、例えば一般式(K-5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from, for example, a compound group represented by the general formula (K-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000172
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000172
(式中、RK51は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XK51~XK56はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、YK51はフッ素原子又はOCFを表し、ZK51は-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表す。)
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。
(Wherein R K51 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K51 to X K56 are each independently hydrogen. An atom or a fluorine atom, Y K51 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3 , and Z K51 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, or —CF 2 O—.
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performance, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(K-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、22質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、一般式(K-5)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(K-5.1)から式(K-5.18)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(K-5.11)から式(K-5.14)で表される化合物が好ましく、式(K-5.12)で表される化合物がさらに好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (K-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-5.1) to the formula (K-5.18). A compound represented by the formula (K-5.14) to the compound represented by the formula (K-5.14) is preferable, and a compound represented by the formula (K-5.12) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000173
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000173
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000174
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000174
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(K)で表される化合物は、例えば一般式(K-6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (K-6), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000175
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000175
(式中、RK61は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、XK61~XK68はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、YK61はフッ素原子又はOCFを表し、ZK61は-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表す。)
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。
( Wherein R K61 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K61 to X K68 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y K61 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3, Z K61 is -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCF 2 - or an -CF 2 O-).
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performance, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(K-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、22質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 5% by mass, 8% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, 20% by mass, 22% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値を低めに、上限値を低めにすることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高めに、上限値を高めにすることが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
 さらに、一般式(K-6)で表される化合物は、具体的には式(K-6.1)から式(K-6.18)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(K-6.15)から式(K-6.18)で表される化合物が好ましく、式(K-6.16)及び式(K-6.17)で表される化合物がさらに好ましい。また、式(K-6.16)と式(K-6.17)で表される化合物を同時に使用することも好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (K-6) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-6.1) to the formula (K-6.18). Compounds represented by formula (K-6.18) to formula (K-6.18) are preferred, and compounds represented by formula (K-6.16) and formula (K-6.17) are more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-6.16) and formula (K-6.17) at the same time.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000176
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000176
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000177
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000177
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、4質量%であり、5質量%であり、8質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 4% by mass, 5% by mass, and 8% by mass. 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, and 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, 8% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 誘電率の異方性がほぼ無い液晶組成物は、下記一般式(L)で表される化合物を1種類又は2種類以上含有することが好ましい。一般式(L)で表される化合物は誘電的にほぼ中性の化合物(Δεの値が-2~2)に該当する。 The liquid crystal composition having almost no dielectric anisotropy preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the following general formula (L). The compound represented by the general formula (L) corresponds to a dielectrically neutral compound (Δε value is −2 to 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000178
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000178
(式中、RL1及びRL2はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、又は炭素原子数2~8のアルキル鎖中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-がそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換された化学構造を有する有機基を表し、
 nL1は0、1、2又は3を表し、
 AL1、AL2及びAL3は、それぞれ独立して
(a)1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、
(b)1,4-シクロヘキシレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が-O-に置き換えられた化学構造を有する2価の有機基、
(c)1,4-フェニレン基、
(d)1,4-フェニレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=が-N=に置き換えられた化学構造を有する2価の有機基、
(e) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、及び
(f)ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられた構造を有する2価の有機基からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)、基(c)、基(d)、基(e)、及び基(f)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
 ZL1及びZL2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nL1が2又は3であってAL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nL1が2又は3であってZL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い(但し、一般式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)、(N-4)及び(J)で表される化合物に該当するものを除く。)
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は単独で用いてもよいが、組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類である。あるいは本発明の別の実施形態では2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類であり、6種類であり、7種類であり、8種類であり、9種類であり、10種類以上である。
(Wherein R L1 and R L2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or one —CH 2 — present in an alkyl chain having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or not adjacent to each other) An organic group having a chemical structure in which two or more —CH 2 — are each independently substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—. Represents
n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3,
A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group,
(B) 1,4-cyclohexylene structure present in one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - 2 divalent organic having the chemical structure which is replaced to the -O- Group,
(C) 1,4-phenylene group,
(D) a divalent organic group having a chemical structure in which one —CH═ present in a 1,4-phenylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ are replaced by —N═;
(E) naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and (f) naphthalene-2,6 -One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in a diyl structure or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl structure is replaced by -N = Represents a group selected from the group consisting of divalent organic groups having the above structure, the group (a), the group (b), the group (c), the group (d), the group (e), and the group (f ) May be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 -, -CF 2 O-, -CH = NN-CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-
When n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of A L2 are present, they may be the same or different, and when n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of Z L2 are present, May be the same or different (provided the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3), (N-4) and (J)) (Except what you do.)
Although the compound represented by general formula (L) may be used independently, it can also be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention. Alternatively, in another embodiment of the present invention, there are two types, three types, four types, five types, six types, seven types, eight types, nine types, 10 types, More than types.
 液晶組成物(B)において、一般式(L)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the liquid crystal composition (B), the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, dripping marks, image sticking. Therefore, it is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、10質量%であり、20質量%であり、30質量%であり、40質量%であり、50質量%であり、55質量%であり、60質量%であり、65質量%であり、70質量%であり、75質量%であり、80質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%であり、85質量%であり、75質量%であり、65質量%であり、55質量%であり、45質量%であり、35質量%であり、25質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 10% by mass, 20% by mass, and 30% by mass. %, 40% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass is there. The upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 85% by mass, 75% by mass, 65% by mass, 55% by mass, 45% by mass, and 35% by mass, 25% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when a composition having a high temperature stability and a high temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is lowered and the upper limit value is low.
 信頼性を重視する場合にはRL1及びRL2はともにアルキル基であることが好ましく、化合物の揮発性を低減させることを重視する場合にはアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、粘性の低下を重視する場合には少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 When importance is attached to reliability, R L1 and R L2 are preferably both alkyl groups, and when importance is placed on reducing the volatility of the compound, it is preferably an alkoxy group, and importance is placed on viscosity reduction. In this case, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
  分子内に存在するハロゲン原子は0、1、2又は3個が好ましく、0又は1が好ましく、他の液晶分子との相溶性を重視する場合には1が好ましい。 The number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3, preferably 0 or 1, and 1 is preferred when importance is attached to compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules.
 RL1及びRL2は、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 R L1 and R L2 are each a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms when the ring structure to which R L1 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic). When the ring structure to which it is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a straight-chain C 1-5 carbon atom is preferred. Alkyl groups, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)から式(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。(各式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子を表す。) The alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000179
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000179
 nL1は応答速度を重視する場合には0が好ましく、ネマチック相の上限温度を改善するためには2又は3が好ましく、これらのバランスをとるためには1が好ましい。また、組成物として求められる特性を満たすためには異なる値の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。 n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferred for improving the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferred for balancing these. In order to satisfy the properties required for the composition, it is preferable to combine compounds having different values.
 AL1、AL2及びAL3はΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、それぞれ独立してトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、その他下記構造式 A L1 , A L2, and A L3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase Δn, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and are each independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 -Diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and other structural formulas shown below
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000180
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000180

で表されるテトラヒドロフラン又はジオキサン骨格を有する基であることが好ましい。

Is preferably a group having a tetrahydrofuran or dioxane skeleton.
 これらのなかでも特に下記の構造を表すことがより好ましく、 Among these, it is more preferable to represent the following structure,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000181
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000181
 特にトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基はΔnを下げたい場合に有用であり、また、低粘度下を図ることができる点から好ましく、また、1,4-フェニレン基が、Δnを上げたい場合に有用である点からより好ましい。 In particular, the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is useful when it is desired to lower Δn, and is preferable from the viewpoint of lowering the viscosity, and the 1,4-phenylene group is desired to increase Δn. It is more preferable because it is useful in some cases.
 ZL1及びZL2は応答速度を重視する場合には単結合であることが好ましい。 Z L1 and Z L2 are preferably single bonds when the response speed is important.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は分子内のハロゲン原子数が0個又は1個であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L) preferably has 0 or 1 halogen atom in the molecule.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1)~(L-8)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1) to (L-8).
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000182
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000182
(式中、RL11及びRL12はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL11及びRL12は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).)
R L11 and R L12 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 好ましい含有量の下限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、15質量%であり、20質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%であり、35質量%であり、40質量%であり、45質量%であり、50質量%であり、55質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、95質量%であり、90質量%であり、85質量%であり、80質量%であり、75質量%であり、70質量%であり、65質量%であり、60質量%であり、55質量%であり、50質量%であり、45質量%であり、40質量%であり、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、25質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 10% by mass, 15% by mass, 20% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass, 40% by mass, 45% by mass, 50% by mass % And 55% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 95% by mass, 90% by mass, 85% by mass, 80% by mass, and 75% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 70% by mass, 65% by mass, 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass % And 25% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、液晶組成物(B)のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が中庸で上限値が中庸であることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition (B) is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Further, when a composition having a high Tni of the liquid crystal composition (B) and having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the lower limit value is moderate and the upper limit value is moderate. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000183
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000183
(式中RL12は一般式(L-1)における意味と同じ意味を表す。)
 一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-1.1)から式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-1.2)又は式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
(Wherein R L12 represents the same meaning as in general formula (L-1).)
The compound represented by the general formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-1.1) to the formula (L-1-1.3). And is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-1.2) or formula (L-1-1.3), and particularly represented by formula (L-1-1.3). It is preferable that it is a compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000184
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000184
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、20質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、7質量%であり、6質量%であり、5質量%であり、3質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass %, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, and 10% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass, and 3% by mass.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000185
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000185
(式中RL12は一般式(L-1)における意味と同じ意味を表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-1-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、25質量%であり、27質量%であり、30質量%であり、35質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、60質量%であり、55質量%であり、50質量%であり、45質量%であり、42質量%であり、40質量%であり、38質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%である。
(Wherein R L12 represents the same meaning as in general formula (L-1).)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass and 35% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, and 42% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, and 30% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-2.1)から式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-2.2)から式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。特に、式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物は液晶組成物(B)の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-2.3)又は式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。式(L-1-2.3)及び式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解度を良くするために30質量%以上にすることは好ましくない。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-2.1) to the formula (L-1-2.4). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the formula (L-1-2.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is preferable because the response speed of the liquid crystal composition (B) is particularly improved. When obtaining Tni higher than the response speed, it is preferable to use a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.3) or the formula (L-1-2.4). The content of the compounds represented by formula (L-1-2.3) and formula (L-1-2.4) is not preferably 30% by mass or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000186
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000186
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、10質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、25質量%であり、27質量%であり、30質量%であり、33質量%であり、35質量%であり、38質量%であり、40質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、60質量%であり、55質量%であり、50質量%であり、45質量%であり、43質量%であり、40質量%であり、38質量%であり、35質量%であり、32質量%であり、30質量%であり、27質量%であり、25質量%であり、22質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 10% by mass, 15% by mass, and 18% by mass. %, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 33% by mass, 35% by mass, and 38% by mass. Yes, 40% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, and 43% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 32% by mass, 30% by mass, 27% by mass, 25% by mass, and 22% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物及び式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、10質量%であり、15質量%であり、20質量%であり、25質量%であり、27質量%であり、30質量%であり、35質量%であり、40質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、60質量%であり、55質量%であり、50質量%であり、45質量%であり、43質量%であり、40質量%であり、38質量%であり、35質量%であり、32質量%であり、30質量%であり、27質量%であり、25質量%であり、22質量%である。 The preferred total content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) The lower limit is 10% by mass, 15% by mass, 20% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass, and 40% by mass. is there. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, and 43% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 32% by mass, 30% by mass, 27% by mass, 25% by mass, and 22% by mass.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000187
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000187
(式中RL13及びRL14はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基を表す。)
 RL13及びRL14は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。
(Wherein R L13 and R L14 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
R L13 and R L14 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-1-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、25質量%であり、30質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、60質量%であり、55質量%であり、50質量%であり、45質量%であり、40質量%であり、37質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、27質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、17質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%である。
さらに、一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-3.1)から式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)又は式(L-1-3.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。特に、式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物は液晶組成物(B)の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物の合計の含有量は、低温での溶解度を良くするために20質量%以上にすることは好ましくない。
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, and 30% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, and 40% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 37% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 27% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, and 17% by mass %, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, and 10% by mass.
Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) to the formula (L-1-3.12). Preferably, it is a compound represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) or formula (L-1-3.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable because the response speed of the liquid crystal composition (B) is particularly improved. Further, when obtaining Tni higher than the response speed, the equation (L-1-3.3), the equation (L-1-3.4), the equation (L-1-3.11), and the equation (L− It is preferable to use a compound represented by 1-3.12). Sum of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4), formula (L-1-3.11) and formula (L-1-3.12) The content of is not preferably 20% by mass or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000188
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000188
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、20質量%であり、17質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、7質量%であり、6質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass %, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass, 17% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, and 10% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 8% by mass, 7% by mass, and 6% by mass.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-4)及び/又は(L-1-5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000189
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000189
(式中RL15及びRL16はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基を表す。)
 RL15及びRL16は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
R L15 and R L16 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-1-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、17質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 17% by mass, and 15% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 13% by mass and 10% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-1-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、17質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 17% by mass, and 15% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 13% by mass and 10% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-4)及び(L-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-4.1)から式(L-1-5.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-4.2)又は式(L-1-5.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) are represented by the formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-5.3). And a compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) or the formula (L-1-5.2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000190
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000190
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、20質量%であり、17質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、7質量%であり、6質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass %, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 15% by mass, 18% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass, 17% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, and 10% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 8% by mass, 7% by mass, and 6% by mass.
 式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)及び式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、これら化合物の合計の含有量の好ましい含有量の下限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、13質量%であり、15質量%であり、18質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、25質量%であり、27質量%であり、30質量%であり、33質量%であり、35質量%であり、上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、80質量%であり、70質量%であり、60質量%であり、50質量%であり、45質量%であり、40質量%であり、37質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%であり、28質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%である。組成物の信頼性を重視する場合には、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)及び式(L-1-3.4))で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、組成物の応答速度を重視する場合には、式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。
一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
Formula (L-1-1.3), Formula (L-1-2.2), Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3), Formula (L-1- 3.4), it is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.11) and formula (L-1-3.12). -1.3), formula (L-1-2.2), formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4) and It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by formula (L-1-4.2), and the lower limit of the preferable content of the total content of these compounds is the liquid crystal composition (B ) 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 13% by mass, 18% by mass 20% by mass 23% by mass 25% by mass 27% by mass 30% by mass 33% by mass 35% by mass 80% by mass, 70% by mass, 60% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, 40% by mass, and 37% by mass with respect to the total amount of the composition (B). 35% by mass, 33% by mass, 30% by mass, 28% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass and 20% by mass. When emphasizing the reliability of the composition, compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) and formula (L-1-3.4)) It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the group consisting of formulas (L-1-1.3) and (L-1-2.2) when the response speed of the composition is important. It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the following compounds.
The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000191
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000191
(式中RL17及びRL18はそれぞれ独立してメチル基又は水素原子を表す。)
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-1-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、5質量%であり、10質量%であり、15質量%であり、17質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、25質量%であり、27質量%であり、30質量%であり、35質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、60質量%であり、55質量%であり、50質量%であり、45質量%であり、42質量%であり、40質量%であり、38質量%であり、35質量%であり、33質量%であり、30質量%である。
(In the formula, R L17 and R L18 each independently represent a methyl group or a hydrogen atom.)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 5% by mass, 10% by mass Yes, 15% by mass, 17% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 25% by mass, 27% by mass, 30% by mass and 35% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60% by mass, 55% by mass, 50% by mass, 45% by mass, and 42% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 40% by mass, 38% by mass, 35% by mass, 33% by mass, and 30% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-6.1)から式(L-1-6.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-6) is a compound selected from the compound group represented by the formula (L-1-6.1) to the formula (L-1-6.3). Preferably there is.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000192
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000192
 一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000193
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000193
(式中、RL21及びRL22はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL21は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL22は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).)
R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
  一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、応答速度を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing solubility at low temperatures, it is highly effective to set a large amount of content. Conversely, when emphasizing response speed, setting a small amount of content is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、20質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、7質量%であり、6質量%であり、5質量%であり、3質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, and 10% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass, and 3% by mass.
 さらに、一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-2.1)から式(L-2.6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-2.1)、式(L-2.3)、式(L-2.4)及び式(L-2.6)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-2.1) to (L-2.6). A compound represented by formula (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000194
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000194
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000195
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000195
(式中、RL31及びRL32はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL31及びRL32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).)
R L31 and R L32 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対して、20質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、7質量%であり、6質量%であり、5質量%であり、3質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, and 10% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B). 7% by mass, 6% by mass, 5% by mass, and 3% by mass.
 高い複屈折率を得る場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、高いTniを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When a high birefringence is obtained, the effect is high when the content is set to be large. On the other hand, when high Tni is emphasized, the effect is high when the content is set low. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 さらに、一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-3.1)から式(L-3.4)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-3.2)から式(L-3.7)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-3.1) to (L-3.4). A compound represented by the formula (L-3.7) from (L-3.2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000196
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000196
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is the following compound.
(式中、RL41及びRL42はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL41は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL42は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。)
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。
(In the formula, R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).)
R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable. )
The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 液晶組成物(B)において、一般式(L-4)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the liquid crystal composition (B), the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is the solubility at a low temperature, the transition temperature, the electrical reliability, the birefringence, the process suitability, the dropping trace. Therefore, it is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、14質量%であり、16質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、26質量%であり、30質量%であり、35質量%であり、40質量%である。液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%であり、40質量%であり、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、20質量%であり、15質量%であり、10質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass %, 35% by mass, and 40% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, and 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-4.1)から式(L-4.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by general formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-4.1) to formula (L-4.3), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000198
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000198
 低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.2)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との両方を含有していても良いし、式(L-4.1)から式(L-4.3)で表される化合物を全て含んでいても良い。液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-4.1)又は式(L-4.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、9質量%であり、11質量%であり、12質量%であり、13質量%であり、18質量%であり、21質量%であり、好ましい上限値は、45であり、40質量%であり、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%である。 Depending on the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence, even if the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) is contained, the formula (L -4.2) Even if it contains a compound represented by formula (L-4.1), it contains both a compound represented by formula (L-4.1) and a compound represented by formula (L-4.2). Or all of the compounds represented by formulas (L-4.1) to (L-4.3) may be included. The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) or the formula (L-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 3% by mass, % By mass, 7% by mass, 9% by mass, 11% by mass, 12% by mass, 13% by mass, 18% by mass, 21% by mass, and a preferred upper limit value Is 45, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass %, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 8% by mass.
 式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、15質量%であり、19質量%であり、24質量%であり、30質量%であり、好ましい上限値は、45であり、40質量%であり、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 When both the compound represented by formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.2) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) The lower limit of the preferred content is 15% by mass, 19% by mass, 24% by mass and 30% by mass, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40% by mass and 35% by mass. %, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-4.4)から式(L-4.6)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) to the formula (L-4.6). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000199
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000199
 低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.5)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との両方を含有していても良い。 Depending on the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like, even if the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) is contained, the formula (L -4.5) contains both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5). May be.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-4.4)又は式(L-4.5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、9質量%であり、11質量%であり、12質量%であり、13質量%であり、18質量%であり、21質量%である。好ましい上限値は、45であり、40質量%であり、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、8質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) or the formula (L-4.5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 3% by mass, % By mass, 7% by mass, 9% by mass, 11% by mass, 12% by mass, 13% by mass, 18% by mass and 21% by mass. The preferable upper limit is 45, 40% by mass, 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, and 18% by mass. 15 mass%, 13 mass%, 10 mass%, and 8 mass%.
 式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、15質量%であり、19質量%であり、24質量%であり、30質量%であり、好ましい上限値は、45であり、40質量%であり、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%である。 When both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5) are contained, both compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) The lower limit of the preferred content is 15% by mass, 19% by mass, 24% by mass and 30% by mass, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40% by mass and 35% by mass. %, 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, and 13% by mass.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、式(L-4.7)から式(L-4.10)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-4.9)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-4.7) to the formula (L-4.10), and particularly the formula (L-4. The compound represented by 9) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000200
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000200
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000201
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000201
(式中、RL51及びRL52はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL51は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL52は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).)
R L51 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L52 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 液晶組成物(B)において、一般式(L-5)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the liquid crystal composition (B), the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, drop mark Therefore, it is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、14質量%であり、16質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、26質量%であり、30質量%であり、35質量%であり、40質量%である。液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%であり、40質量%であり、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、20質量%であり、15質量%であり、10質量%であり、5質量%である
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.1)又は式(L-5.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-5.1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass %, 35% by mass, and 40% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, and 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass. The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is represented by the formula (L-5.1). ) Or a compound represented by formula (L-5.2), and a compound represented by formula (L-5.1) is particularly preferable.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、9質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. It is. The upper limit of preferable content of these compounds is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000202
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000202
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.3)又は式(L-5.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-5.3) or the formula (L-5.4).
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、9質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. It is. The upper limit of preferable content of these compounds is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000203
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000203
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.5)から式(L-5.7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、特に式(L-5.7)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-5.5) to (L-5.7). The compound represented by L-5.7) is preferred.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、9質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. It is. The upper limit of preferable content of these compounds is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000204
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000204
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000205
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000205
(式中、RL61及びRL62はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、XL61及びXL62はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)
 RL61及びRL62はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、XL61及びXL62のうち一方がフッ素原子他方が水素原子であることが好ましい。
(In the formula, R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. )
R L61 and R L62 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom. Is preferred.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、14質量%であり、16質量%であり、20質量%であり、23質量%であり、26質量%であり、30質量%であり、35質量%であり、40質量%である。液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%であり、40質量%であり、35質量%であり、30質量%であり、20質量%であり、15質量%であり、10質量%であり、5質量%である。Δnを大きくすることに重点を置く場合には含有量を多くした方が好ましく、低温での析出に重点を置いた場合には含有量は少ない方が好ましい。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass %, 35% by mass, and 40% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 50% by mass, 40% by mass, and 35% by mass, 30% by mass, 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass. When emphasizing to increase Δn, it is preferable to increase the content, and when emphasizing the precipitation at low temperature, it is preferable to decrease the content.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-6.1)から式(L-6.9)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) to the formula (L-6.9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000206
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000206
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、これらの化合物の中から1種~3種類含有することが好ましく、1種~4種類含有することがさらに好ましい。また、選ぶ化合物の分子量分布が広いことも溶解性に有効であるため、例えば、式(L-6.1)又は(L-6.2)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.4)又は(L-6.5)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.6)又は式(L-6.7)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.8)又は(L-6.9)で表される化合物から1種類の化合物を選び、これらを適宜組み合わせることが好ましい。その中でも、式(L-6.1)、式(L-6.3)式(L-6.4)、式(L-6.6)及び式(L-6.9)で表される化合物を含むことが好ましい。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but 1 to 3 types of these compounds are preferably contained, more preferably 1 to 4 types. Further, since the wide molecular weight distribution of the selected compound is also effective for the solubility, for example, one type of the compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) or (L-6.2), the formula (L- 6.4) or one type from the compound represented by (L-6.5), one type from the compound represented by formula (L-6.6) or formula (L-6.7), It is preferable to select one compound from the compounds represented by -6.8) or (L-6.9) and combine them as appropriate. Among them, represented by formula (L-6.1), formula (L-6.3), formula (L-6.4), formula (L-6.6) and formula (L-6.9). It is preferable to include a compound.
 さらに、一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-6.10)から式(L-6.17)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、その中でも、式(L-6.11)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-6.10) to the formula (L-6.17). A compound represented by L-6.11) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000207
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000207
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%であり、15質量%であり、13質量%であり、10質量%であり、9質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, and 7% by mass. It is. The upper limit of preferable content of these compounds is 20% by mass, 15% by mass, 13% by mass, 10% by mass, and 9% by mass.
 一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000208
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000208
(式中、RL71及びRL72はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、AL71及びAL72はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるAL2及びAL3と同じ意味を表すが、AL71及びAL72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、ZL71は一般式(L)におけるZL2と同じ意味を表し、XL71及びXL72はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表す。)
 式中、RL71及びRL72はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、AL71及びAL72はそれぞれ独立して1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基が好ましく、AL71及びAL72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、ZL71は単結合又はCOO-が好ましく、単結合が好ましく、XL71及びXL72は水素原子が好ましい。
(Wherein, R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in Formula (L), A L71 and A L72 is A L2 and in the general formula (L) independently A L3 represents the same meaning, but the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, Z L71 represents the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L), X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.)
In the formula, R L71 and R L72 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and A L71 and A L72 Are each independently preferably a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, and Z L71 is a single group. A bond or COO- is preferable, a single bond is preferable, and X L71 and X L72 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて組み合わせる。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類である。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are combined according to the required performance, such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, and four kinds.
 液晶組成物(B)において、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the liquid crystal composition (B), the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence index, process suitability, dropping trace. Therefore, it is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-7)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、14質量%であり、16質量%であり、20質量%である。液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-7)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、10質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)が高いTniの実施形態が望まれる場合は式(L-7)で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが好ましく、低粘度の実施形態が望まれる場合は含有量を少なめにすることが好ましい。 When an embodiment of Tni with a high liquid crystal composition (B) is desired, it is preferable to increase the content of the compound represented by formula (L-7), and when an embodiment with a low viscosity is desired. It is preferable to reduce the amount.
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.1)から式(L-7.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.1) to the formula (L-7.4), and the formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000209
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000209
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.11)から式(L-7.13)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.11)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.11) to the formula (L-7.13). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000210
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000210
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.21)から式(L-7.23)で表される化合物である。式(L-7.21)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is a compound represented by the formula (L-7.21) to the formula (L-7.23). A compound represented by formula (L-7.21) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000211
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000211
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.31)から式(L-7.34)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.31)又は/及び式(L-7.32)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.31) to the formula (L-7.34), and the formula (L-7. 31) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7.32).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000212
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000212
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.41)から式(L-7.44)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.41)又は/及び式(L-7.42)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.41) to the formula (L-7.44), and the formula (L-7. 41) or / and a compound represented by formula (L-7.42).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000213
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000213
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.51)から式(L-7.53)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.51) to the formula (L-7.53).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000214
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000214
 一般式(L-8)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-8) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000215
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000215
(式中、RL81及びRL82はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、AL81は一般式(L)におけるAL1と同じ意味又は単結合を表すが、AL81上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、XL81~XL86はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表す。)
 式中、RL81及びRL82はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、AL81は1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基が好ましく、AL71及びAL72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、一般式(L-8)中の同一の環構造上にフッ素原子は0個又は1個が好ましく、分子内にフッ素原子は0個又は1個であることが好ましい。
(In the formula, R L81 and R L82 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L), and A L81 represents the same meaning or single bond as A L1 in General Formula (L)). However, each hydrogen atom on A L81 may be independently substituted with a fluorine atom, and X L81 to X L86 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.)
Wherein, R L81 and R L82 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of 2 to 5 carbon atoms preferably, A L81 is 1, A 4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferable, and the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may each independently be substituted with a fluorine atom, and the same in the general formula (L-8) The number of fluorine atoms in the ring structure is preferably 0 or 1, and the number of fluorine atoms in the molecule is preferably 0 or 1.
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて組み合わせる。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類である。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are combined according to the required performance, such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, and four kinds.
 液晶組成物(B)において、一般式(L-8)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the liquid crystal composition (B), the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-8) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, drop mark Therefore, it is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-8)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2質量%であり、3質量%であり、5質量%であり、7質量%であり、10質量%であり、14質量%であり、16質量%であり、20質量%である。液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての式(L-8)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%であり、25質量%であり、23質量%であり、20質量%であり、18質量%であり、15質量%であり、10質量%であり、5質量%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-8) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 1% by mass, 2% by mass, 3% by mass, 5% by mass, 7% by mass, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, and 20% by mass. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-8) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) is 30% by mass, 25% by mass, 23% by mass, 20% by mass, 18% by mass, 15% by mass, 10% by mass, and 5% by mass.
 液晶組成物(B)が高いTniの実施形態が望まれる場合は式(L-8)で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが好ましく、低粘度の実施形態が望まれる場合は含有量を少なめにすることが好ましい。 When an embodiment of Tni with a high liquid crystal composition (B) is desired, it is preferable to increase the content of the compound represented by formula (L-8), and when an embodiment with a low viscosity is desired It is preferable to reduce the amount.
 さらに、一般式(L-8)で表される化合物は、式(L-8.1)から式(L-8.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-8.3)、式(L-8.5)、式(L-8.6)、式(L-8.13)、式(L-8.16)から式(L-8.18)、式(L-8.23)から式(L-8.28)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-8) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-8.1) to the formula (L-8.4), and the formula (L-8. 3), formula (L-8.5), formula (L-8.6), formula (L-8.13), formula (L-8.16) to formula (L-8.18), formula (L) A compound represented by formula (L-8.28) to L-8.23) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000216
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000216
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000217
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000217
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000218
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000218
 液晶組成物(B)の総量に対しての一般式(L)、(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)、(N-4)及び(J)で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、80質量%であり、85質量%であり、88質量%であり、90質量%であり、92質量%であり、93質量%であり、94質量%であり、95質量%であり、96質量%であり、97質量%であり、98質量%であり、99質量%であり、100質量%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、100質量%であり、99質量%であり、98質量%であり、95質量%である。ただし、Δεの絶対値が大きい組成物を得る観点からは、一般式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)、(N-4)及び(J)で表される化合物のいずれか一つは0質量%であることが好ましい。 Compounds represented by general formulas (L), (N-1), (N-2), (N-3), (N-4) and (J) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (B) The lower limit value of the total preferable content is 80% by mass, 85% by mass, 88% by mass, 90% by mass, 92% by mass, 93% by mass, and 94% by mass 95% by mass 96% by mass 97% by mass 98% by mass 99% by mass 100% by mass The upper limit of preferable content is 100% by mass, 99% by mass, 98% by mass, and 95% by mass. However, from the viewpoint of obtaining a composition having a large absolute value of Δε, compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3), (N-4) and (J) It is preferable that any one of these is 0 mass%.
 液晶組成物(B)は、分子内に過酸(-CO-OO-)構造等の酸素原子同士が結合した構造を持つ化合物を含有しないことが好ましい。 The liquid crystal composition (B) preferably does not contain a compound having a structure in which oxygen atoms such as a peracid (—CO—OO—) structure are bonded in the molecule.
 組成物の信頼性及び長期安定性を重視する場合にはカルボニル基を有する化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して5質量%以下とすることが好ましく、3質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、1質量%以下とすることが更に好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが最も好ましい。 When emphasizing the reliability and long-term stability of the composition, the content of the compound having a carbonyl group is preferably 5% by mass or less, preferably 3% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the composition. Is more preferable, and it is still more preferable to set it as 1 mass% or less, and it is most preferable not to contain substantially.
 UV照射による安定性を重視する場合、塩素原子が置換している化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して15質量%以下とすることが好ましく、10質量%以下とすることが好ましく、8質量%以下とすることが好ましく、5質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、3質量%以下とすることが好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが更に好ましい。 When importance is attached to stability by UV irradiation, the content of the compound substituted with chlorine atoms is preferably 15% by mass or less, and preferably 10% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the composition. 8% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, and still more preferably substantially not contained.
 分子内の環構造がすべて6員環である化合物の含有量を多くすることが好ましく、分子内の環構造がすべて6員環である化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して80質量%以上とすることが好ましく、90質量%以上とすることがより好ましく、95質量%以上とすることが更に好ましく、実質的に分子内の環構造がすべて6員環である化合物のみで組成物を構成することが最も好ましい。 It is preferable to increase the content of a compound in which all the ring structures in the molecule are 6-membered rings, and the content of the compound in which all the ring structures in the molecule are 6-membered rings is 80% of the total mass of the composition. It is preferably at least 90% by mass, more preferably at least 90% by mass, even more preferably at least 95% by mass, and it is composed of only a compound having substantially all 6-membered ring structures in the molecule. Most preferably it constitutes a product.
 組成物の酸化による劣化を抑えるためには、環構造としてシクロヘキセニレン基を有する化合物の含有量を少なくすることが好ましく、シクロヘキセニレン基を有する化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して10質量%以下とすることが好ましく、8質量%以下とすることが好ましく、5質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、3質量%以下とすることが好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが更に好ましい。 In order to suppress deterioration due to oxidation of the composition, it is preferable to reduce the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as a ring structure, and the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as the total mass of the composition. On the other hand, it is preferably 10% by mass or less, preferably 8% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and preferably 3% by mass or less, and substantially not contained. Further preferred.
 粘度の改善及びTniの改善を重視する場合には、水素原子がハロゲンに置換されていてもよい2-メチルベンゼン-1,4-ジイル基を分子内に持つ化合物の含有量を少なくすることが好ましく、前記2-メチルベンゼン-1,4-ジイル基を分子内に持つ化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して10質量%以下とすることが好ましく、8質量%以下とすることが好ましく、5質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、3質量%以下とすることが好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが更に好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of viscosity and improvement of Tni, the content of a compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule, in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen, may be reduced. Preferably, the content of the compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less based on the total mass of the composition. Is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, and still more preferably substantially not contained.
 本願において実質的に含有しないとは、意図せずに含有する物を除いて含有しないという意味である。 “Substantially not contained” in the present application means that it is not contained except for an unintentionally contained product.
 液晶組成物(B)に含有される化合物が、側鎖としてアルケニル基を有する場合、前記アルケニル基がシクロヘキサンに結合している場合には当該アルケニル基の炭素原子数は2~5であることが好ましく、前記アルケニル基がベンゼンに結合している場合には当該アルケニル基の炭素原子数は4~5であることが好ましく、前記アルケニル基の不飽和結合とベンゼンは直接結合していないことが好ましい。 When the compound contained in the liquid crystal composition (B) has an alkenyl group as a side chain, when the alkenyl group is bonded to cyclohexane, the alkenyl group may have 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Preferably, when the alkenyl group is bonded to benzene, the alkenyl group preferably has 4 to 5 carbon atoms, and the unsaturated bond of the alkenyl group and benzene are preferably not directly bonded. .
 液晶組成物(B)に使用される液晶組成物の平均弾性定数(KAVG)は10から25が好ましいが、その下限値としては、10が好ましく、10.5が好ましく、11が好ましく、11.5が好ましく、12が好ましく、12.3が好ましく、12.5が好ましく、12.8が好ましく、13が好ましく、13.3が好ましく、13.5が好ましく、13.8が好ましく、14が好ましく、14.3が好ましく、14.5が好ましく、14.8が好ましく、15が好ましく、15.3が好ましく、15.5が好ましく、15.8が好ましく、16が好ましく、16.3が好ましく、16.5が好ましく、16.8が好ましく、17が好ましく、17.3が好ましく、17.5が好ましく、17.8が好ましく、18が好ましく、その上限値としては、25が好ましく、24.5が好ましく、24が好ましく、23.5が好ましく、23が好ましく、22.8が好ましく、22.5が好ましく、22.3が好ましく、22が好ましく、21.8が好ましく、21.5が好ましく、21.3が好ましく、21が好ましく、20.8が好ましく、20.5が好ましく、20.3が好ましく、20が好ましく、19.8が好ましく、19.5が好ましく、19.3が好ましく、19が好ましく、18.8が好ましく、18.5が好ましく、18.3が好ましく、18が好ましく、17.8が好ましく、17.5が好ましく、17.3が好ましく、17が好ましい。消費電力削減を重視する場合にはバックライトの光量を抑えることが有効であり、液晶表示素子は光の透過率を向上させることが好ましく、そのためにはKAVGの値を低めに設定することが好ましい。応答速度の改善を重視する場合にはKAVGの値を高めに設定することが好ましい。 The average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal composition (B) is preferably from 10 to 25, and the lower limit thereof is preferably 10, preferably 10.5, preferably 11, .5 is preferred, 12 is preferred, 12.3 is preferred, 12.5 is preferred, 12.8 is preferred, 13 is preferred, 13.3 is preferred, 13.5 is preferred, 13.8 is preferred, 14 Is preferred, 14.3 is preferred, 14.5 is preferred, 14.8 is preferred, 15 is preferred, 15.3 is preferred, 15.5 is preferred, 15.8 is preferred, 16 is preferred, 16.3 16.5 is preferred, 16.8 is preferred, 17 is preferred, 17.3 is preferred, 17.5 is preferred, 17.8 is preferred, 18 is preferred, the upper limit thereof Is preferably 25, 24.5 is preferred, 24 is preferred, 23.5 is preferred, 23 is preferred, 22.8 is preferred, 22.5 is preferred, 22.3 is preferred, 22 is preferred, 21 .8, 21.5 is preferred, 21.3 is preferred, 21 is preferred, 20.8 is preferred, 20.5 is preferred, 20.3 is preferred, 20 is preferred, 19.8 is preferred, 19 .5, 19.3 is preferred, 19 is preferred, 18.8 is preferred, 18.5 is preferred, 18.3 is preferred, 18 is preferred, 17.8 is preferred, 17.5 is preferred, 17 .3 is preferred and 17 is preferred. When importance is placed on reducing power consumption, it is effective to reduce the amount of light from the backlight, and it is preferable to improve the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display element. For this purpose, the value of K AVG should be set low. preferable. It is preferable to set a higher value of K AVG in the case of emphasizing improved response speed.
 液晶組成物(B)では、回転粘度と屈折率異方性の関数であるZが特定の値を示すことが好ましい。 In the liquid crystal composition (B), Z, which is a function of rotational viscosity and refractive index anisotropy, preferably shows a specific value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000219
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000219
(式中、γ1は回転粘度を表し、Δnは屈折率異方性を表す。)
Zは、13000以下が好ましく、12000以下がより好ましく、11000以下が特に好ましい。
(In the formula, γ 1 represents rotational viscosity, and Δn represents refractive index anisotropy.)
Z is preferably 13000 or less, more preferably 12000 or less, and particularly preferably 11000 or less.
 液晶組成物(B)は、アクティブマトリクス表示素子に使用する場合においては、1012(Ω・m)以上の比抵抗を有することが必要であり、1013(Ω・m)が好ましく、1014(Ω・m)以上がより好ましい。 The liquid crystal composition (B), in the case of using the active matrix display device, it is necessary to have a 10 12 (Ω · m) or more in specific resistance, 10 13 (Ω · m) is preferable, 10 14 (Ω · m) or more is more preferable.
 本発明に用いる重合性化合物の重合方法としては、前記した重合開始剤(C)を用いてラジカル重合により重合することができる。 As a polymerization method of the polymerizable compound used in the present invention, polymerization can be performed by radical polymerization using the above-described polymerization initiator (C).
 液晶表示素子製造用の重合性液晶組成物としては、ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)、液晶組成物(B)、及び化合物(C)を必須成分として用いることができるが、前記ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)を重合性液晶組成物中、0.5~20質量%、好ましくは1~10質量%となる割合で用いることができる。 As the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element, the radical polymerizable monomer component (A), the liquid crystal composition (B), and the compound (C) can be used as essential components. The polymerizable monomer component (A) can be used in a proportion of 0.5 to 20% by mass, preferably 1 to 10% by mass in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
 本発明に用いられる液晶表示素子製造用の重合性液晶組成物は、0.5質量%~20質量%のラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)を含有することで、一軸性の光学異方性、又は一軸性の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有するポリマーネットワークを形成するものであることが好ましく、該ポリマーネットワークの光学軸又は配向容易軸と低分子液晶の配向容易軸が略一致するように形成されていることがより好ましい。尚、該ポリマーネットワークには、複数のポリマーネットワークが集合することにより高分子薄膜を形成したポリマーバインダも含まれる。ポリマーバインダは、一軸配向性を示す屈折率異方性を有しており、該薄膜に低分子液晶が分散され、該薄膜の一軸性の光学軸と低分子液晶の光学軸が略同一方向へ揃っていることが特徴である。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element used in the present invention contains 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass of the radical polymerizable monomer component (A), so that it is uniaxial optically anisotropic. Or a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or a polymer network having an easy orientation axis direction, and the optical axis or the easy orientation axis of the polymer network and the easy orientation axis of the low-molecular liquid crystal are substantially the same. More preferably, they are formed so as to match. The polymer network includes a polymer binder in which a polymer thin film is formed by aggregating a plurality of polymer networks. The polymer binder has refractive index anisotropy indicating uniaxial orientation, low molecular liquid crystal is dispersed in the thin film, and the uniaxial optical axis of the thin film and the optical axis of the low molecular liquid crystal are in substantially the same direction. The feature is that it is complete.
 従って、これにより、光散乱型液晶である高分子分散型液晶又はポリマーネットワーク型液晶とは異なり光散乱が起こらず偏光を用いた液晶表示素子に於いて高コントラストな表示が得られる点と、立下り時間を短くして液晶素子の応答性を向上させることが特徴である。更に、本発明に用いられる液晶表示素子製造用の重合性液晶組成物は、ポリマーネットワーク層を液晶表示素子全体に形成させる場合、液晶素子基板上にポリマーの薄膜層を形成させてプレチルトを誘起させるPSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)型液晶組成物と区別することができる。 Therefore, unlike a polymer dispersion type liquid crystal or polymer network type liquid crystal which is a light scattering type liquid crystal, light scattering does not occur and a high contrast display can be obtained in a liquid crystal display element using polarized light. It is characterized in that the response time of the liquid crystal element is improved by shortening the down time. Furthermore, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element used in the present invention induces a pretilt by forming a polymer thin film layer on a liquid crystal element substrate when a polymer network layer is formed on the entire liquid crystal display element. It can be distinguished from a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) type liquid crystal composition.
 何れの濃度に於いてもTgの異なるラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)を少なくとも二種類以上含有させて必要に応じてTgを調整することが好ましい。Tgが高いポリマーの前駆体であるラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)は、架橋密度が高くなる分子構造を有するラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)であって、官能基数が2以上であることが好ましい。又、Tgが低いポリマーの前駆体は、官能基数が1であるか、又は2以上であって、官能基間にスペーサとしてアルキレン基等を有し分子長を長くした構造であることが好ましい。ポリマーネットワークの熱的安定性や耐衝撃性向上に対応することを目的にポリマーネットワークのTgを調整する場合、多官能モノマーと単官能モノマーの比率を適宜調整することが好ましい。又、Tgはポリマーネットワークの主鎖、及び側鎖に於ける分子レベルの熱的な運動性とも関連しており、電気光学特性にも影響を及ぼしている。例えば、架橋密度を高くすると主鎖の分子運動性が下がり低分子液晶とのアンカーリング力が高まり駆動電圧が高くなると共に立下り時間が短くなる。一方、Tgが下がるように架橋密度を下げるとポリマー主鎖の熱運動性が上がることにより、低分子液晶とのアンカーリング力が下がり駆動電圧が下がり立下り時間が長くなる傾向を示す。ポリマーネットワーク界面に於けるアンカーリング力は、上述のTgの他にポリマー側鎖の分子運動性にも影響され、1価もしくは2価であり、かつ炭素原子数が8~18のアルコール化合物のアクリレートもしくはメタクリレートをラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)として用いることでポリマー界面のアンカーリング力が下げられる。又、このようなラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)は、基板界面でプレチルト角を誘起させるのに有効で極角方向のアンカーリング力を下げる方向に作用する。 It is preferable to adjust the Tg as required by containing at least two kinds of radical polymerizable monomer components (A) having different Tg at any concentration. The radical polymerizable monomer component (A), which is a precursor of a polymer having a high Tg, is a radical polymerizable monomer component (A) having a molecular structure that increases the crosslink density, and has two or more functional groups. Preferably there is. The precursor of the polymer having a low Tg preferably has a structure in which the number of functional groups is 1 or 2 or more, and an alkylene group or the like is provided as a spacer between the functional groups to increase the molecular length. When adjusting the Tg of the polymer network for the purpose of improving the thermal stability and impact resistance of the polymer network, it is preferable to appropriately adjust the ratio of the polyfunctional monomer to the monofunctional monomer. Tg is also related to thermal mobility at the molecular level in the main chain and side chain of the polymer network, and has an influence on electro-optical properties. For example, when the crosslink density is increased, the molecular mobility of the main chain is lowered, the anchoring force with the low molecular liquid crystal is increased, the drive voltage is increased, and the fall time is shortened. On the other hand, when the crosslinking density is lowered so that Tg is lowered, the thermal mobility of the polymer main chain is increased, so that the anchoring force with the low-molecular liquid crystal is lowered, the driving voltage is lowered, and the fall time is increased. The anchoring force at the polymer network interface is influenced by the molecular mobility of the polymer side chain in addition to the above-mentioned Tg, and is monovalent or divalent, and an acrylate of an alcohol compound having 8 to 18 carbon atoms. Alternatively, the anchoring force at the polymer interface can be lowered by using methacrylate as the radical polymerizable monomer component (A). Further, such a radical polymerizable monomer component (A) is effective in inducing a pretilt angle at the substrate interface and acts in the direction of decreasing the polar anchoring force.
 液晶表示素子製造用の重合性液晶組成物が液晶相を示した状態で、液晶表示素子製造用の重合性液晶組成物中のラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)を重合させることにより、分子量が増加して液晶組成物(B)と重合体(もしくは共重合体)に相分離させる。二相に分離する形態は、含有する液晶組成物(B)の種類やモノマーの種類に大きく依存して異なる。液晶組成物(B)中にモノマー相が無数に島状の核として発生して成長するバイノーダル分解で相分離構造を形成しても良く、液晶組成物(B)中にモノマー相との濃度の揺らぎから相分離するスピノーダル分解により相分離構造を形成しても良い。バイノーダル分解によるポリマーネットワークを形成させるには、モノマーの反応速度が速い化合物を用いることにより可視光の波長より小さい大きさのモノマーの核を無数に発生させて線状に連結させる構造によりナノオーダーの相分離構造が形成されるので好ましい。結果としてモノマー相に於ける重合が進むと相分離構造に依存して可視光の波長より短い空隙間隔のポリマーネットワークが形成される。一方、ポリマーネットワークの空隙は液晶組成物(B)相の相分離によるもので、この空隙の大きさが可視光の波長より小さいと、光散乱性が無く高コントラストで、且つポリマーネットワークからのアンカーリング力の影響が強まり立下り時間が短くなり高速応答の液晶表示素子が得られるようになり特に好ましい。バイノーダル分解に於けるモノマー相の核生成は、化合物の種類や組合せによる相溶性の変化や、反応速度、温度等のパラメータに影響され適宜必要に応じて調整することが好ましい。反応速度は、紫外線重合の場合は、モノマーの官能基や重合開始剤の種類及び含有量、紫外線照射強度によるもので反応性を促進するように紫外線照射条件を適宜調整すれば良く、少なくとも2mW/cm以上の紫外線照射強度が好ましい。スピノーダル分解では周期性のある二相の濃度の揺らぎによる相分離微細構造が得られるので可視光波長より小さい均一な空隙間隔を容易に形成するので好ましい。ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)含有量を増加すると、温度の影響で液晶組成物(B)高濃度相とモノマー高濃度相との二相分離する相転移温度が存在する。二相分離転移温度より高い温度では等方相を示すが、低いと分離が起こり均一な相分離構造が得られず好ましくない。温度変化により二相分離する場合は、二相分離温度より高い温度に於いて相分離構造を形成させることが好ましい。上述した何れの場合も、液晶組成物(B)の配向状態と同様の配向状態を保持しながらポリマーネットワークが形成される。この時、重合相分離構造がポリマーネットワークの間隔、密度に密接に関連するが、重合相分離構造形成過程に於いて、モノマー高濃度相と液晶高濃度相の二相を形成されることを述べたが、光開始剤は、モノマー又は液晶の何れかの親和性の高い方に集まり易くなり濃度の局在化が起こる。光開始剤がモノマー高濃度相に偏在化すると、モノマーの重合が促進される。しかし、液晶高濃度相に残存するモノマーの重合が進み難くなる。光開始剤濃度が低くなった液晶高濃度相中の残存モノマーは、モノマー高濃度相へ凝集性などの作用により集まることで架橋する。この逆は、液晶高濃度相の残存モノマーの重合が促進されるようになり、液晶中の残存モノマーの分子量が増加すると伴に、新たに重合相分離構造を形成する場合やモノマー高濃度相へ凝集する場合などが考えられ、液晶高濃度相の残存モノマーは液晶相に溶存する光開始剤の効果で重合が進み易くなるので好ましい。又、液晶高濃度相の残存モノマーが光開始剤の効果で重合相分離が進み新たにポリマーネットワークを形成することも好ましい。 By polymerizing the radically polymerizable monomer component (A) in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element in a state where the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for producing the liquid crystal display element exhibits a liquid crystal phase, the molecular weight is obtained. Increases to cause phase separation into the liquid crystal composition (B) and the polymer (or copolymer). The form of separation into two phases differs greatly depending on the type of liquid crystal composition (B) contained and the type of monomer. A phase separation structure may be formed by binodal decomposition in which an infinite number of monomer phases are generated and grown as island-like nuclei in the liquid crystal composition (B), and the concentration of the monomer phase in the liquid crystal composition (B) A phase separation structure may be formed by spinodal decomposition that separates phases from fluctuations. In order to form a polymer network by binodal decomposition, by using a compound with a high monomer reaction rate, a structure of nano-order is generated by generating innumerable monomer nuclei smaller than the wavelength of visible light and connecting them linearly. This is preferable because a phase separation structure is formed. As a result, when the polymerization in the monomer phase proceeds, a polymer network having a gap interval shorter than the wavelength of visible light is formed depending on the phase separation structure. On the other hand, the voids in the polymer network are due to the phase separation of the liquid crystal composition (B) phase. When the size of the voids is smaller than the wavelength of visible light, there is no light scattering and high contrast and anchors from the polymer network are used. This is particularly preferable because the influence of the ring force is increased, the fall time is shortened, and a high-speed response liquid crystal display element can be obtained. The nucleation of the monomer phase in the binodal decomposition is preferably adjusted as necessary as affected by parameters such as the change in compatibility depending on the type and combination of the compounds, the reaction rate, and the temperature. In the case of UV polymerization, the UV irradiation conditions may be appropriately adjusted so as to promote the reactivity depending on the type and content of the functional group of the monomer, the polymerization initiator, the UV irradiation intensity, and at least 2 mW / An ultraviolet irradiation intensity of cm 2 or more is preferable. Spinodal decomposition is preferable because a phase-separated microstructure can be obtained by fluctuations in the concentration of two phases having periodicity, and uniform gaps smaller than the visible light wavelength can be easily formed. When the content of the radically polymerizable monomer component (A) is increased, there exists a phase transition temperature at which the liquid crystal composition (B) high-concentration phase and the monomer high-concentration phase are separated into two phases due to temperature. An isotropic phase is exhibited at a temperature higher than the two-phase separation transition temperature, but if it is low, separation occurs and a uniform phase separation structure cannot be obtained. When two-phase separation is performed due to a temperature change, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure at a temperature higher than the two-phase separation temperature. In any case described above, a polymer network is formed while maintaining the same alignment state as that of the liquid crystal composition (B). At this time, the polymer phase separation structure is closely related to the spacing and density of the polymer network, but in the process of forming the polymer phase separation structure, it is described that two phases of monomer high concentration phase and liquid crystal high concentration phase are formed. However, the photoinitiator tends to gather in the higher affinity of either the monomer or the liquid crystal, and concentration concentration occurs. When the photoinitiator is unevenly distributed in the monomer high concentration phase, the polymerization of the monomer is promoted. However, the polymerization of the monomer remaining in the liquid crystal high concentration phase is difficult to proceed. The residual monomer in the liquid crystal high-concentration phase having a low photoinitiator concentration crosslinks by gathering to the monomer high-concentration phase by an action such as aggregation. Conversely, the polymerization of the residual monomer in the liquid crystal high-concentration phase is promoted, and as the molecular weight of the residual monomer in the liquid crystal increases, the polymer phase separation structure is newly formed or the monomer high-concentration phase is changed. In some cases, such as aggregation, the residual monomer in the liquid crystal high-concentration phase is preferable because the polymerization easily proceeds due to the effect of the photoinitiator dissolved in the liquid crystal phase. It is also preferable that the residual monomer in the high-concentration liquid crystal phase undergoes separation of the polymerization phase by the effect of the photoinitiator and forms a new polymer network.
 形成されたポリマーネットワークは、液晶組成物(B)の配向に倣うように光学異方性を示す。ポリマーネットワーク中の液晶層の形態としては、ポリマーの3次元ネットワーク構造中に液晶組成物(B)が連続層をなす構造、液晶組成物(B)のドロップレットがポリマー中に分散している構造、又は両者が混在する構造、更に、両基板面を起点にポリマーネットワーク層が存在し、対面基板との中心付近では液晶層のみである構造が挙げられる。何れもの構造もポリマーネットワークの作用により0~90°のプレチルト角が液晶素子基板界面に対して誘起されていることが好ましい。形成するポリマーネットワークは、共存する液晶組成物(B)を液晶セルの配向膜が示す配向方向へ配向させる機能を有することが好ましく、更に、ポリマー界面方向に対して低分子液晶をプレチルトさせる機能を有していることも好ましい。ポリマー界面に対して低分子液晶をプレチルトさせるモノマーを導入すると透過率の向上や液晶素子の駆動電圧を低くさせるのに有用で好ましい。又、屈折率異方性を有しても良く、配向方向へ液晶を配向させる機能は、メソゲン基を有するモノマーを用いることが好ましい。又、電圧を印加しながら紫外線照射等によりポリマーネットワークを形成させてプレチルトを形成させても良い。 The formed polymer network exhibits optical anisotropy so as to follow the orientation of the liquid crystal composition (B). The form of the liquid crystal layer in the polymer network includes a structure in which the liquid crystal composition (B) forms a continuous layer in the three-dimensional network structure of the polymer, and a structure in which the droplets of the liquid crystal composition (B) are dispersed in the polymer. Or a structure in which both are mixed, and a structure in which a polymer network layer is present starting from both substrate surfaces and only a liquid crystal layer is provided near the center of the facing substrate. In any structure, a pretilt angle of 0 to 90 ° is preferably induced with respect to the liquid crystal element substrate interface by the action of the polymer network. The formed polymer network preferably has a function of aligning the coexisting liquid crystal composition (B) in the alignment direction indicated by the alignment film of the liquid crystal cell, and further has a function of pretilting the low-molecular liquid crystal with respect to the polymer interface direction. It is also preferable to have it. Introducing a monomer that pre-tilts a low-molecular liquid crystal with respect to the polymer interface is useful and preferable for improving the transmittance and lowering the driving voltage of the liquid crystal element. Moreover, it may have refractive index anisotropy, and it is preferable to use a monomer having a mesogenic group for the function of aligning the liquid crystal in the alignment direction. Alternatively, a pretilt may be formed by forming a polymer network by applying ultraviolet rays or the like while applying a voltage.
 VAモード等の垂直配向セルを適用する場合には、モノマーとして垂直配向を誘起するメソゲン基を有さず、1価もしくは2価であり、かつ炭素原子数が8~18のアルコール化合物のアクリレートもしくはメタクリレートをモノマーとして用いても良く、メソゲン基を有するモノマーとの併用でも好ましい。液晶表示素子製造用の重合性液晶組成物を用いて相分離重合により垂直配向セル内にポリマーネットワークが形成された場合は、繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが液晶セル基板に対して液晶組成物(B)の垂直方向と略同一の方向に形成されていることが好ましい。又、セル基板表面にある垂直配向膜に液晶が傾斜配向を誘起するようにラビング処理等を施してプレチルト角を誘起するようにした垂直配向膜が用いられた場合は、プレチルトして配向している液晶組成物(B)と同方向に繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが傾斜して形成されていることが好ましい。ポリマーネットワークの傾斜は、基板界面で自発的に起こるようにモノマーを選定しても良い。又、電圧を印加して液晶を傾斜配向状態にして紫外線等を照射させてポリマーネットワークを形成させても良い。 In the case of applying a vertical alignment cell such as VA mode, an acrylate of an alcohol compound having no mesogenic group that induces vertical alignment as a monomer, monovalent or divalent, and having 8 to 18 carbon atoms, or Methacrylate may be used as a monomer, and a combination with a monomer having a mesogenic group is also preferred. When a polymer network is formed in a vertically aligned cell by phase separation polymerization using a polymerizable liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element, a fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed on the liquid crystal cell substrate. (B) It is preferable to form in the direction substantially the same as the vertical direction. In addition, when a vertical alignment film that induces a pretilt angle by rubbing the liquid crystal on the cell substrate surface so as to induce a tilted alignment is used, the liquid crystal is pretilted and aligned. It is preferable that a fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed in an inclined direction in the same direction as the liquid crystal composition (B). The monomer may be selected so that the inclination of the polymer network occurs spontaneously at the substrate interface. Alternatively, a polymer network may be formed by applying a voltage to place the liquid crystal in an inclined alignment state and irradiating ultraviolet rays or the like.
 更に、電圧を印加しながらプレチルト角を誘起する方法としては、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶の閾値電圧よりも0.9V程度低い電圧から2V程度高い電圧の範囲で電圧を印加しながら重合させても良いし、閾値電圧以上の電圧をポリマーネットワーク形成過程中に数秒~数十秒の短時間印加した後、閾値電圧未満にしてポリマーネットワークを形成させても良い。繊維状又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが透明基板平面に対して90度~80度のプレチルト角を誘起するように傾斜して形成されるのでより好ましく、90度~85度のプレチルト角が好ましく、89.9度~85度のプレチルト角が好ましく、89.9度~87度のプレチルト角が好ましく、89.9度~88度のプレチルト角が好ましい。何れの方法で形成された繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークは、二枚のセル基板間を連結していることが特徴である。これにより、プレチルト角の熱的安定性が向上して液晶表示素子の信頼性を高められる。 Furthermore, as a method for inducing the pretilt angle while applying a voltage, polymerization is performed while applying a voltage in a voltage range of about 0.9 V to about 2 V higher than a threshold voltage of a liquid crystal for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element. Alternatively, a voltage higher than the threshold voltage may be applied for a short time of several seconds to several tens of seconds during the polymer network formation process, and then the polymer network may be formed below the threshold voltage. More preferably, the fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed to be inclined so as to induce a pretilt angle of 90 ° to 80 ° with respect to the transparent substrate plane, and a pretilt angle of 90 ° to 85 ° is preferred. A pretilt angle of 9 to 85 degrees is preferred, a pretilt angle of 89.9 to 87 degrees is preferred, and a pretilt angle of 89.9 to 88 degrees is preferred. The fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by any method is characterized in that the two cell substrates are connected to each other. Thereby, the thermal stability of the pretilt angle is improved, and the reliability of the liquid crystal display element can be increased.
 他に、繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークを傾斜配向させて形成することにより液晶組成物(B)のプレチルト角を誘起させる方法として、官能基とメソゲン基の間にあるアルキレン基の炭素原子数が6以上のプレチルト角の誘起角度が小さい二官能アクリレートと官能基と、メソゲン基の間にあるアルキレン基の炭素原子数が5以上のプレチルト角の誘起角度が大きい二官能アクリレートを組合せ用いる方法が挙げられる。これらの化合物の配合比を調整することにより所望のプレチルト角を界面近傍で誘起させることができる。 In addition, as a method for inducing the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal composition (B) by forming a fibrous or columnar polymer network in a tilted orientation, the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group between the functional group and the mesogenic group Is a method using a combination of a bifunctional acrylate having a small pretilt angle induction angle of 6 or more, a functional group, and a bifunctional acrylate having a large pretilt angle induction angle of 5 or more carbon atoms in the alkylene group between the mesogenic groups. Can be mentioned. A desired pretilt angle can be induced in the vicinity of the interface by adjusting the compounding ratio of these compounds.
 更に、可逆性の光配向機能を有するモノマーを少なくとも0.01質量%以上1質量%以下の範囲で添加して繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークを形成させる方法が挙げられる。この場合、トランス体に於いて低分子液晶と同様の棒状の形態になり低分子液晶の配向状態へ影響を及ぼす。液晶表示素子製造用の重合性液晶組成物に含有されている該トランス体は、紫外線をセル上面から平行光として照射すると紫外線の進む方向と該棒状の分子長軸方向が平行になるように揃い、低分子液晶も同時に該トランス体の分子長軸方向へ揃うように配向する。セルに対して傾斜して紫外線を照射すると、該トランス体の分子長軸が傾斜方向に向き液晶を紫外線の傾斜方向へ配向させるようになる。即ち、プレチルト角を誘起するようになり光配向機能を示す。この段階でモノマーを架橋させると誘起したプレチルト角が重合相分離で形成された繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークにより固定化される。従って、VAモードで重要なプレチルト角の誘起は、電圧印加しながら重合相分離させる方法、誘起するプレチルト角が異なるモノマーを複数添加して重合相分離させる方法、可逆性の光配向機能を有するモノマーが示す光配向機能を用いて紫外線が進む方向へ液晶組成物(B)及びモノマーを配向させ重合相分離する方法を必要に応じて用い本発明の液晶素子を作製することができる。 Furthermore, a method of adding a monomer having a reversible photo-alignment function in a range of at least 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass to form a fibrous or columnar polymer network can be mentioned. In this case, the trans form has a rod-like shape similar to that of the low-molecular liquid crystal and affects the alignment state of the low-molecular liquid crystal. The trans isomer contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element is aligned so that the direction of ultraviolet light travels parallel to the direction of the long axis of the rod when irradiated with ultraviolet light as parallel light from the top surface of the cell. The low-molecular liquid crystals are also aligned so as to be aligned in the molecular major axis direction of the trans form at the same time. When the cell is tilted and irradiated with ultraviolet rays, the molecular long axis of the trans body is oriented in the tilt direction and the liquid crystal is oriented in the tilt direction of the ultraviolet rays. That is, a pre-tilt angle is induced and a photo-alignment function is exhibited. When the monomer is crosslinked at this stage, the pretilt angle induced is fixed by a fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by polymerization phase separation. Therefore, the pretilt angle that is important in the VA mode is induced by a method of separating the polymerization phase while applying a voltage, a method of adding a plurality of monomers with different pretilt angles to induce polymerization phase separation, and a monomer having a reversible photo-alignment function. The liquid crystal element of the present invention can be produced by using a method of aligning the liquid crystal composition (B) and the monomer in the direction in which ultraviolet rays travel and separating the polymerization phase as necessary using the photo-alignment function indicated by
 光配向機能を有するモノマーは、紫外線を吸収してトランス体になる光異性化合物であっても良く、紫外線を吸収してシス体になる光異性化化合物であっても良い。更に、光配向機能を有するモノマーの反応速度が光配向機能を有するモノマー以外のモノマーの反応速度より遅いことが好ましい。紫外線照射されると、直ちに光配向機能を有するモノマーはトランス体になり光の進む方向に配向すると、周囲のモノマーや非重合液晶組成物も同様の方向へ配向する。この時、重合相分離が進行して液晶組成物(B)とポリマーネットワークの配向容易軸方向が光配向機能を有するモノマーの配向容易軸と同一方向へ揃い紫外線光が進む方向へプレチルト角が誘起される。 The monomer having a photo-alignment function may be a photoisomeric compound that absorbs ultraviolet rays and becomes a trans isomer, or may be a photoisomerizable compound that absorbs ultraviolet rays and becomes a cis isomer. Furthermore, it is preferable that the reaction rate of the monomer having the photo-alignment function is slower than the reaction rate of the monomer other than the monomer having the photo-alignment function. When irradiated with ultraviolet rays, the monomer having a photo-alignment function immediately becomes a trans form, and when it is aligned in the light traveling direction, surrounding monomers and non-polymerized liquid crystal compositions are aligned in the same direction. At this time, the polymerization phase separation proceeds, and the pretilt angle is induced in the direction in which the easy alignment direction of the liquid crystal composition (B) and the polymer network is aligned with the easy alignment direction of the monomer having the photo-alignment function and the ultraviolet light travels. Is done.
 更に、IPSやFFSモード等の平行配向セルを適用する場合には、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物を用いて相分離重合により繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが液晶セル基板面に有る配向膜の配向方向に対して液晶組成物(B)は平行配向するが、形成された繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークの屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向と液晶組成物(B)の配向方向と略同一の方向に形成されていることが好ましい。更に、繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークは、液晶組成物(B)が分散している空隙を除いて略セル全体に存在していることがより好ましい。ポリマー界面方向に対して該プレチルト角を誘起させることを目的に、1価もしくは2価であり、かつ炭素原子数が8~18のアルコール化合物のアクリレートもしくはメタクリレートをモノマーとして、メソゲン基を有するモノマーと用いることが好ましい。 Furthermore, when a parallel alignment cell such as IPS or FFS mode is applied, an alignment having a fibrous or columnar polymer network on the surface of the liquid crystal cell substrate by phase separation polymerization using a liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element. Although the liquid crystal composition (B) is aligned in parallel with the alignment direction of the film, the refractive index anisotropy or the easy axis direction of the formed fibrous or columnar polymer network and the alignment of the liquid crystal composition (B) It is preferably formed in a direction substantially the same as the direction. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the fibrous or columnar polymer network is present in substantially the entire cell except for the voids in which the liquid crystal composition (B) is dispersed. For the purpose of inducing the pretilt angle with respect to the polymer interface direction, a monomer having a mesogenic group using a monovalent or divalent acrylate or methacrylate of an alcohol compound having 8 to 18 carbon atoms as a monomer; It is preferable to use it.
 更に、電気光学特性は、ポリマーネットワーク界面の表面積、及びポリマーネットワークの空隙間隔に影響されるが、光散乱を起こさないことが重要で、平均空隙間隔を可視光の波長より小さくすることが好ましい。例えば、該界面の表面積を広げて該空隙間隔を小さくさせるにはモノマー組成物含有量を増加させる方法がある。これにより、重合相分離構造が変化して該空隙間隔が微細になることにより該界面の表面積が増加するようにポリマーネットワークが形成され駆動電圧、及び立ち下がり時間が短くなる。重合相分離構造は、重合温度にも影響される。 Furthermore, although the electro-optical characteristics are affected by the surface area of the polymer network interface and the gap spacing of the polymer network, it is important not to cause light scattering, and the average gap spacing is preferably smaller than the wavelength of visible light. For example, there is a method of increasing the monomer composition content in order to increase the surface area of the interface and reduce the gap interval. As a result, the polymer phase is formed so that the surface area of the interface is increased by changing the polymerization phase separation structure and making the gap interval fine, and the drive voltage and the fall time are shortened. The polymerization phase separation structure is also affected by the polymerization temperature.
 本発明に於いては、相分離速度を速くして重合させることで微細な空隙を有する相分離構造が得られるようにすることが好ましい。相分離速度は、低分子液晶とモノマーとの相溶性や重合速度に大きく影響される。化合物の分子構造や含有量に大きく依存するので適宜組成を調整して使用することが好ましい。該相溶性が高い場合は、該重合速度の高いモノマーを用いることが好ましく、紫外線重合の場合は、紫外線強度を高めることが好ましい。又、素子製造用の液晶組成物中のモノマーの含有量を増やすことも好ましい。相溶性が低い場合は、相分離速度は十分に速くなるので本発明の液晶素子を作製するのに好ましい。相溶性を低くする方法として、低温で重合させる方法が挙げられる。低温にすると液晶の配向秩序度が上がり、液晶組成物(B)とモノマーの相溶性が下がるため、重合相分離速度を速くすることができる。更に別の方法として、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物を、過冷却状態を示す温度にして重合させる方法も挙げられる。この場合、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物の融点よりも僅かに低くすれば良いので、数度温度を低くするだけで相分離を速くさせることも可能になり好ましい。これらにより、モノマー含有量数十質量%を液晶へ添加した場合に相当する重合相分離構造、即ち、立ち下がり時間が短くなるように作用する構造であるポリマーネットワーク界面の表面積が多く該空隙間隔が微細なポリマーネットワーク構造が形成される。従って、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物は、立ち下がり時間が短くなるように配向機能、架橋密度、アンカーリング力、空隙間隔、を考慮して組成を適宜調整することが好ましい。 In the present invention, it is preferable to obtain a phase separation structure having fine voids by polymerizing at a high phase separation rate. The phase separation rate is greatly influenced by the compatibility between the low-molecular liquid crystal and the monomer and the polymerization rate. Since it largely depends on the molecular structure and content of the compound, it is preferable to adjust the composition as appropriate. When the compatibility is high, it is preferable to use a monomer having a high polymerization rate. In the case of ultraviolet polymerization, it is preferable to increase the ultraviolet intensity. It is also preferable to increase the monomer content in the liquid crystal composition for device production. When the compatibility is low, the phase separation rate is sufficiently high, which is preferable for producing the liquid crystal element of the present invention. As a method for reducing the compatibility, a method of polymerizing at a low temperature can be mentioned. When the temperature is lowered, the degree of alignment order of the liquid crystal is increased, and the compatibility between the liquid crystal composition (B) and the monomer is decreased, so that the polymerization phase separation rate can be increased. As another method, a method of polymerizing a liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display device at a temperature showing a supercooled state can also be mentioned. In this case, it may be slightly lower than the melting point of the liquid crystal composition for producing the liquid crystal display element, and therefore, it is possible to accelerate the phase separation only by lowering the temperature by several degrees. As a result, the polymer phase separation structure corresponding to the case where a monomer content of several tens of mass% is added to the liquid crystal, that is, the structure that acts to shorten the fall time has a large surface area of the polymer network interface, and the gap spacing is A fine polymer network structure is formed. Therefore, the composition of the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element is preferably adjusted as appropriate in consideration of the alignment function, the crosslinking density, the anchoring force, and the gap interval so as to shorten the fall time.
 液晶表示素子において、高いコントラストの表示を得るには光散乱が起こらないようにする必要があるが、上述した方法を考慮して目的の電圧-透過率特性、及びスイッチング特性を得られるように相分離構造を制御して適切なポリマーネットワーク層構造を形成させることが重要である。ポリマーネットワーク層構造を具体的に説明すると次のようになる。 In order to obtain a high contrast display in a liquid crystal display element, it is necessary to prevent light scattering. However, in consideration of the above-described method, it is necessary to obtain a desired voltage-transmittance characteristic and switching characteristic. It is important to control the separation structure to form a suitable polymer network layer structure. The polymer network layer structure will be specifically described as follows.
 液晶相中に液晶表示素子全面にポリマーネットワーク層が形成され液晶相が連続している構造であって、ポリマーネットワークの配向容易軸や一軸の光学軸が低分子液晶の配向容易軸と略同一方向であることが好ましく、低分子液晶のプレチルト角を誘起するようにポリマーネットワークを形成させることが好ましく、ポリマーネットワークの平均空隙間隔を可視光の波長より小さい大きさで少なくとも450nmより小さくすることにより光散乱は起こらなくなるので好ましい。更に、応答の立下り時間をポリマーネットワークと低分子液晶との相互作用効果(アンカーリング力)により低分子液晶単体の応答時間より短くするには、50nm~450nmの範囲にする事が好ましい。立下り時間が液晶のセル厚の影響が少なくなりセル厚が厚くても薄厚並の立下り時間を示すようにするには、少なくとも平均空隙間隔が下限は200nm付近で且つ上限は450nm付近の範囲に入るようにすることが好ましい。平均空隙間隔を減少させると駆動電圧の増加が課題になるが、駆動電圧の増加を25V以下に抑制して立ち下がり応答時間を短くするには250nm近傍から450nmの範囲に入るようにすれば良く、立下り応答時間が約5msecから約1msecの範囲に改善ができるので好ましい。又、駆動電圧が5V程度以内の増加に抑制するには、平均空隙間隔が300nm付近から450nmの範囲にすることが好ましい。更に、ポリマーネットワークの平均空隙間隔を制御して立下り応答時間を1msec以下の高速応答にすることも可能である。駆動電圧が30V以上に増加する場合があるが、平均空隙間隔を50nm付近から250nm付近の間にすれば良く、0.5msec以下にするには50nm近傍から200nm付近にすることが好ましい。ポリマーネットワークの平均直径は、平均空隙間隔と相反し、20nmから700nmの範囲にあることが好ましい。モノマーの含有量が増えると平均直径は増加する傾向にある。反応性を高くして重合相分離速度を高めるとポリマーネットワークの密度が増加してポリマーネットワークの平均直径が減少するので必要に応じて相分離条件を調整すれば良い。モノマー含有量が10質量%以下の場合は、平均直径が20nmから160nmにあることが好ましく、平均空隙間隔が200nmから450nm範囲に於いては、平均直径が40nmから160nmの範囲であることが好ましい。モノマー含有量が10質量%より大きくなると50nmから700nmの範囲が好ましく、50nmから400nmの範囲がより好ましい。 A structure in which a polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of the liquid crystal display element in the liquid crystal phase and the liquid crystal phase is continuous, and the orientation axis of the polymer network and the uniaxial optical axis are substantially in the same direction as the orientation axis of the low-molecular liquid crystal It is preferable that the polymer network is formed so as to induce a pretilt angle of the low-molecular liquid crystal, and light is obtained by reducing the average gap distance of the polymer network to be smaller than the wavelength of visible light and smaller than at least 450 nm. Since scattering does not occur, it is preferable. Furthermore, in order to make the fall time of the response shorter than the response time of the low-molecular liquid crystal alone due to the interaction effect (anchoring force) between the polymer network and the low-molecular liquid crystal, it is preferable to be in the range of 50 nm to 450 nm. In order that the influence of the cell thickness of the liquid crystal is small and the fall time is as long as the cell thickness is large, at least the average gap interval is in the range of around 200 nm and the upper limit is around 450 nm. It is preferable to enter. Increasing the drive gap increases the average gap spacing. However, in order to suppress the increase in drive voltage to 25 V or less and shorten the fall response time, it is sufficient to enter the range from about 250 nm to 450 nm. The fall response time can be improved in the range of about 5 msec to about 1 msec, which is preferable. Further, in order to suppress the drive voltage from increasing within about 5V, it is preferable that the average gap interval is in the range of about 300 nm to 450 nm. Furthermore, it is also possible to control the average gap interval of the polymer network so that the falling response time is a high-speed response of 1 msec or less. Although the drive voltage may increase to 30 V or more, the average gap interval may be set between about 50 nm and about 250 nm, and in order to reduce it to 0.5 msec or less, it is preferable to set from about 50 nm to about 200 nm. The average diameter of the polymer network is in the range of 20 nm to 700 nm, contrary to the average gap spacing. The average diameter tends to increase as the monomer content increases. Increasing the polymerization phase separation rate by increasing the reactivity increases the density of the polymer network and decreases the average diameter of the polymer network. Therefore, the phase separation conditions may be adjusted as necessary. When the monomer content is 10% by mass or less, the average diameter is preferably from 20 nm to 160 nm, and when the average gap distance is from 200 nm to 450 nm, the average diameter is preferably from 40 nm to 160 nm. . When the monomer content is larger than 10% by mass, the range of 50 nm to 700 nm is preferable, and the range of 50 nm to 400 nm is more preferable.
 液晶表示素子全面にポリマーネットワーク層が形成され液晶相が連続している構造に対して、モノマー含有量が低くなりセル全体にポリマーネットワーク層が被うのに必要な量が不足するとポリマーネットワーク層が不連続に形成される。ポリイミド配向膜等の基板表面の極性が高いとモノマーが液晶セル基板界面付近に集まり易く、基板表面からポリマーネットワークが成長して基板界面に付着するようにポリマーネットワーク層が形成され、セル基板表面からポリマーネットワーク層、液晶層、ポリマーネットワーク層、対向基板の順で積層されるように形成される。ポリマーネットワーク層/液晶層/ポリマーネットワーク層の積層構造を示し、且つセル断面方向に対して少なくともセル厚の0.5%以上、好ましくは1%以上、より好ましくは5%以上の厚さのポリマーネットワーク層が形成されているとポリマーネットワークと低分子液晶とのアンカーリング力の作用により立下り時間が短くなる効果が発現して好ましい傾向を示す。但し、セル厚の影響が大きくなるのでセル厚を増すと立ち下がり時間が長くなる場合は、ポリマーネットワーク層の厚さを必要に応じて増加させれば良い。ポリマーネットワーク層に於けるポリマーネットワークの構造は、低分子液晶と配向容易軸や一軸の光学軸が略同一の方向へ揃っていれば良く、低分子液晶がプレチルト角を誘起するように形成されていれば良い。平均空隙間隔は90nmから450nmの範囲が好ましい。 In contrast to a structure in which a polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of the liquid crystal display element and the liquid crystal phase is continuous, if the monomer content is low and the amount necessary to cover the entire cell with the polymer network layer is insufficient, the polymer network layer It is formed discontinuously. When the polarity of the substrate surface, such as a polyimide alignment film, is high, the monomer tends to gather near the liquid crystal cell substrate interface, and a polymer network layer is formed so that the polymer network grows and adheres to the substrate interface from the substrate surface. The polymer network layer, the liquid crystal layer, the polymer network layer, and the counter substrate are stacked in this order. Polymer having a laminated structure of polymer network layer / liquid crystal layer / polymer network layer and having a thickness of at least 0.5%, preferably 1%, more preferably 5% or more of the cell thickness in the cell cross-sectional direction When the network layer is formed, the effect of shortening the fall time due to the action of the anchoring force between the polymer network and the low-molecular liquid crystal is exhibited and a favorable tendency is exhibited. However, since the influence of the cell thickness increases, if the fall time becomes longer as the cell thickness is increased, the thickness of the polymer network layer may be increased as necessary. The polymer network structure in the polymer network layer is such that the low-molecular liquid crystal and the easy-orientation axis or uniaxial optical axis are aligned in substantially the same direction, and the low-molecular liquid crystal is formed so as to induce a pretilt angle. Just do it. The average gap distance is preferably in the range of 90 nm to 450 nm.
 例えば、モノマー含有量が6質量%未満にする場合は、アンカーリング力の高いメソゲン基を有する二官能モノマーを用いることが好ましく、官能基間の距離が短い構造で重合速度が速い二官能モノマーを用いることが好ましく、0℃以下の低温で重合相分離構造を形成させることが好ましい。モノマー含有量を6質量%から10質量%未満にする場合は、該二官能モノマーとアンカーリング力が低い単官能モノマーとの組み合わせが好ましく、必要に応じて25℃から-20℃の範囲で重合相分離構造を形成させることが好ましい。更に、該融点が室温以上であれば該融点より5℃程度低くすると低温重合と同様な効果が得られるので好ましい。液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物中のモノマー濃度が高いほど、液晶組成物(B)とポリマー界面とのアンカーリング力は大きくなり、τdは高速化する。一方、液晶組成物(B)とポリマー界面とのアンカーリング力は大きくなると、τrは低速化する。τdとτrの和を1.5ms未満とするためには、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物中のモノマーの濃度は、1質量%以上10質量%未満であり、1.5質量%以上8質量%以下が好ましく、1.8質量%以上5質量%以下がより好ましい。 For example, when the monomer content is less than 6% by mass, it is preferable to use a bifunctional monomer having a mesogenic group having a high anchoring force, and a bifunctional monomer having a structure with a short distance between functional groups and a high polymerization rate. It is preferable to use, and it is preferable to form a polymer phase separation structure at a low temperature of 0 ° C. or lower. When the monomer content is from 6% by mass to less than 10% by mass, a combination of the bifunctional monomer and a monofunctional monomer having a low anchoring force is preferable, and polymerization is performed in the range of 25 ° C. to −20 ° C. as necessary. It is preferable to form a phase separation structure. Furthermore, if the melting point is room temperature or higher, it is preferable to lower the melting point by about 5 ° C. because the same effect as low temperature polymerization can be obtained. The higher the monomer concentration in the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element, the greater the anchoring force between the liquid crystal composition (B) and the polymer interface, and the higher the τd. On the other hand, when the anchoring force between the liquid crystal composition (B) and the polymer interface increases, τr decreases. In order to make the sum of τd and τr less than 1.5 ms, the concentration of the monomer in the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element is 1% by mass or more and less than 10% by mass, and 1.5% by mass or more and 8% by mass. % By mass or less is preferable, and 1.8% by mass to 5% by mass is more preferable.
 TFT駆動液晶表示素子に用いる場合は、フリッカーの抑制、焼付けによる残像等の信頼性を向上させる必要があり電圧保持率が重要な特性になる。電圧保持率を低下させる原因は、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物内に含有しているイオン性不純物にあると考えられる。特に、可動イオンが電圧保持率に強く影響を及ぼす。そのため、少なくとも比抵抗を1014Ω・cm以上が得られるように精製処理等を施し可動イオンを取り除くことが好ましい。又、ラジカル重合でポリマーネットワークを形成させると光重合開始剤等から発生するイオン性不純物により電圧保持率が低下する場合があるが、有機酸や低分子の副生成物発生量が少ない重合開始剤を選定することが好ましい。 When used in a TFT drive liquid crystal display element, it is necessary to improve the reliability such as suppression of flicker and afterimages caused by printing, and the voltage holding ratio is an important characteristic. The cause of lowering the voltage holding ratio is considered to be ionic impurities contained in the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element. In particular, mobile ions strongly influence the voltage holding ratio. Therefore, it is preferable to remove the mobile ions by performing a purification treatment or the like so that at least a specific resistance of 10 14 Ω · cm or more is obtained. In addition, when a polymer network is formed by radical polymerization, the voltage holding ratio may decrease due to ionic impurities generated from the photopolymerization initiator, etc., but the polymerization initiator generates a small amount of organic acid and low-molecular byproducts. Is preferably selected.
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、少なくとも一方に電極を有する2枚の透明基板間に挟持した液晶層中に重合体又は共重合体を含有し、該重合体又は共重合体の含有量が該液晶組成物及び該重合体又は共重合体の合計の質量の0.5質量%以上10質量%未満であり、該重合体又は共重合体がポリマーネットワークを形成し、該ポリマーネットワークが一軸性の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸を有し、且つ異なる2種以上の配向状態を有するものである。本発明の液晶表示素子は、少なくとも一方の透明基板上に液晶組成物(B)を配向させるための配向膜を有することが好ましい。基板に設けられたこの配向膜と基板に設けられた電極に電圧を印加して、液晶分子の配向が制御される。ポリマーネットワーク又はポリマーバインダが一軸性の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有し、ポリマーネットワーク又はポリマーバインダの光軸方向又は配向容易軸方向と低分子液晶の配向容易軸方向が同一方向であることが好ましい。この点で、一軸性の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有さない光散乱型のポリマーネットワーク液晶や高分子分散型液晶とは異なる。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention contains a polymer or copolymer in a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between two transparent substrates having electrodes on at least one side, and the content of the polymer or copolymer is the liquid crystal 0.5 mass% or more and less than 10 mass% of the total mass of the composition and the polymer or copolymer, the polymer or copolymer forms a polymer network, and the polymer network is uniaxial refraction. It has a rate anisotropy or an orientation easy axis, and has two or more different orientation states. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention preferably has an alignment film for aligning the liquid crystal composition (B) on at least one transparent substrate. By applying a voltage to the alignment film provided on the substrate and the electrode provided on the substrate, the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is controlled. The polymer network or polymer binder has a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or an easy axis direction, and the optical axis direction or the easy axis direction of the polymer network or the polymer binder and the easy axis direction of the low molecular liquid crystal are the same direction. Preferably there is. In this respect, it differs from a light scattering polymer network liquid crystal or polymer dispersed liquid crystal that does not have a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or an orientation easy axis direction.
 更に、配向膜の配向容易軸方向とポリマーネットワーク又はポリマーバインダの配向容易軸方向が同一であることが好ましい。偏光板、位相差フィルムなどを具備させることにより、この配向状態を利用して表示させる。液晶表示素子としては、TN、STN、ECB、VA、VA-TN、IPS、FFS、πセル、OCB、コレステリック液晶などの動作モードに適用できる。中でも、VA、IPS、FFS、VA-TN、TN、ECBが特に好ましい。尚、本発明の液晶表示素子は、重合性液晶組成物中に重合体又は共重合体を含有する点で、配向膜上に重合体又は共重合体を有するPSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)型液晶表示素子とは異なる。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the easy orientation axis direction of the alignment film and the easy orientation direction of the polymer network or polymer binder are the same. By providing a polarizing plate, a retardation film, etc., display is performed using this orientation state. The liquid crystal display element can be applied to operation modes such as TN, STN, ECB, VA, VA-TN, IPS, FFS, π cell, OCB, and cholesteric liquid crystal. Of these, VA, IPS, FFS, VA-TN, TN, and ECB are particularly preferable. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) type liquid crystal display having a polymer or copolymer on the alignment film in that it contains a polymer or copolymer in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Different from the element.
 液晶層中の重合体又は共重合体の含有量は、該液晶組成物(B)及び該重合体又は共重合体の合計の質量の0.5質量%以上10質量%未満であるが、下限値としては0.7質量%以上が好ましく、0.9質量%以上が好ましく、上限値としては9質量%未満が好ましく、7質量%未満が好ましい。 The content of the polymer or copolymer in the liquid crystal layer is 0.5% by mass or more and less than 10% by mass of the total mass of the liquid crystal composition (B) and the polymer or copolymer. The value is preferably 0.7% by mass or more, preferably 0.9% by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably less than 9% by mass, and preferably less than 7% by mass.
 PSA型液晶表示素子では、ラビング配向処理の代わりに電極に3~5μm幅の複数のスリットを設けスリット方向へ液晶を傾斜配向させることにより配向処理が省略される。量産技術では、数十ボルトとの電圧を印加しながら紫外線照射すると、基板界面にプレチルト角(基板法線に対しての傾斜角)が得られるように液晶の配向が高分子安定化され、ポリマーの薄膜が形成される。この高分子薄膜の作用でプレチルト角が誘起されることを利用してPSVA(polymer-stabilized vertical alignment)LCD又はPSALCDの製造に用いられている。又、視野角向上を目的に、マルチドメインが形成できるように設計されたパターン電極を用い一つの画素内のプレチルト角方向を複数に分割している。しかし、セル全体にポリマーネットワーク等を形成させて応答の緩和時間を改善させることが可能な液晶表示素子にこの方法を適用させると、飽和電圧以上の数十ボルトの電圧を印加して紫外線照射するのでポリマーネットワークが液晶を平行配向状態で高分子安定させる。これは、ポリマーネットワークの屈折異方性又は配向容易軸が液晶分子を平行配向状態に保持するように形成されるため、垂直配向を得ることができなくなる。 In the PSA-type liquid crystal display element, the alignment treatment is omitted by providing a plurality of slits with a width of 3 to 5 μm in the electrode instead of the rubbing alignment treatment and tilting the liquid crystal in the slit direction. In mass production technology, when UV irradiation is applied while applying a voltage of several tens of volts, the alignment of the liquid crystal is stabilized so that a pretilt angle (tilt angle with respect to the substrate normal) is obtained at the substrate interface, and the polymer is stabilized. A thin film is formed. Utilizing the fact that the pretilt angle is induced by the action of the polymer thin film, it is used for the production of PSVA (polymer-stabilized vertical alignment) LCD or PSALCD. Further, for the purpose of improving the viewing angle, a pattern electrode designed so that a multi-domain can be formed is used to divide the pretilt angle direction in one pixel into a plurality of parts. However, when this method is applied to a liquid crystal display element that can improve the response relaxation time by forming a polymer network or the like in the entire cell, it is irradiated with ultraviolet rays by applying a voltage of several tens of volts above the saturation voltage. Thus, the polymer network stabilizes the liquid crystal in the parallel alignment state. This is because the refractive anisotropy or the easy alignment axis of the polymer network is formed so as to hold the liquid crystal molecules in the parallel alignment state, so that the vertical alignment cannot be obtained.
 垂直配向型のLCDでは、電圧印加で傾斜配向の傾斜方位を一定方向へ揃える目的でセル法線方向に対して2度以内のプレチルト角を付与することにより透過率、応答時間等の電気光学特性の改善を図っている。しかい、プレチルト角を誘起するようにポリマーネットワークを形成させるには、液晶の閾値電圧より僅かに高い電圧を印加して液晶が2度以内に傾斜配向した状態で形成させることが考えられる。ところが、PVA(Ptterned vertical alignment)等の電極形状により傾斜配向方向を一定に揃える液晶表示素子では、閾値電圧近傍の低い電圧を印加してポリマーネットワークの屈折異方性又は配向容易軸を形成させると液晶の傾斜配向方位が定まらないことが理由で透過率が低下する。これは、閾値電圧近傍の電圧印加では、垂直配向膜の影響が強いため基板界面付近での液晶は垂直配向になりことが起因して傾斜配向方位が基板界面付近では一定方向へ規定できず不安定になることが原因である。一方、電気光学特性の飽和電圧以上の高い電圧を印加すると基板界面近傍の液晶は傾斜配向状態になり、且つ、電界が強いのでパターン電極による電界分布の影響が強くなり傾斜配向方位が一定方向になり透過率向上に寄与できるようになる。しかし、セル全体に平行配向のポリマーネットワークが形成されるので上述したように垂直配向が得られなくなる。 In a vertical alignment type LCD, electro-optical characteristics such as transmittance and response time are provided by applying a pretilt angle within 2 degrees to the cell normal direction in order to align the tilt orientation of the tilt alignment in a certain direction by applying a voltage. We are trying to improve. However, in order to form a polymer network so as to induce a pretilt angle, it is conceivable to apply a voltage slightly higher than the threshold voltage of the liquid crystal and form the liquid crystal in a state in which the liquid crystal is tilted within 2 degrees. However, in a liquid crystal display device such as a PVA (Ptted vertical alignment) or the like in which the tilt alignment direction is made uniform, a low voltage near the threshold voltage is applied to form the refractive anisotropy of the polymer network or the easy alignment axis. The transmittance decreases because the tilt orientation direction of the liquid crystal is not determined. This is because when a voltage near the threshold voltage is applied, the effect of the vertical alignment film is strong, so that the liquid crystal near the substrate interface is vertically aligned, and the tilt alignment direction cannot be defined in the constant direction near the substrate interface. This is because it becomes stable. On the other hand, when a voltage higher than the saturation voltage of the electro-optic characteristic is applied, the liquid crystal near the substrate interface is in a tilted alignment state, and since the electric field is strong, the influence of the electric field distribution by the pattern electrode is strong, and the tilted orientation direction is in a certain direction. Thus, the transmittance can be improved. However, since a polymer network with parallel alignment is formed in the entire cell, vertical alignment cannot be obtained as described above.
 傾斜配向方位は、電極パターンの種類に大きく依存するので、例えば、図11に示すフィッシュボーン(Fishbone)型電極は、交互に3~5μm程度の幅の微細なライン電極とライン電極と同様な幅の線状スリットが複数繰り返し配置されているが、このパターン電極に於いて液晶の傾斜配向方位は、スリット方向へ略平行になるようにライン電極上の液晶は配向する。従って、スリット方向へ傾斜配向方位が一定になるような配向記憶をポリマーネットワークの屈折異方性又は配向容易軸として持たせる必要がある。又、Axially Symmetric Vertical Alignmentのパターン電極の場合は、点電極と略正方形の対向電極から成るサブピクセル構造である。中心軸は、電圧を印加しても垂直配向しているが、中心軸の点電極を起点に液晶ダイレクターが放射状に傾斜配向する。素子を上から見た場合、傾斜配向方位は、中心軸から放射状に液晶ダイレクターが360度連続的に配向する。高い電圧を印加することにより配向状態をポリマーネットワークの一部で高分子安定化させると放射状の傾斜配向方位が安定化するようにポリマーネットワークが一部形成される。紫外線照射中に電圧を閾値電圧未満にすることにより液晶は略垂直配向に戻り、この状態で紫外線照射を継続させると、略垂直配向になるようにポリマーネットワークの屈折異方性又は配向容易軸が形成され放射状の傾斜配向方位が軌跡としてポリマーネットワークに残すことが可能になり電圧印加時の配向制御と電圧無印加時の垂直配向を両立させることができる。 Since the tilt orientation depends greatly on the type of the electrode pattern, for example, the fishbone type electrode shown in FIG. 11 has the same width as the fine line electrode and the line electrode having a width of about 3 to 5 μm alternately. In this pattern electrode, the liquid crystal on the line electrode is aligned so that the tilt alignment direction of the liquid crystal is substantially parallel to the slit direction. Therefore, it is necessary to provide an orientation memory in which the tilt orientation direction is constant in the slit direction as the refractive anisotropy or the easy orientation axis of the polymer network. Further, in the case of the axial electrode of Axial Symmetrical Vertical Alignment, it has a subpixel structure composed of a point electrode and a substantially square counter electrode. The central axis is vertically aligned even when a voltage is applied, but the liquid crystal director is radially inclined and aligned with the point electrode of the central axis as a starting point. When the device is viewed from above, the liquid crystal director is continuously oriented 360 degrees radially from the central axis. When a high voltage is applied to stabilize the alignment state in a part of the polymer network, a part of the polymer network is formed so that the radial inclined alignment direction is stabilized. By making the voltage less than the threshold voltage during the ultraviolet irradiation, the liquid crystal returns to a substantially vertical alignment. The formed radial orientation orientation can be left in the polymer network as a locus, and both orientation control when voltage is applied and vertical orientation when no voltage is applied can be achieved.
 即ち、PVAの液晶表示素子に於いては、閾値電圧以上の電圧を印加して得られる配向状態を高分子安定化させるためポリマーネットワークの屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸を液晶配向状態と一致するように形成した場合と、閾値電圧未満の電圧を印加して得られる配向状態を高分子安定化させるためポリマーネットワークの屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸を液晶配向状態と一致するように形成した場合の二つの異なる液晶の配向状態を安定化させるポリマーネットワークを共存させることにより、それぞれ形成されるポリマーネットワークの液晶配向への影響力が異なる。例えば、閾値電圧未満の液晶の配向状態を安定化させるポリマーネットワークのみが形成されていると、電圧のスイッチングにより液晶の配向を変移させた場合、ポリマーネットワークからの影響を受けた液晶の配向状態が、液晶表示素子が本来必要とする液晶の配向状態とは異なるため、配向変移後の配向に歪みが発生して所望の配向状態が得られず電気光学効果に影響を及ぼして、コントラスト、透過率等が低下する。そのため、ポリマーネットワークに閾値電圧以上の電圧を印加して得られる配向状態と閾値電圧未満の電圧を印加して得られる配向状態の二つの配向状態を共存させることにより両状態間の配向変移が容易になり、表示特性が良好になる。従って、閾値電圧以上に於ける液晶の配向状態と閾値電圧未満に於ける液晶の配向状態を高分子安定化させ、二つの配向状態を混在させるようにポリマーネットワークで形成させるためには、液晶表示素子製造用の重合性液晶組成物に含有しているモノマーの一部を閾値電圧以上の液晶の配向状態を安定化させる目的に使用し、残りのモノマーを閾値電圧未満の液晶配向状態を安定化させるように形成されるポリマーネットワークに使用することが好ましい。 That is, in the PVA liquid crystal display element, the refractive index anisotropy or the easy axis of alignment of the polymer network coincides with the liquid crystal alignment state in order to stabilize the alignment state obtained by applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage. In order to stabilize the alignment state obtained by applying a voltage less than the threshold voltage, the polymer network is formed so that the refractive index anisotropy or the easy axis of alignment coincides with the liquid crystal alignment state. The coexistence of a polymer network that stabilizes the alignment state of two different liquid crystals in this case makes the influence of the formed polymer network different on the liquid crystal alignment. For example, if only the polymer network that stabilizes the alignment state of the liquid crystal below the threshold voltage is formed, when the alignment of the liquid crystal is changed by voltage switching, the alignment state of the liquid crystal affected by the polymer network is changed. This is different from the alignment state of the liquid crystal originally required for the liquid crystal display element, so that the alignment after the alignment transition is distorted and the desired alignment state cannot be obtained, affecting the electro-optic effect, contrast, and transmittance. Etc. decreases. Therefore, it is easy to change the alignment between the two states by coexisting two alignment states, the alignment state obtained by applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage to the polymer network and the alignment state obtained by applying a voltage lower than the threshold voltage. And display characteristics are improved. Therefore, in order to stabilize the alignment state of the liquid crystal above the threshold voltage and the alignment state of the liquid crystal below the threshold voltage and to form a polymer network so that the two alignment states are mixed, a liquid crystal display Part of the monomer contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for device manufacture is used for the purpose of stabilizing the alignment state of the liquid crystal above the threshold voltage, and the remaining monomer is used to stabilize the liquid crystal alignment state below the threshold voltage. It is preferably used for a polymer network formed so as to be formed.
 更に、これらの二つの異なる配向状態をそれぞれ安定化させる作用のあるポリマーネットワークが混在した状態になるので、ポリマーネットワーク形成後の素子における電圧無印加時の液晶配向状態は、二つの異なる配向状態を保持しようとするポリマーネットワークに影響され、それぞれのポリマーネットワークの影響力の均衡で電圧無印加時の液晶配向状態が決まる。例えば、垂直配向モードの液晶表示素子に於いては、閾値電圧未満の液晶配向状態を安定化させるポリマーネットワークの影響力を強くすると、液晶表示素子が本来必要とする垂直配向を示し、液晶表示のコントラストを高くするので好ましい。反対に、閾値電圧以上の液晶の配向を安定化させるポリマーネットワークの影響力が強すぎると、液晶のプレチルト角が増加しコントラストが低下する方向へ向かう。液晶表示素子の透過率やコントラストを高くして表示品位を高めるためには、二つの異なる液晶配向状態を安定化させるポリマーネットワークのそれぞれの影響力のバランスの調整が重要で、例えば、PVAセルにおいては、閾値電圧以上の液晶の配向状態を安定化させるように作用するポリマーネットワークの影響力が強すぎると最大透過率は向上するが黒レベルが増加してコントラスの低下を引き起こす。又、閾値電圧未満の液晶の配向状態を安定化させるように作用するポリマーネットワークの影響力が強すぎると良好な黒レベルが得られるが最大透過率の低下を引き起こしコントラストが低下して好ましくない。 Furthermore, since the polymer network having the function of stabilizing each of these two different alignment states is mixed, the liquid crystal alignment state when no voltage is applied to the element after the polymer network is formed is two different alignment states. It is influenced by the polymer network to be held, and the liquid crystal alignment state when no voltage is applied is determined by the balance of influence of each polymer network. For example, in the liquid crystal display element of the vertical alignment mode, when the influence of the polymer network that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment state below the threshold voltage is increased, the liquid crystal display element exhibits the vertical alignment originally required and the liquid crystal display This is preferable because the contrast is increased. Conversely, if the influence of the polymer network that stabilizes the alignment of the liquid crystal above the threshold voltage is too strong, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal increases and the contrast decreases. In order to improve the display quality by increasing the transmittance and contrast of the liquid crystal display element, it is important to adjust the balance of the influence of each of the polymer networks that stabilize two different liquid crystal alignment states. If the influence of the polymer network acting to stabilize the alignment state of the liquid crystal above the threshold voltage is too strong, the maximum transmittance is improved, but the black level is increased and the contrast is lowered. Also, if the influence of the polymer network that acts to stabilize the alignment state of the liquid crystal below the threshold voltage is too strong, a good black level can be obtained, but this is not preferable because the maximum transmittance is lowered and the contrast is lowered.
 傾斜電圧を印加して液晶の傾斜配向の方位が一定にすると最大透過率が向上するので、傾斜配向方位が一定になるように閾値電圧以上の液晶配向状態を安定化させるように形成したポリマーネットワークの影響を僅かにしておき、紫外線照射途中で閾値電圧未満を印加して良好な黒レベルが得られるような略垂直の配向状態を安定化させるようにポリマーネットワークを形成させると良好な黒レベルと傾斜配向の方位が一定になり最大透過率が高くなるので高コントラストが得られるようになり表示品位向上して好ましくなる。 A polymer network formed to stabilize the liquid crystal alignment state above the threshold voltage so that the tilted orientation is constant because the maximum transmittance improves when the tilted orientation of the liquid crystal is made constant by applying a tilt voltage. When the polymer network is formed so as to stabilize the substantially vertical alignment state in which a good black level can be obtained by applying a voltage less than the threshold voltage during ultraviolet irradiation, a good black level is obtained. Since the orientation of the tilted orientation becomes constant and the maximum transmittance increases, a high contrast can be obtained, which is preferable because the display quality is improved.
 本発明の液晶表示素子の製造方法は、少なくとも一方に電極を有する2枚の透明基板間に挟持した液晶表示素子製造用の重合性液晶組成物に、該素子製造用の液晶の閾値電圧以上の電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射して重合相分離させる工程、及びその後紫外線を照射したまま電圧を閾値電圧未満にして更に紫外線を照射させる工程を含有する方法である。これにより閾値電圧以上の液晶の配向状態と閾値電圧未満の液晶の配向状態を、それぞれ安定化させるポリマーネットワークを形成させて、二つの異なる液晶配向状態を安定化させるポリマーネットワークを混在させて形成させる方法である。又、パターン電極セル等を含む垂直配向モード液晶表示素子の場合は、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶の閾値電圧以上の電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射して重合相分離させる工程において、素子製造用の液晶中の液晶分子が透明基板平面に対して0度から30度の範囲で傾斜して配向しており、紫外線を照射したまま前記電圧を閾値電圧未満にして更に紫外線を照射させる工程において、前記液晶分子が透明基板平面に対して80度から90度に傾斜して配向しているのが好ましい。液晶分子が透明基板平面に対して0度から30度の範囲で傾斜して配向している状態は、液晶の複屈折率が電圧印加で増加した状態を示し液晶の配向状態が透明基板平面に対して0度になると複屈折率が最大になり好ましいが、基板平面に対して30度傾斜した配向であっても好ましい。特に、PVAセルでは傾斜方位が一定にすることが出来るので好ましい。何れも、電圧印加による液晶の傾斜配向方位が一定方向になるように配向が安定化させるポリマーネットワークを形成させることが好ましい。 The method for producing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention comprises a polymerizable liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element sandwiched between two transparent substrates having electrodes on at least one side, the threshold voltage of the liquid crystal for producing the element being equal to or higher than the threshold voltage. It is a method comprising a step of irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage to cause polymerization phase separation, and a step of further irradiating with ultraviolet rays by setting the voltage below the threshold voltage while irradiating the ultraviolet rays. As a result, a polymer network that stabilizes the alignment state of the liquid crystal above the threshold voltage and the alignment state of the liquid crystal that is less than the threshold voltage is formed, and the polymer network that stabilizes two different liquid crystal alignment states is mixed and formed. Is the method. In the case of a vertical alignment mode liquid crystal display element including a pattern electrode cell, etc., in the process of separating the polymerization phase by irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage of the liquid crystal for liquid crystal display element manufacture, In the step of aligning the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal with an inclination in the range of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane, and further irradiating with ultraviolet rays by setting the voltage below the threshold voltage while irradiating with ultraviolet rays. The liquid crystal molecules are preferably aligned with an inclination of 80 to 90 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane. The state in which the liquid crystal molecules are aligned with an inclination in the range of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane indicates a state in which the birefringence of the liquid crystal is increased by voltage application, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal is in the plane of the transparent substrate. On the other hand, when it is 0 degree, the birefringence is maximized, which is preferable. In particular, the PVA cell is preferable because the tilt direction can be made constant. In any case, it is preferable to form a polymer network in which the orientation is stabilized so that the tilt orientation direction of the liquid crystal by voltage application becomes a constant direction.
 液晶分子が透明基板平面に対して80度から90度に傾斜して配向している状態は、電圧無印加時において透明基板平面に対して90度に液晶が配向すると複屈折率が最小になり液晶表示素子の高コントラスト化に有用で好ましいが、電圧を印加した際に一定方向へ傾斜配向させるためには基板平面に対して89.9度から85度以内に傾斜していることがより好ましい。基板平面に対して80度を超えると複屈折率が増加して透過光量が増加するため表示のコントラストが低下して好ましくなく、基板平面に対して85度以上で表示黒レベルが良好になり高コントラストが得られるので好ましい。また、IPS(In-plane switching)表示モード、FFSモードの液晶表示素子においては、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物の閾値電圧以上の電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射して重合相分離させる工程において、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物中の液晶分子が透明基板平面に対して0度から90度の範囲で傾斜して配向しており、紫外線を照射したまま前記電圧を閾値電圧未満にして更に紫外線を照射させる工程において、前記液晶分子が透明基板平面に対して0度から30度に傾斜して配向しているのも好ましい。 When the liquid crystal molecules are aligned at an angle of 80 to 90 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane, the birefringence becomes minimum when the liquid crystal is aligned at 90 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane when no voltage is applied. It is useful and preferable for increasing the contrast of the liquid crystal display element, but it is more preferable that the liquid crystal display device is tilted within 89.9 degrees to 85 degrees with respect to the substrate plane in order to tilt and align in a certain direction when a voltage is applied. . If the angle exceeds 80 degrees with respect to the substrate plane, the birefringence increases and the amount of transmitted light increases, which is not preferable because the display contrast is lowered. Since contrast is obtained, it is preferable. In the IPS (In-plane switching) display mode and FFS mode liquid crystal display element, a process of polymerizing phase separation by irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage higher than a threshold voltage of a liquid crystal composition for liquid crystal display element production. The liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element are aligned with an inclination in the range of 0 to 90 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane, and the voltage is set to be lower than the threshold voltage while being irradiated with ultraviolet rays. In the step of further irradiating with ultraviolet rays, it is also preferable that the liquid crystal molecules are aligned with an inclination of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane.
 液晶分子が透明基板平面に対して0度から90度の範囲で傾斜して配向は、電圧を印加した液晶の配向状態を安定化させるようにポリマーネットワークを形成させる。IPSモードの場合は、素子に用いられる配向膜の性質の傾斜角度が大きく依存し、1度から2度程度の範囲になっても良く、プレチルト角が捩れ配向を含む液晶分子の傾斜角度が0.5度から3度が好ましく、0度から2度以内が好ましい。FFSモードの場合は、閾値電圧以上の電圧を印加すると液晶の配向状態は、素子内の電界分布に依存してスプレイ配向、ベンド配向、捩れ配向状態が共存するが主にスプレイ配向と捩れ配向状態を示す。この状態の液晶分子の配向状態の傾斜角は、0度から45度の範囲に入り、配向をポリマーネットワークで安定化させると同様の範囲が安定化されることが好ましい。TNモードでは、45度から90度範囲の傾斜角度になっていることが好ましい。 The liquid crystal molecules are tilted in the range of 0 to 90 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane, and the alignment forms a polymer network so as to stabilize the alignment state of the liquid crystal to which a voltage is applied. In the case of the IPS mode, the tilt angle of the properties of the alignment film used in the element greatly depends on the tilt angle, and may be in the range of 1 to 2 degrees. The tilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules including the twisted orientation is 0. .5 to 3 degrees is preferable, and 0 to 2 degrees is preferable. In the FFS mode, when a voltage higher than the threshold voltage is applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal depends on the electric field distribution in the device, and the splay alignment, bend alignment, and twist alignment states coexist. Indicates. The inclination angle of the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules in this state is preferably in the range of 0 to 45 degrees, and the same range is preferably stabilized when the alignment is stabilized by the polymer network. In the TN mode, the tilt angle is preferably in the range of 45 degrees to 90 degrees.
 一方、閾値電圧未満の電圧を印加して液晶の配向状態を安定化するようにポリマーネットワークを形成させるが、IPSモード、FFSモード、及びTNモードの場合は、ラビング配向処理により基板界面にプレチルト角が1度~3度程度あるので、閾値電圧未満の電圧を印加した液晶の配向状態を安定化させるようにポリマーネットワークを形成させることが好ましく、液晶の配向の角度がこの範囲に傾斜しても良いく、光配向膜等の他の配向処理方法を用いてプレチルト角が捩れ配向を含む液晶分子の傾斜角度が0.5度から3度が好ましく、0度から2度以内が広視野角を得るには有用でより好ましい。 On the other hand, a polymer network is formed so as to stabilize the alignment state of the liquid crystal by applying a voltage lower than the threshold voltage. In the IPS mode, FFS mode, and TN mode, the pretilt angle is applied to the substrate interface by rubbing alignment treatment. Therefore, it is preferable to form a polymer network so as to stabilize the alignment state of the liquid crystal to which a voltage less than the threshold voltage is applied, even if the liquid crystal alignment angle is inclined within this range. The tilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules including the twist orientation is preferably 0.5 to 3 degrees using other alignment processing methods such as a photo-alignment film, and a wide viewing angle is within 0 to 2 degrees. Useful and more preferred to obtain.
 また、印加する電圧は、交流波形であって、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物(B)が誘電異方性を示す範囲の周波数を有するものであるのが好ましい。波形は、ピーク電圧が一定にした場合に実効電圧が高くできる矩形波が好ましい。周波数の上限は、液晶表示素子に用いられる駆動回路により画素に伝達される信号が減衰しない範囲の周波数であれば良く、少なくとも周波数が2kHz以下であることが好ましい。紫外線照射前の液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物が示す誘電率の周波数依存性において誘電異方性が示す周波数で10kHz以下であれば良い。下限値は、素子を駆動した際にフリッカーが起こる場合があり、この場合にフリッカーが最小になる周波数であれば良く、少なくとも20Hz以上が好ましい。 Further, it is preferable that the voltage to be applied is an alternating current waveform and has a frequency in a range in which the liquid crystal composition (B) for producing a liquid crystal display element exhibits dielectric anisotropy. The waveform is preferably a rectangular wave that can increase the effective voltage when the peak voltage is constant. The upper limit of the frequency may be a frequency that does not attenuate the signal transmitted to the pixel by the driving circuit used for the liquid crystal display element, and it is preferable that the frequency is at least 2 kHz or less. The frequency shown by the dielectric anisotropy in the frequency dependence of the dielectric constant exhibited by the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element before ultraviolet irradiation may be 10 kHz or less. The lower limit value may be a frequency at which flicker occurs when the element is driven. In this case, the frequency may be any frequency that minimizes flicker, and is preferably at least 20 Hz or more.
 本発明の液晶表示素子の製造方法は、上述のように二つの液晶配向状態を保持するようにポリマーネットワークを形成することに特徴があるが、それぞれの液晶配向状態を保持するように形成されたポリマーネットワークは、ポリマーネットワークの屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸が閾値電圧以上の液晶配向方向、又は閾値電圧未満の液晶配向方向に一致するように形成される。これにより、電圧印加時の液晶の配向を安定化させるポリマーネットワークと、電圧無印加時の液晶の配向の安定化させるポリマーネットワークが共存させた状態を作ることになり、電圧無印加時の液晶配向状態から電圧印加により配向変形させる際に起こる配向歪を抑制させてコントラストの向上等の表示特性を改善させることが可能になる。一方、電圧無印加時の液晶配向状態を保持するように形成されるポリマーネットワークのみだけでは、電圧印加時の液晶配向状態へ変移する際に、閾値電圧未満の液晶配向を保持するように形成されたポリマーネットワークの影響力が強いので閾値電圧以上の液晶配向状態に変移するとき配向歪を与えて透過率を下げる原因になる。電圧印加時の液晶の配向を安定化させるポリマーネットワークをポリマーネットワークの一部に形成させることによりスイッチングで起きる配向変移の歪を抑制させ、本来必要とする液晶配向の変移が得られるようになり透過率を向上させられる。尚、電圧印加時及び電圧無印加時の各液晶の配向状態を安定化させるように形成されるポリマーネットワークは、二つの異なる液晶の配向に沿うようにポリマーネットワークの屈折率異方性又は、配向容易軸を形成させることが特徴である。 The method for producing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention is characterized in that a polymer network is formed so as to maintain two liquid crystal alignment states as described above. The polymer network is formed such that the refractive index anisotropy or the easy axis of alignment of the polymer network coincides with the liquid crystal alignment direction equal to or higher than the threshold voltage or the liquid crystal alignment direction lower than the threshold voltage. This creates a state in which the polymer network that stabilizes the alignment of the liquid crystal when a voltage is applied and the polymer network that stabilizes the alignment of the liquid crystal when no voltage is applied coexist, and the liquid crystal alignment when no voltage is applied It is possible to improve display characteristics such as an improvement in contrast by suppressing orientation distortion that occurs when orientation deformation is caused by voltage application from the state. On the other hand, only the polymer network formed so as to maintain the liquid crystal alignment state when no voltage is applied is formed so as to maintain the liquid crystal alignment below the threshold voltage when changing to the liquid crystal alignment state when the voltage is applied. Since the influence of the polymer network is strong, when the liquid crystal alignment state is shifted to a threshold voltage or higher, an alignment strain is applied to cause a decrease in transmittance. By forming a polymer network that stabilizes the alignment of the liquid crystal when a voltage is applied to a part of the polymer network, distortion of the alignment change caused by switching is suppressed, and the originally required change in liquid crystal alignment can be obtained and transmitted. The rate can be improved. The polymer network formed so as to stabilize the alignment state of each liquid crystal when a voltage is applied and when no voltage is applied is the refractive index anisotropy or alignment of the polymer network along the alignment of two different liquid crystals. It is characterized by forming an easy axis.
 更に、紫外線照射中の閾値電圧以上の電圧の印加時間により、閾値電圧以上の液晶状態を安定化させるために形成されたポリマーネットワークの影響力が変化し、電気光学特性を変化させることが可能になる。例えば、電圧印加時の液晶の配向状態が基板平面に対して0度から30度の傾斜配向を含む平行配向としてポリマーネットワークを形成させた場合、紫外線照射中の閾値電圧以上の電圧の印加時間を短くすると、平行配向を保持しようとする作用が僅かなため、垂直配向を保持しようとするポリマーネットワークの作用に従い液晶が配向しようとする。更に、二つの異なる配向を保持したポリマーネットワークからの両配向の影響力が均衡して透明基板法線方向に対してプレチルトが1度以内と小さな角度が誘起される。紫外線照射中の閾値電圧以上の電圧の印加時間を長くするのにともない、平行配向を保持しようとするポリマーネットワークの影響が強まるので垂直配向を保持する力と平行配向を保持する力の均衡からプレチルト角が増加し、プレチルト角が増加して透明基板法線方向に対して10度以上にすることが可能になる。又、紫外線照射中の閾値電圧以上の電圧の印加時間は、用いられる液晶表示素子製造用の重合性液晶組成物が持つ反応性に大きく依存するので適宜調整して所望のプレチルト角が得られるようにすることが好ましい。特に、基板平面に対し80度から90度の範囲でプレチルト角が得られるようにすることが好ましく、85度から89.9度にすることがより好ましく、87度から89.9度にすることが更に好ましい。 Furthermore, the influence of the polymer network formed to stabilize the liquid crystal state above the threshold voltage changes depending on the application time of the voltage above the threshold voltage during UV irradiation, making it possible to change the electro-optical characteristics. Become. For example, when the polymer network is formed with the alignment state of the liquid crystal at the time of voltage application as a parallel alignment including a tilted alignment of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the substrate plane, the voltage application time equal to or higher than the threshold voltage during ultraviolet irradiation is set. When shortened, the action to maintain the parallel alignment is small, so that the liquid crystal tends to align according to the action of the polymer network to maintain the vertical alignment. Furthermore, the influence of both orientations from the polymer network holding two different orientations is balanced, and a small pre-tilt angle of less than 1 degree is induced with respect to the normal direction of the transparent substrate. As the application time of the voltage above the threshold voltage during UV irradiation is increased, the influence of the polymer network that tries to maintain the parallel orientation becomes stronger, so the pretilt is based on the balance between the force that maintains the vertical orientation and the force that maintains the parallel orientation. The angle increases and the pretilt angle increases, and it becomes possible to make it 10 degrees or more with respect to the normal direction of the transparent substrate. In addition, since the application time of the voltage higher than the threshold voltage during ultraviolet irradiation largely depends on the reactivity of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition used for manufacturing the liquid crystal display element used, it can be adjusted appropriately to obtain a desired pretilt angle. It is preferable to make it. In particular, it is preferable to obtain a pretilt angle in the range of 80 to 90 degrees with respect to the substrate plane, more preferably 85 to 89.9 degrees, and 87 to 89.9 degrees. Is more preferable.
 閾値電圧以上の電圧を印加して得られる液晶の配向状態を保持しようと形成されたポリマーネットワークは、負の誘電異方性を用いた垂直配向モードの液晶表示素子に於いては、平行配向状態か、又は方位角が一定の傾斜配向が望ましい。閾値電圧未満で得られる配向状態は、略垂直配向であることが好ましく、特に、基板平面に対して80度から90度の略垂直の配向が好ましく、高コントラストが得られるような良好な黒レベルを示す配向状態であることが好ましい。負の誘電異方性、又は正の誘電異方性を用いた横電界によるIPS表示モードに於いては、紫外線照射中の閾値電圧以上の電圧を印加して得られる液晶の配向状態は、捩れ配向であることが好ましい。閾値電圧未満で得られる配向状態は、方位角が一定の平行配向であることが好ましい。FFSモードに於いては、紫外線照射中の閾値電圧以上の電圧を印加して得られる配向状態が少なくともベンド配向、スプレイ配向、傾斜配向の何れか、又は複数混在した配向状態であることが好ましい。閾値電圧未満に於いては略平行配向であることが好ましい。電圧印加時の液晶の配向状態を保持するようにポリマーネットワークを形成させた後、閾値電圧未満の液晶の配向状態を高分子安定化させることにより、ポリマーネットワーク形成完了後に電圧を印加した場合の液晶の配向状態へ容易に配向変形できるようになり、高透過率と高速応答を両立させることができる。 The polymer network formed to maintain the alignment state of the liquid crystal obtained by applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage is a parallel alignment state in a vertical alignment mode liquid crystal display device using negative dielectric anisotropy. Alternatively, a tilted orientation with a constant azimuth is desirable. The alignment state obtained at a voltage lower than the threshold voltage is preferably a substantially vertical alignment, and in particular, a substantially vertical alignment of 80 to 90 degrees with respect to the substrate plane is preferable, and a good black level that provides high contrast is obtained. It is preferable that it is the orientation state which shows. In the IPS display mode by a lateral electric field using negative dielectric anisotropy or positive dielectric anisotropy, the alignment state of the liquid crystal obtained by applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage during ultraviolet irradiation is twisted. The orientation is preferable. The alignment state obtained at a voltage lower than the threshold voltage is preferably parallel alignment with a constant azimuth angle. In the FFS mode, the alignment state obtained by applying a voltage equal to or higher than the threshold voltage during ultraviolet irradiation is preferably at least one of bend alignment, splay alignment, inclined alignment, or a mixed alignment state. When the voltage is lower than the threshold voltage, it is preferable to have a substantially parallel orientation. After forming the polymer network to maintain the alignment state of the liquid crystal when a voltage is applied, the polymer is stabilized after the formation of the polymer network by stabilizing the alignment state of the liquid crystal below the threshold voltage. The alignment state can be easily changed to the alignment state, and both high transmittance and high-speed response can be achieved.
 紫外線照射時の印加電圧は、ポリマーネットワーク形成後の液晶表示素子の表示が高コントラストになるように適宜調整することが好ましく、紫外線照射前の液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物の電気光学効果の特性に大きく依存するので液晶表示素子製造用の液晶が示す電圧-透過率特性に合わせる必要がある。閾値電圧以上の電圧としては、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶の電圧-透過率特性電圧における透過率の全変化量に対して10%以上になる電圧V10以上であることが好ましく、透過率の全変化量が20%以上になる電圧V20以上がより好ましく、透過率の全変化量が50%以上になる電圧V50以上がより好ましい。但し、閾値電圧の6倍以下の電圧であることが好ましい。紫外線照射中に印加する閾値電圧以上の電圧は、交流電圧を印加することが好ましく、矩形波を印加することが好ましい。周波数は、フリッカーが目視で認識できない周波数にすることが好ましく、TFT基板等の電子回路がガラス基板上に形成されている場合は、重合電圧の減衰が起きない周波数であれば良く、30Hzから5kHz程度あることが好ましい。 The applied voltage at the time of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably adjusted as appropriate so that the display of the liquid crystal display element after the formation of the polymer network has a high contrast, and the electro-optic effect of the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing the liquid crystal display element before the ultraviolet irradiation Since it greatly depends on the characteristics, it is necessary to match the voltage-transmittance characteristics exhibited by the liquid crystal for manufacturing the liquid crystal display element. The voltage above the threshold voltage is preferably a voltage V10 or higher, which is 10% or higher with respect to the total change in transmittance in the voltage-transmittance characteristic voltage of the liquid crystal for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element. The voltage V20 or more at which the change amount is 20% or more is more preferable, and the voltage V50 or more at which the total change in transmittance is 50% or more is more preferable. However, the voltage is preferably not more than 6 times the threshold voltage. As the voltage that is equal to or higher than the threshold voltage applied during the ultraviolet irradiation, an alternating voltage is preferably applied, and a rectangular wave is preferably applied. The frequency is preferably a frequency that cannot be visually recognized by the flicker, and when an electronic circuit such as a TFT substrate is formed on a glass substrate, it may be a frequency at which the polymerization voltage does not attenuate, and is 30 Hz to 5 kHz. It is preferable that there is a degree.
 紫外線照射の途中で印加する電圧を閾値電圧以上から閾値電圧未満にするが、閾値電圧未満の電圧としては、液晶の配向が電圧で変化しない範囲であればよく、0V以上で閾値値電圧の90%未満の電圧が好ましく、80%未満の電圧が好ましく、70%以下であることがより好ましい。また、紫外線照射中に印加電圧を閾値電圧以下にするが、この時に液晶表示素子に於けるOFF時の液晶配向状態になるように戻すことが好ましく、例えば、上述したように垂直配向モードに於いては垂直配向に戻せば良く、FFSモードやIPSモードでは平行配向にすれば良い。液晶表示素子OFF時の液晶配向状態になるように戻す為には、電圧印加時の液晶の配向を安定化させるポリマーネットワークの影響力が僅かな状態で閾値電圧未満の電圧へ下げることが好ましい。 The voltage applied in the middle of the ultraviolet irradiation is changed from the threshold voltage to less than the threshold voltage, but the voltage less than the threshold voltage may be in a range where the orientation of the liquid crystal does not change with the voltage. The voltage is preferably less than 80%, more preferably less than 80%, and even more preferably 70% or less. In addition, the applied voltage is set to the threshold voltage or lower during the ultraviolet irradiation, but at this time, it is preferable to return to the liquid crystal alignment state at the OFF time in the liquid crystal display element. For example, in the vertical alignment mode as described above. In other words, it may be returned to the vertical alignment, and in the FFS mode or the IPS mode, the parallel alignment may be used. In order to return to the liquid crystal alignment state when the liquid crystal display element is OFF, it is preferable that the influence of the polymer network that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment during voltage application is lowered to a voltage lower than the threshold voltage in a slight state.
 閾値電圧以上の電圧を印加した後に紫外線を照射するが、紫外線照射中に電圧印加時間が長くなると、紫外線照射中に電圧印加時の液晶の配向を安定化させるポリマーネットワークの影響力が増大して必要とする液晶表示素子OFF時の液晶配向状態へ戻らなくなり好ましくなくなる。そのため、最適な紫外線照射中の電圧を適宜最適化して本発明の液晶液晶表示表示素子を製造することが好ましい。又、紫外線照射中の電圧を閾値電圧未満にする際、素子製造用の液晶組成物の液晶に於ける応答の緩和時間を調整する目的で、電圧を紫外線照射途中で徐々に低くして印加電圧の降下時間を紫外線照射中の液晶に於ける応答緩和時間よりも長くすることにより応答緩和過程で起こるバックフローの影響を最小限にするようにしても良く、印加電圧の降下時間は、10ms以上から1000ms以内であることが好ましい。又、反対に速く下げる場合も良く、少なくとも液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物が示す緩和時間より短くすることが好ましく、100ms以下が好ましい。 The ultraviolet rays are irradiated after applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage. However, if the voltage application time becomes longer during the ultraviolet irradiation, the influence of the polymer network that stabilizes the orientation of the liquid crystal during voltage application during the ultraviolet irradiation increases. It becomes unpreferable because it does not return to the liquid crystal alignment state when the required liquid crystal display element is OFF. Therefore, it is preferable to manufacture the liquid crystal liquid crystal display element of the present invention by appropriately optimizing the optimum voltage during ultraviolet irradiation. In addition, when the voltage during ultraviolet irradiation is made lower than the threshold voltage, the voltage is gradually lowered during the ultraviolet irradiation in order to adjust the response relaxation time in the liquid crystal of the liquid crystal composition for device manufacture. It is possible to minimize the influence of backflow that occurs in the response relaxation process by making the fall time of the liquid crystal longer than the response relaxation time in the liquid crystal during ultraviolet irradiation. The fall time of the applied voltage is 10 ms or more. Is preferably within 1000 ms. On the contrary, it may be lowered quickly, and it is preferably at least shorter than the relaxation time indicated by the liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element, and preferably 100 ms or less.
 閾値電圧以上の電圧が印加された状態で紫外線照射することで平行配向成分のポリマーネットワークを部分的に形成させ、紫外線照射を継続しながら電圧を閾値電圧未満にすることで液晶を垂直配向に戻すことで重合相分離を完了させる。フィッシュボーン型電極液晶セルに於いては、上述の平行配向成分と垂直配向成分の比率でプレチルト角は変化させることが可能でポリマーネットワーク形成初期過程で電圧を切ると傾斜配向方位が定まり、垂直配向を残存モノマーで形成することにより垂直配向と傾斜配向方位の両立が可能になりナノ相分離液晶に於ける配向制御技術となる。 A polymer network of parallel alignment components is partially formed by irradiating with ultraviolet rays in a state where a voltage higher than the threshold voltage is applied, and the liquid crystal is returned to the vertical alignment by lowering the voltage below the threshold voltage while continuing the ultraviolet irradiation. This completes the polymerization phase separation. In the fishbone type liquid crystal cell, the pretilt angle can be changed by the ratio of the above-mentioned parallel alignment component and vertical alignment component. When the voltage is turned off in the initial stage of polymer network formation, the tilt alignment direction is determined and the vertical alignment is determined. By using the residual monomer, it becomes possible to achieve both the vertical alignment and the tilt alignment orientation, which is an alignment control technique in the nanophase separation liquid crystal.
 尚、平行配向状態とは、電圧が印加されて負の誘電異方性液晶が略平行配向状態になることを意味し、基板面に対して0.1度から30度の範囲が好ましく、0.1度から10度の範囲で傾斜配向していることが好ましい。電圧が無印加の場合の垂直配向は、垂直配向膜の作用で略垂直配向状態になることを意味し、液晶の配向が基板平面に対して80から89.9度に傾斜して配向していることが好ましく、85度から89.9度に傾斜していることがより好ましい。 The parallel alignment state means that a negative dielectric anisotropic liquid crystal is in a substantially parallel alignment state when a voltage is applied, and is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30 degrees with respect to the substrate surface. It is preferable that the tilt orientation is in the range of 1 to 10 degrees. The vertical alignment when no voltage is applied means that the vertical alignment film is brought into a substantially vertical alignment state. The alignment of the liquid crystal is inclined at 80 to 89.9 degrees with respect to the substrate plane. It is preferable that the angle is inclined from 85 degrees to 89.9 degrees.
 正の誘電異方性液晶の場合は、電圧が印加されると垂直配向が得られるが、液晶配向状態が基板平面に対して45度から89.9度の範囲で液晶が傾斜して配向していることも含まれる。
電圧が無印加の場合の平行配向は、平行配向膜の作用で略平行配向状態になることを意味し、液晶の配向が基板平面に対して0.1から30度に傾斜して配向していることが含まれる。
In the case of a positive dielectric anisotropic liquid crystal, a vertical alignment is obtained when a voltage is applied, but the liquid crystal is tilted and aligned in the range of 45 to 89.9 degrees with respect to the substrate plane. It is also included.
The parallel alignment when no voltage is applied means that the parallel alignment film is brought into a substantially parallel alignment state. The alignment of the liquid crystal is tilted from 0.1 to 30 degrees with respect to the substrate plane. It is included.
 本発明の液晶表示素子の基板間の距離(d)は、2~5μmの範囲が好ましく、3.5μm以下が更に好ましい。一般に、液晶組成物の複屈折率とセル厚の積が0.275近傍になるように複屈折率を調整するが、本発明に用いられる素子製造用の液晶組成物では重合相分離後にポリマーネットワークが形成されるため、ポリマーネットワークのアンカーリング力作用とポリマーネットワークの光学的な性質により電界印加時の液晶表示素子の複屈折率が低くなるので液晶組成物、及び重合組成物、又は液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物に含まれる液晶組成物の複屈折率(Δn)と基板間の距離(d)の積は、駆動電圧がポリマーネットワーク形成により5V程度以内の増加では0.3~0.4μmの範囲が特に好ましく、3V程度以内の増加では0.30~0.35μmの範囲が更に好ましく、駆動電圧が1V以内の増加では0.29~0.33μmの範囲が特に好ましい。液晶表示素子の基板間の距離(d)及び液晶組成物の複屈折(Δn)と基板間の距離(d)の積をそれぞれ上記範囲内とすることにより、透過率は、低分子液晶のみに匹敵して高く、高速応答で色再現性が好ましい表示を得ることができる。液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物に用いる液晶組成物の複屈折率を、セル厚(d)と複屈折率(Δn)の積が0.275に対して1から1.9倍になるようにすることが好ましい。 The distance (d) between the substrates of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is preferably in the range of 2 to 5 μm, more preferably 3.5 μm or less. In general, the birefringence is adjusted so that the product of the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition and the cell thickness is close to 0.275. In the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing an element used in the present invention, the polymer network is separated after the polymerization phase separation. Since the birefringence of the liquid crystal display element when an electric field is applied is lowered due to the anchoring force action of the polymer network and the optical properties of the polymer network, the liquid crystal composition, the polymer composition, or the liquid crystal display element The product of the birefringence (Δn) of the liquid crystal composition contained in the liquid crystal composition for production and the distance (d) between the substrates is 0.3 to 0.00 when the driving voltage is increased within about 5 V due to the formation of the polymer network. The range of 4 μm is particularly preferable, the range of 0.30 to 0.35 μm is more preferable when the increase is within about 3 V, and the range of 0.29 to 0.33 μm when the drive voltage is within 1 V. It is particularly preferred. By making the product of the distance (d) between the substrates of the liquid crystal display element and the product of the birefringence (Δn) of the liquid crystal composition and the distance (d) between the substrates within the above ranges, the transmittance is limited to only low-molecular liquid crystals. It is possible to obtain a display that is relatively high and has a high-speed response and favorable color reproducibility. The birefringence of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing the liquid crystal display element is such that the product of the cell thickness (d) and the birefringence (Δn) is 1 to 1.9 times with respect to 0.275. It is preferable to make it.
 本発明の液晶表示素子の駆動電圧は、液晶組成物の誘電異方性や弾性定数だけで決まるものではなく、液晶組成物とポリマー界面との間で作用するアンカーリング力に大きく影響される。 The driving voltage of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not determined only by the dielectric anisotropy or elastic constant of the liquid crystal composition, but is greatly influenced by the anchoring force acting between the liquid crystal composition and the polymer interface.
 例えば高分子分散型液晶表示素子の駆動電圧に関する記述として、特開平6-222320号公報において次式の関係が示されている。 For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-222320 discloses the relationship of the following formula as a description regarding the driving voltage of a polymer dispersion type liquid crystal display element.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000220
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000220
(Vthはしきい値電圧を表わし、1Kii及び2Kiiは弾性定数を表わし、iは1、2又は3を表わし、Δεは誘電率異方性を表わし、<r>は透明性高分子物質界面の平均空隙間隔を表わし、Aは液晶組成物に対する透明性高分子物質のアンカーリング力を表わし、dは透明性電極を有
これによると、光散乱型液晶表示素子の駆動電圧は、透明性高分子物質界面の平均空隙間隔、基板間の距離、液晶組成物の弾性定数・誘電率異方性、及び液晶組成物と透明性高分子物質間のアンカーリングエネルギーによって決定される。
このうち本発明の液晶表示素子で制御できるパラメータは、液晶物性とポリマー間のアンカーリング力である。アンカーリング力は、該ポリマーの分子構造、及び低分子液晶の分子構造に大きく依存するため、アンカーリング力が強いモノマーを選定すれば応答時間を1.5ms以下に速くすることが可能であるが同時に、駆動電圧が30V以上に増加するので、駆動電圧が30V以下で応答速度が1.5ms以下になるように適宜液晶化合物、及びモノマーの選定を行い組成を調整することが好ましい。アンカーリング力の強いポリマー前駆体とアンカーリング力の弱いポリマー前駆体を適宜配合して駆動電圧と応答速度のバランスが取れるように組成を調整することが好ましい。一方、駆動電圧を低くするのに求められる液晶組成物の物性としては、P型液晶では誘電異方性が6以上で、N型液晶では誘電異方性が-3以下にすることが特に好ましい。又、複屈折率を0.09以上にすることが好ましい。更に、液晶組成物の複屈折率と繊維状、又は柱状ポリマーネットワークの屈折率を可能な限り近づけ光散乱を無くすとより好ましくなる。但し、ポリマー前駆体の濃度に液晶素子のリターデーションが影響されるので、適宜、必要なリターデーションが得られるように液晶組成物の複屈折率を増減させて使用することが好ましい。
本発明の液晶表示素子は、上述した液晶組成物を-50℃から30℃としながらエネルギー線を照射して、モノマーを重合して液晶組成物中に屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有するポリマーネットワーク形成して得られたものであることが好ましい。重合温度の上限は、30℃であり、20℃~-10℃が好ましい。実施例において後述するように、本発明者は、モノマー組成に依存して低温重合、及び常温重合により、τdが更に高速化することを見出した。この理由は、1)低温により液晶分子の配向度が上昇した状態で重合すること、2)低温重合により重合したポリマーと液晶組成物との相溶性が下がることで相分離が容易になり、重合相分離速度が速まりポリマーネットワークの空隙間隔が微細になること、3)比較的アンカーリング力が低いモノマーを用いても空隙間隔が微細なため、アンカーリング力の影響力が強くなるような屈折率異方性ポリマーネットワークの形成等によるものと考えられる。
更に、本発明の液晶表示素子は、一軸性の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を持つポリマーネットワーク又はポリマーバインダの光軸方向又は配向容易軸方向が透明基板に対してプレチルト角を成すように形成されたものであることが好ましく、電界の強さを調整して低分子液晶の配向制御行い、基板面に対して傾斜させることにより、上述した液晶層に電圧を印加しながらエネルギー線を照射することで、モノマーを高分子化せしめ、液晶組成物中の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有する重合体を得てなる構成であることが好ましい。垂直配向のVAモードに於いては、基板法線方向に対してプレチルト角が20度以内になるように電圧を印加して重合させることにより、現行のVAモードセルの用いられているポルトリュージョン等やPSA液晶の微細なポリマー突起に相当する効果があるだけではなく、PSAでは実現できない高速応答を示すので特に好ましい。又、電界方向を複数の方向から印加して高分子化させることによりマルチドメインを形成させることができ、視野角向上が可能でより好ましくなる。更に、基板界面垂直配向膜界面に於いて低分子液晶がプレチルト角を誘起するように光配向処理やラビング配向処理等を該配向膜に施すことで低分子液晶配向の傾く方向が規定されスイッチング時の配向欠陥発生が抑制され好ましく、複数の方向へ傾くようなパターン電極を用いたり、該配向処理を施すとことも好ましい。前記液晶層は、モノマーを含有した重合性液晶組成物に対し、適宜-50℃から30℃の温度範囲で交流電界を印加するとともに、紫外線もしくは電子線を照射することで、屈折率異方性を有するポリマーネットワークの光軸方向が基板面に対してプレチルト角を成すように液晶中に形成される。このプレチルト角は低分子液晶の誘電異方性により電界を印加することにより誘起された配向状態で重合相分離させると、重合後のポリマーネットワークの光軸を基板面に対して傾斜させた液晶素子を得ることができ、前記モノマーを高分子化せしめた構成であることがより好ましい。更に、電圧を印加した配向状態を安定化して得られたポリマーネットワークと電圧を印加しない配向状態を安定化して得られたポリマーネットワークを複合化させてプレチルト角を誘起させることも好ましい。
(Vth represents a threshold voltage, 1Kii and 2Kii represent elastic constants, i represents 1, 2 or 3, Δε represents dielectric anisotropy, and <r> represents a transparent polymer substance interface. It represents the average gap distance, A represents the anchoring force of the transparent polymer substance with respect to the liquid crystal composition, and d represents the transparent electrode. According to this, the driving voltage of the light scattering type liquid crystal display element is It is determined by the average gap spacing at the material interface, the distance between the substrates, the elastic constant / dielectric anisotropy of the liquid crystal composition, and the anchoring energy between the liquid crystal composition and the transparent polymer material.
Among these, parameters that can be controlled by the liquid crystal display device of the present invention are liquid crystal properties and anchoring force between polymers. Since the anchoring force largely depends on the molecular structure of the polymer and the molecular structure of the low-molecular liquid crystal, if a monomer having a strong anchoring force is selected, the response time can be shortened to 1.5 ms or less. At the same time, since the drive voltage increases to 30 V or more, it is preferable to adjust the composition by appropriately selecting the liquid crystal compound and the monomer so that the drive voltage is 30 V or less and the response speed is 1.5 ms or less. It is preferable to adjust the composition so that the driving voltage and the response speed are balanced by appropriately blending a polymer precursor having a strong anchoring force and a polymer precursor having a weak anchoring force. On the other hand, as the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition required for lowering the driving voltage, it is particularly preferable that the dielectric anisotropy is 6 or more for the P-type liquid crystal and -3 or less for the N-type liquid crystal. . The birefringence is preferably 0.09 or more. Furthermore, it is more preferable to make the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition and the refractive index of the fibrous or columnar polymer network as close as possible to eliminate light scattering. However, since the retardation of the liquid crystal element is affected by the concentration of the polymer precursor, it is preferable to use the liquid crystal composition with an increased or decreased birefringence so that the necessary retardation can be obtained.
In the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, the above-mentioned liquid crystal composition is irradiated with energy rays while maintaining the liquid crystal composition at −50 ° C. to 30 ° C. to polymerize the monomer so that the refractive index anisotropy or the orientation easy axis direction is present in the liquid crystal composition. It is preferably obtained by forming a polymer network. The upper limit of the polymerization temperature is 30 ° C, preferably 20 ° C to -10 ° C. As will be described later in Examples, the present inventor has found that τd is further accelerated by low temperature polymerization and normal temperature polymerization depending on the monomer composition. This is because 1) the polymerization is performed in a state where the orientation degree of the liquid crystal molecules is increased at a low temperature, and 2) the phase separation is facilitated by reducing the compatibility between the polymer polymerized by the low temperature polymerization and the liquid crystal composition. The phase separation speed is increased and the void spacing of the polymer network becomes fine. 3) The refraction is such that the influence of anchoring force is strong because the gap interval is fine even if a monomer having a relatively low anchoring force is used. This is thought to be due to the formation of an anisotropic polymer network.
Furthermore, in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, the optical axis direction or the easy alignment axis direction of the polymer network or polymer binder having uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or easy alignment axis direction forms a pretilt angle with respect to the transparent substrate. It is preferable to adjust the strength of the electric field to control the orientation of the low-molecular liquid crystal, and by tilting it with respect to the substrate surface, the energy rays are applied while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer described above. By irradiation, the monomer is preferably polymerized to obtain a polymer having a refractive index anisotropy or an orientation easy axis direction in the liquid crystal composition. In the vertically oriented VA mode, a voltage is applied so that the pretilt angle is 20 degrees or less with respect to the normal direction of the substrate, and polymerization is performed, so that the portulsion currently used in the VA mode cell is used. This is particularly preferable because it not only has an effect corresponding to the fine polymer protrusions of the PSA liquid crystal, but also exhibits a high-speed response that cannot be realized by PSA. In addition, by applying an electric field direction from a plurality of directions to form a polymer, a multi-domain can be formed, and a viewing angle can be improved, which is more preferable. Furthermore, the alignment direction of the low-molecular liquid crystal is regulated by applying photo-alignment treatment or rubbing alignment treatment to the low-molecular liquid crystal to induce a pretilt angle at the substrate interface vertical alignment film interface. The occurrence of orientation defects is preferably suppressed, and it is also preferable to use a pattern electrode that is inclined in a plurality of directions or to perform the orientation treatment. The liquid crystal layer is applied with an alternating electric field in a temperature range of −50 ° C. to 30 ° C. as appropriate to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a monomer, and is irradiated with ultraviolet rays or an electron beam, thereby providing refractive index anisotropy. Is formed in the liquid crystal so that the optical axis direction of the polymer network forms a pretilt angle with respect to the substrate surface. This pretilt angle is a liquid crystal element in which the polymer axis after polymerization is tilted with respect to the substrate surface when the polymer phase is separated in an alignment state induced by applying an electric field due to the dielectric anisotropy of the low-molecular liquid crystal It is more preferable that the monomer is polymerized. Furthermore, it is also preferable to induce a pretilt angle by combining a polymer network obtained by stabilizing an alignment state to which a voltage is applied and a polymer network obtained by stabilizing an alignment state to which no voltage is applied.
 本発明の液晶表示素子に使用される2枚の基板はガラス又はプラスチックの如き柔軟性をもつ透明な材料を用いることができる。透明電極層を有する透明基板は、例えば、ガラス板等の透明基板上にインジウムスズオキシド(ITO)をスパッタリングすることにより得ることができる。 The two substrates used in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be made of a transparent material having flexibility such as glass or plastic. A transparent substrate having a transparent electrode layer can be obtained, for example, by sputtering indium tin oxide (ITO) on a transparent substrate such as a glass plate.
 カラーフィルターは、例えば、顔料分散法、印刷法、電着法又は、染色法等によって作成することができる。顔料分散法によるカラーフィルターの作成方法を一例に説明すると、カラーフィルター用の硬化性着色組成物を、該透明基板上に塗布し、パターニング処理を施し、そして加熱又は光照射により硬化させる。この工程を、赤、緑、青の3色についてそれぞれ行うことで、カラーフィルター用の画素部を作成することができる。その他、該基板上に、TFT、薄膜ダイオード等の能動素子を設けた画素電極を設置してもよい。 The color filter can be prepared by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, or a dyeing method. A method for producing a color filter by a pigment dispersion method will be described as an example. A curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to patterning treatment, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of the three colors red, green, and blue, a pixel portion for a color filter can be created. In addition, a pixel electrode provided with an active element such as a TFT or a thin film diode may be provided on the substrate.
 前記基板を、透明電極層が内側となるように対向させる。その際、スペーサーを介して、基板の間隔を調整してもよい。このときは、得られる調光層の厚さが1~100μmとなるように調整するのが好ましい。1.5から10μmが更に好ましく、偏光板を使用する場合は、コントラストが最大になるように液晶の屈折率異方性Δnとセル厚dとの積を調整して表示モードにより550nmの1/2、又は1/4になるようにすることが好ましい。又、二枚の偏光板がある場合は、各偏光板の偏光軸を調整して視野角やコントラトが良好になるように調整することもできる。更に、視野角を広げるための位相差フィルムも使用することもできる。スペーサーとしては、例えば、ガラス粒子、プラスチック粒子、アルミナ粒子、フォトレジスト材料などからなる柱状スペーサー等が挙げられる。その後、エポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等のシール剤を、液晶注入口を設けた形で該基板にスクリーン印刷し、該基板同士を貼り合わせ、加熱しシール剤を熱硬化させる。 The substrate is opposed so that the transparent electrode layer is on the inside. In that case, you may adjust the space | interval of a board | substrate through a spacer. In this case, it is preferable to adjust so that the thickness of the obtained light control layer is 1 to 100 μm. 1.5 to 10 μm is more preferable. When a polarizing plate is used, the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal and the cell thickness d is adjusted so that the contrast is maximized, and 1/550 nm is reduced depending on the display mode. It is preferable to make it 2 or 1/4. In addition, when there are two polarizing plates, the polarizing axis of each polarizing plate can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and contrast are good. Furthermore, a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used. Examples of the spacer include columnar spacers made of glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, a photoresist material, and the like. Thereafter, a sealant such as an epoxy thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrates with a liquid crystal inlet provided, the substrates are bonded together, and heated to thermally cure the sealant.
 2枚の基板間に液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物を狭持させる方法は、通常の真空注入法又はODF法などを用いることができる。ODF法の液晶表示素子製造工程においては、バックプレーンまたはフロントプレーンのどちらか一方の基板にエポキシ系光熱併用硬化性などのシール剤を、ディスペンサーを用いて閉ループ土手状に描画し、その中に脱気下で所定量の液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物を滴下後、フロントプレーンとバックプレーンを接合することによって液晶表示素子を製造することができる。本発明に用いられる素子製造用の液晶組成物は、ODF工程における液晶・モノマー複合材料の滴下が安定的に行えるため、好適に使用することができる。 As a method of sandwiching a liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element between two substrates, a normal vacuum injection method or an ODF method can be used. In the ODF liquid crystal display device manufacturing process, a sealant such as epoxy photothermal curing is drawn on a backplane or frontplane substrate using a dispenser in a closed-loop bank shape, and then removed. A liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by bonding a front plane and a back plane after dropping a predetermined amount of a liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element in the air. The liquid crystal composition for producing an element used in the present invention can be suitably used because the liquid crystal / monomer composite material can be stably dropped in the ODF process.
 モノマーを重合させる方法としては、液晶の良好な配向性能を得るためには、適度な重合速度が望ましいので、活性エネルギー線である紫外線又は電子線を単一又は併用又は順番に照射することによって重合させる方法が好ましい。紫外線を使用する場合、偏光光源を用いても良いし、非偏光光源を用いても良い。また、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物を2枚の基板間に挟持させて状態で重合を行う場合には、少なくとも照射面側の基板は活性エネルギー線に対して適当な透明性が与えられていなければならない。また、モノマーを含有した液晶組成物に対し、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物を-50℃から20℃の温度範囲で交流電界を印加するとともに、紫外線もしくは電子線を照射することが好ましい。印加する交流電界は、周波数10Hzから10kHzの交流が好ましく、周波数100Hzから5kHzがより好ましく、電圧は液晶表示素子の所望のプレチルト角に依存して選ばれる。つまり、印加する電圧により液晶表示素子のプレチルト角を制御することができる。横電界型MVAモードの液晶表示素子においては、配向安定性及びコントラストの観点からプレチルト角を80度から89.9度に制御することが好ましい。 As a method for polymerizing the monomer, an appropriate polymerization rate is desirable in order to obtain good alignment performance of the liquid crystal. Therefore, polymerization is performed by irradiating ultraviolet rays or electron beams, which are active energy rays, singly or in combination or sequentially. The method of making it preferable is. When ultraviolet rays are used, a polarized light source or a non-polarized light source may be used. In addition, when polymerization is performed in a state where a liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element is sandwiched between two substrates, at least the substrate on the irradiation surface side is given appropriate transparency to active energy rays. Must be. In addition, it is preferable to apply an alternating electric field to a liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element in a temperature range of −50 ° C. to 20 ° C. and irradiate an ultraviolet ray or an electron beam to the liquid crystal composition containing a monomer. The alternating electric field to be applied is preferably an alternating current having a frequency of 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency of 100 Hz to 5 kHz, and the voltage is selected depending on a desired pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element. That is, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by the applied voltage. In a horizontal electric field type MVA mode liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle is preferably controlled from 80 degrees to 89.9 degrees from the viewpoint of alignment stability and contrast.
 照射時の温度は、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物が-50℃から30℃の温度範囲であることが好ましい。さらに20℃~-10℃がより好ましい。素子製造用の液晶組成物の組成に依存して低温重合、及び常温重合により、τdが更に高速化する傾向がある。この理由は、1)低温により液晶分子の配向度が上昇した状態で重合すること、2)低温重合により重合したポリマーと液晶組成物との相溶性が下がることで相分離が容易になり、重合相分離速度が速まりポリマーネットワークの空隙間隔が微細になること、3)比較的アンカーリング力が低い重合性化合物を用いても空隙間隔が微細なため、アンカーリング力の影響力が強くなるような屈折率異方性ポリマーネットワークの形成等によるものと考えられる。 The temperature at the time of irradiation is preferably in the temperature range of −50 ° C. to 30 ° C. for a liquid crystal composition for producing a liquid crystal display element. Further, 20 ° C. to −10 ° C. is more preferable. Depending on the composition of the liquid crystal composition for device manufacture, τd tends to be further increased by low temperature polymerization and normal temperature polymerization. This is because 1) the polymerization is performed in a state where the orientation degree of the liquid crystal molecules is increased at a low temperature, and 2) the phase separation is facilitated by reducing the compatibility between the polymer polymerized by the low temperature polymerization and the liquid crystal composition. The phase separation speed is increased and the gap distance of the polymer network becomes fine. 3) Even if a polymerizable compound having a relatively low anchoring force is used, the influence of the anchoring force seems to be strong because the gap gap is fine. This is thought to be due to the formation of a refractive index anisotropic polymer network.
 紫外線を発生させるランプとしては、メタルハライドランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプ等を用いることができる。また、照射する紫外線の波長としては、液晶組成物の吸収波長域でない波長領域の紫外線を照射することが好ましく、必要に応じて、365nm未満の紫外線をカットして使用することが好ましい。照射する紫外線の強度は、0.1mW/cm~100W/cmが好ましく、2mW/cm~50W/cmがより好ましい。照射する紫外線のエネルギー量は、適宜調整することができるが、10mJ/cmから500J/cmが好ましく、100mJ/cmから200J/cmがより好ましい。紫外線を照射する際に、強度を変化させても良い。紫外線を照射する時間は照射する紫外線強度により適宜選択されるが、10秒から3600秒が好ましく、10秒から600秒がより好ましい。 As a lamp for generating ultraviolet rays, a metal halide lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used. Moreover, as a wavelength of the ultraviolet rays to be irradiated, it is preferable to irradiate ultraviolet rays in a wavelength region other than the absorption wavelength region of the liquid crystal composition, and it is preferable to cut and use ultraviolet rays of less than 365 nm as necessary. Intensity of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably from 0.1mW / cm 2 ~ 100W / cm 2, 2mW / cm 2 ~ 50W / cm 2 is more preferable. The amount of energy of ultraviolet rays to be irradiated can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2, and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2 . When irradiating with ultraviolet rays, the intensity may be changed. The time for irradiating with ultraviolet rays is appropriately selected depending on the intensity of the irradiating ultraviolet rays.
(横電界型)
 まず、本発明の一実施形態の液晶表示素子について図面を参照しながら説明する。図1は本発明の液晶表示素子の一例を示す概略断面図である。本発明の一実施形態の液晶表示素子10は、配向層4が表面に形成された第一の基板2と、前記第一の基板から離間して設けられ、かつ光配向層が表面に形成された第二の基板7と、前記第一の基板2および第二の基板7間に充填され、かつ前記一対の配向層と当接する液晶層5と、を備え、前記配向層4(4a,4b)と前記第一の基板2との間にアクティブ素子として薄膜トランジスタ、共通電極22および画素電極を備えた電極層3を有している。
(Horizontal electric field type)
First, a liquid crystal display element according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention. A liquid crystal display element 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a first substrate 2 having an alignment layer 4 formed on the surface thereof, a space away from the first substrate, and a photo-alignment layer formed on the surface. And a liquid crystal layer 5 filled between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 and in contact with the pair of alignment layers, the alignment layer 4 (4a, 4b). ) And the first substrate 2 have an electrode layer 3 including a thin film transistor, a common electrode 22 and a pixel electrode as an active element.
 図1は、液晶表示素子の構成を模式的に示す図である。図1では、説明のために便宜上各構成要素を離間して記載している。本発明の一実施形態の液晶表示素子10の構成は、図1に記載するように、対向に配置された第一の透明絶縁基板2と、第二の透明絶縁基板7との間に挟持された液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物(または液晶層5)を有する横電界方式(図では一例としてIPSの一形態としてのFFSモード)の液晶表示素子である。第一の透明絶縁基板2は、液晶層5側の面に電極層3が形成されている。また、液晶層5と、第一の透明絶縁基板2及び第二の透明絶縁基板7のそれぞれの間に、液晶層5を構成する液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物と直接当接してホモジニアス配向を誘起する一対の配向膜4(4a,4b)を有し、該素子製造用の液晶組成物中の液晶分子は、電圧無印加時に前記基板2,7に対して略平行になるように配向されている。図1および図3に示すように、前記第二の基板7および前記第一の基板2は、一対の偏光板1,8により挟持されてもよい。さらに、図1では、前記第二の基板7と配向膜4との間にカラーフィルター6が設けられている。なお、本発明に係る液晶表示素子の形態としては、いわゆるカラーフィルターオンアレイ(COA)であってもよく、薄膜トランジスタを含む電極層と液晶層との間にカラーフィルターを設けても、または当該薄膜トランジスタを含む電極層と第二の基板との間にカラーフィルターを設けてもよい。 FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a liquid crystal display element. In FIG. 1, for convenience of explanation, each component is illustrated separately. As shown in FIG. 1, the configuration of the liquid crystal display element 10 according to the embodiment of the present invention is sandwiched between a first transparent insulating substrate 2 and a second transparent insulating substrate 7 that are arranged to face each other. A liquid crystal display element of a horizontal electric field type (an FFS mode as an embodiment of IPS in the figure) having a liquid crystal composition (or liquid crystal layer 5) for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element. The first transparent insulating substrate 2 has an electrode layer 3 formed on the surface on the liquid crystal layer 5 side. Further, between the liquid crystal layer 5 and each of the first transparent insulating substrate 2 and the second transparent insulating substrate 7, the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing the liquid crystal display element constituting the liquid crystal layer 5 is in direct contact with the homogeneous alignment. The liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing the device are aligned so as to be substantially parallel to the substrates 2 and 7 when no voltage is applied. Has been. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, the second substrate 7 and the first substrate 2 may be sandwiched between a pair of polarizing plates 1 and 8. Further, in FIG. 1, a color filter 6 is provided between the second substrate 7 and the alignment film 4. The liquid crystal display element according to the present invention may be a so-called color filter on array (COA), or a color filter may be provided between an electrode layer including a thin film transistor and a liquid crystal layer, or the thin film transistor. A color filter may be provided between the electrode layer containing and the second substrate.
 すなわち、本発明の一実施形態の液晶表示素子10は、第一の偏光板1と、第一の基板2と、薄膜トランジスタを含む電極層3と、配向膜4と、液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物を含む液晶層5と、配向膜4と、カラーフィルター6と、第二の基板7と、第二の偏光板8と、が順次積層された構成である。 That is, the liquid crystal display element 10 of one embodiment of the present invention includes a first polarizing plate 1, a first substrate 2, an electrode layer 3 including a thin film transistor, an alignment film 4, and a liquid crystal for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal layer 5 containing the composition, the alignment film 4, the color filter 6, the second substrate 7, and the second polarizing plate 8 are sequentially stacked.
 第一の基板2と第二の基板7はガラス又はプラスチックの如き柔軟性をもつ透明な材料を用いることができ、一方はシリコン等の不透明な材料でも良い。2枚の基板2、7は、周辺領域に配置されたエポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等のシール材及び封止材によって貼り合わされていて、その間には基板間距離を保持するために、例えば、ガラス粒子、プラスチック粒子、アルミナ粒子等の粒状スペーサーまたはフォトリソグラフィ法により形成された樹脂からなるスペーサー柱が配置されていてもよい。 The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 can be made of a transparent material having flexibility such as glass or plastic, and one of them can be an opaque material such as silicon. The two substrates 2 and 7 are bonded together by a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates, for example, Spacer columns made of resin formed by granular spacers such as glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, or the photolithography method may be arranged.
 図2は、図1における基板2上に形成された電極層3のII線で囲まれた領域を拡大した平面図である。図3は、図2におけるIII-III線方向に図1に示す液晶表示素子を切断した断面図である。図2に示すように、第一の基板2の表面に形成されている薄膜トランジスタを含む電極層3は、走査信号を供給するための複数のゲート配線24と表示信号を供給するための複数のデータ配線25とが、互いに交差してマトリクス状に配置されている。なお、図2には、一対のゲート配線24及び一対のデータ配線25のみが示されている。 FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by the II line of the electrode layer 3 formed on the substrate 2 in FIG. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 cut along the line III-III in FIG. As shown in FIG. 2, the electrode layer 3 including a thin film transistor formed on the surface of the first substrate 2 includes a plurality of gate lines 24 for supplying scanning signals and a plurality of data for supplying display signals. The wirings 25 are arranged in a matrix so as to cross each other. In FIG. 2, only a pair of gate lines 24 and a pair of data lines 25 are shown.
 複数のゲート配線24と複数のデータ配線25とにより囲まれた領域により、液晶表示装置の単位画素が形成され、該単位画素内には、画素電極21及び共通電極22が形成されている。ゲート配線24とデータ配線25が互いに交差している交差部近傍には、ソース電極27、ドレイン電極26およびゲート電極28を含む薄膜トランジスタが設けられている。この薄膜トランジスタは、画素電極21に表示信号を供給するスイッチ素子として、画素電極21と連結している。また、ゲート配線24と並行して、共通ライン(図示せず)が設けられる。この共通ラインは、共通電極22に共通信号を供給するために、共通電極22と連結している。 A unit pixel of a liquid crystal display device is formed by a region surrounded by a plurality of gate lines 24 and a plurality of data lines 25, and a pixel electrode 21 and a common electrode 22 are formed in the unit pixel. A thin film transistor including a source electrode 27, a drain electrode 26, and a gate electrode 28 is provided in the vicinity of the intersection where the gate wiring 24 and the data wiring 25 intersect each other. The thin film transistor is connected to the pixel electrode 21 as a switch element that supplies a display signal to the pixel electrode 21. A common line (not shown) is provided in parallel with the gate wiring 24. The common line is connected to the common electrode 22 in order to supply a common signal to the common electrode 22.
 薄膜トランジスタの構造の好適な一態様は、例えば、図3で示すように、基板2表面に形成されたゲート電極11と、当該ゲート電極11を覆い、且つ前記基板2の略全面を覆うように設けられたゲート絶縁層12と、前記ゲート電極11と対向するよう前記ゲート絶縁層12の表面に形成された半導体層13と、前記半導体層13の表面の一部を覆うように設けられた保護層14と、前記保護層14および前記半導体層13の一方の側端部を覆い、かつ前記基板2表面に形成された前記ゲート絶縁層12と接触するように設けられたドレイン電極16と、前記保護層14および前記半導体層13の他方の側端部を覆い、かつ前記基板2表面に形成された前記ゲート絶縁層12と接触するように設けられたソース電極17と、前記ドレイン電極16および前記ソース電極17を覆うように設けられた絶縁保護層18と、を有している。ゲート電極11の表面にゲート電極との段差を無くす等の理由により陽極酸化被膜(図示せず)を形成してもよい。 A preferred embodiment of the structure of the thin film transistor is provided, for example, as shown in FIG. 3 so as to cover the gate electrode 11 formed on the surface of the substrate 2 and the gate electrode 11 and cover the substantially entire surface of the substrate 2. A gate insulating layer 12, a semiconductor layer 13 formed on the surface of the gate insulating layer 12 so as to face the gate electrode 11, and a protective layer provided to cover a part of the surface of the semiconductor layer 13 14, a drain electrode 16 provided so as to cover one side end of the protective layer 14 and the semiconductor layer 13 and to be in contact with the gate insulating layer 12 formed on the surface of the substrate 2, and the protection A source electrode 17 which covers the other side edge of the layer 14 and the semiconductor layer 13 and is in contact with the gate insulating layer 12 formed on the surface of the substrate 2; and the drain Has an insulating protective layer 18 provided to cover the electrode 16 and the source electrode 17, a. An anodic oxide film (not shown) may be formed on the surface of the gate electrode 11 for reasons such as eliminating a step with the gate electrode.
 前記半導体層13には、アモルファスシリコン、多結晶ポリシリコンなどを用いることができるが、ZnO、IGZO(In-Ga-Zn-O)、ITO等の透明半導体膜を用いると、光吸収に起因する光キャリアの弊害を抑制でき、素子の開口率を増大する観点からも好ましい。 Amorphous silicon, polycrystalline polysilicon, or the like can be used for the semiconductor layer 13. However, when a transparent semiconductor film such as ZnO, IGZO (In—Ga—Zn—O), or ITO is used, the semiconductor layer 13 is caused by light absorption. It is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the adverse effect of the optical carrier and increasing the aperture ratio of the element.
 さらに、ショットキー障壁の幅や高さを低減する目的で半導体層13とドレイン電極16またはソース電極17との間にオーミック接触層15を設けても良い。オーミック接触層には、n型アモルファスシリコンやn型多結晶ポリシリコン等のリン等の不純物を高濃度に添加した材料を用いることができる。 Furthermore, an ohmic contact layer 15 may be provided between the semiconductor layer 13 and the drain electrode 16 or the source electrode 17 for the purpose of reducing the width and height of the Schottky barrier. For the ohmic contact layer, a material in which an impurity such as phosphorus such as n-type amorphous silicon or n-type polycrystalline polysilicon is added at a high concentration can be used.
 ゲート配線26やデータ配線25、共通ライン29は金属膜であることが好ましく、Al、Cu、Au、Ag、Cr、Ta、Ti、Mo、W、Ni又はその合金がより好ましく、Al又はその合金の配線を用いる場合が特に好ましい。また、絶縁保護層18は、絶縁機能を有する層であり、窒化ケイ素、二酸化ケイ素、ケイ素酸窒化膜等で形成される。 The gate wiring 26, the data wiring 25, and the common line 29 are preferably metal films, more preferably Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni, or an alloy thereof, and Al or an alloy thereof. It is particularly preferable to use this wiring. The insulating protective layer 18 is a layer having an insulating function, and is formed of silicon nitride, silicon dioxide, silicon oxynitride film, or the like.
 図2及び図3に示す実施の形態では、共通電極22はゲート絶縁層12上のほぼ全面に形成された平板状の電極であり、一方、画素電極21は共通電極22を覆う絶縁保護層18上に形成された櫛形の電極である。すなわち、共通電極22は画素電極21よりも第一の基板2に近い位置に配置され、これらの電極は絶縁保護層18を介して互いに重なりあって配置される。画素電極21と共通電極22は、例えば、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide)、IZTO(Indium Zinc Tin Oxide)等の透明導電性材料により形成される。画素電極21と共通電極22が透明導電性材料により形成されるため、単位画素面積で開口される面積が大きくなり、開口率及び透過率が増加する。 In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the common electrode 22 is a flat electrode formed on almost the entire surface of the gate insulating layer 12, while the pixel electrode 21 is an insulating protective layer 18 covering the common electrode 22. It is a comb-shaped electrode formed on the top. That is, the common electrode 22 is disposed at a position closer to the first substrate 2 than the pixel electrode 21, and these electrodes are disposed so as to overlap each other via the insulating protective layer 18. The pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are formed of a transparent conductive material such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), IZTO (Indium Zinc Tin Oxide), and the like. Since the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are formed of a transparent conductive material, the area opened by the unit pixel area increases, and the aperture ratio and transmittance increase.
 また、画素電極21と共通電極22とは、これらの電極間にフリンジ電界を形成するために、画素電極21と共通電極22との間の電極間距離(最小離間距離とも称する):Rが、第一の基板2と第二の基板7との距離:Gより小さくなるように形成される。ここで、電極間距離:Rは各電極間の基板に水平方向の距離を表す。図3では、平板状の共通電極22と櫛形の画素電極21とが重なり合っているため、電極間距離:R=0となる例が示されており、最小離間距離:Rが第一の基板2と第二の基板7との距離(すなわち、セルギャップ):Gよりも小さくなるため、フリンジの電界Eが形成される。したがって、FFS型の液晶表示素子は、画素電極21の櫛形を形成するラインに対して垂直な方向に形成される水平方向の電界と、放物線状の電界を利用することができる。画素電極21の櫛状部分の電極幅:l、及び、画素電極21の櫛状部分の間隙の幅:mは、発生する電界により液晶層5内の液晶分子が全て駆動され得る程度の幅に形成することが好ましい。また、画素電極と共通電極との最小離間距離Rは、ゲート絶縁層12の(平均)膜厚として調整することができる。また、本発明に係る液晶表示素子は、図3とは異なり、画素電極21と共通電極22との間の電極間距離(最小離間距離とも称する):Rが、第一の基板2と第二の基板7との距離:Gより大きくなるように形成されてもよい(IPS方式)。この場合、例えば、櫛状の画素電極および櫛状の共通電極が略同一面内に交互になるよう設けられる構成など挙げられる。 In addition, the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 have an interelectrode distance (also referred to as a minimum separation distance): R between the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 in order to form a fringe electric field between the electrodes. The distance between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 is smaller than G. Here, the distance between electrodes: R represents the distance in the horizontal direction on the substrate between the electrodes. FIG. 3 shows an example in which the plate-shaped common electrode 22 and the comb-shaped pixel electrode 21 overlap each other, and therefore an example in which the inter-electrode distance: R = 0 is shown, and the minimum separation distance: R is the first substrate 2. The distance between the first substrate 7 and the second substrate 7 (ie, the cell gap) is smaller than G, so that a fringe electric field E is formed. Therefore, the FFS type liquid crystal display element can use a horizontal electric field formed in a direction perpendicular to a line forming the comb shape of the pixel electrode 21 and a parabolic electric field. The electrode width of the comb-shaped portion of the pixel electrode 21: l and the width of the gap of the comb-shaped portion of the pixel electrode 21: m are such that all the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 can be driven by the generated electric field. It is preferable to form. Further, the minimum separation distance R between the pixel electrode and the common electrode can be adjusted as the (average) film thickness of the gate insulating layer 12. In addition, unlike the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention, an inter-electrode distance (also referred to as a minimum separation distance) between the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22: R is different from that of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate. The distance from the substrate 7 may be larger than G (IPS method). In this case, for example, a configuration in which comb-like pixel electrodes and comb-like common electrodes are provided alternately in substantially the same plane can be cited.
 本発明に係る液晶表示素子の好ましい一形態は、フリンジ電界を利用するFFS方式の液晶表示素子であることが好ましく、共通電極22と画素電極21との隣接する最短離間距離dが、配向膜4同士(基板間距離)の最短離間距離Dより短いと、共通電極と画素電極との間にフリンジ電界が形成され、液晶分子の水平方向および垂直方向の配向を効率的に利用することができる。本発明のFFS方式液晶表示素子の場合、長軸方向が、配向層の配向方向と平行になるように配置している液晶分子に電圧を印加すると、画素電極21と共通電極22との間に放物線形の電界の等電位線が画素電極21と共通電極22の上部にまで形成され、液晶層5内の液晶分子の長軸が形成された電界に沿って配列する。したがって、低い誘電異方性でも液晶分子が駆動することができる。 A preferred form of the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention is preferably an FFS mode liquid crystal display element using a fringe electric field, and the shortest separation distance d between the common electrode 22 and the pixel electrode 21 is set to be the alignment film 4. When the distance is shorter than the shortest distance D between the substrates (distance between substrates), a fringe electric field is formed between the common electrode and the pixel electrode, and the horizontal and vertical alignments of the liquid crystal molecules can be used efficiently. In the case of the FFS mode liquid crystal display element of the present invention, when a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal molecules arranged so that the long axis direction is parallel to the alignment direction of the alignment layer, the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are interposed. Parabolic electric field equipotential lines are formed up to the top of the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 and are arranged along the electric field in which the long axes of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 are formed. Therefore, liquid crystal molecules can be driven even with a low dielectric anisotropy.
 本発明に係るカラーフィルター6は、光の漏れを防止する観点で、薄膜トランジスタおよびストレイジキャパシタ23に対応する部分にブラックマトリックス(図示せず)を形成することが好ましい。また、カラーフィルター6は、通常R(赤)G(緑)B(青)の3つフィルター画素から映像や画像の1ドットからなり、例えば、これら3つのフィルターはゲート配線の延びる方向に並んでいる。当該カラーフィルター6は、例えば、顔料分散法、印刷法、電着法又は、染色法等によって作製することができる。顔料分散法によるカラーフィルターの作製方法を一例に説明すると、カラーフィルター用の硬化性着色組成物を、該透明基板上に塗布し、パターニング処理を施し、そして加熱又は光照射により硬化させる。この工程を、赤、緑、青の3色についてそれぞれ行うことで、カラーフィルター用の画素部を作製することができる。その他、該基板上に、TFT、薄膜ダイオード等の能動素子を設けた画素電極を設置したいわゆるカラーフィルターオンアレイでもよい。 In the color filter 6 according to the present invention, it is preferable to form a black matrix (not shown) in a portion corresponding to the thin film transistor and the storage capacitor 23 from the viewpoint of preventing light leakage. The color filter 6 is usually composed of one dot of video or image from three filter pixels of R (red), G (green), and B (blue). For example, these three filters are arranged in the extending direction of the gate wiring. Yes. The color filter 6 can be produced by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, or a dyeing method. A method for producing a color filter by a pigment dispersion method will be described as an example. A curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied onto the transparent substrate, subjected to patterning treatment, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of the three colors red, green, and blue, a pixel portion for a color filter can be manufactured. In addition, a so-called color filter-on-array in which pixel electrodes provided with active elements such as TFTs and thin film diodes are provided on the substrate may be used.
 電極層3及びカラーフィルター6上には、液晶層5を構成する素子製造用の液晶組成物と直接当接してホモジニアス配向を誘起する一対の配向膜4が設けられている。 On the electrode layer 3 and the color filter 6, a pair of alignment films 4 are provided that directly contact the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing the element constituting the liquid crystal layer 5 and induce homogeneous alignment.
 また、偏光板1及び偏光板8は、各偏光板の偏光軸を調整して視野角やコントラストが良好になるように調整することができ、それらの透過軸がノーマリーブラックモードで作動するように、互いに直行する透過軸を有することが好ましい。特に、偏光板1及び偏光板8のうちいずれかは、液晶分子の配向方向と平行な透過軸を有するように配置することが好ましい。また、コントラストが最大になるように液晶の屈折率異方性Δnとセル厚dとの積を調整することが好ましい。更に、視野角を広げるための位相差フィルムも使用することもできる。 In addition, the polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and the contrast are good by adjusting the polarization axis of each polarizing plate, and their transmission axes operate in a normally black mode. In addition, it is preferable to have transmission axes perpendicular to each other. In particular, any one of the polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 is preferably arranged so as to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules. Further, it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal and the cell thickness d so that the contrast is maximized. Furthermore, a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used.
 また、他の液晶表示素子の実施形態として、IPS方式の場合は、近接する共通電極と画素電極との最短離間距離dが液晶配向膜間の最短離間距離Gより長い条件であり、例えば、共通電極と画素電極とが同一基板上に形成され、かつ当該共通電極と当該画素電極とが交互に配置されている場合であって、近接する共通電極と画素電極との最短離間距離dが液晶配向膜間の最短離間距離Gより長い構造などが挙げられる。 As another embodiment of the liquid crystal display element, in the case of the IPS system, the shortest separation distance d between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is longer than the shortest separation distance G between the liquid crystal alignment films. The electrode and the pixel electrode are formed on the same substrate, and the common electrode and the pixel electrode are alternately arranged, and the shortest separation distance d between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is the liquid crystal alignment Examples include a structure longer than the shortest separation distance G between the films.
 本発明に係る液晶表示素子の製造方法において、電極層を有する基板および/または基板表面に被膜を形成した後、当該被膜が内側となるように一対の基板を離間して対向させた後、液晶組成物を基板間に充填することが好ましい。その際、スペーサーを介して、基板の間隔を調整することが好ましい。 In the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to the present invention, after a film is formed on the substrate having the electrode layer and / or the substrate surface, the pair of substrates are separated and faced so that the film is inside, and then the liquid crystal It is preferred to fill the composition between the substrates. In that case, it is preferable to adjust the space | interval of a board | substrate through a spacer.
 前記基板間の距離(得られる液晶層の平均厚さであり、被膜間の離間距離とも称する。)は、1~100μmとなるように調整するのが好ましい。前記被膜間の平均離間距離は、1.5~10μmが更に好ましい。 The distance between the substrates (the average thickness of the obtained liquid crystal layer, also referred to as the separation distance between the coatings) is preferably adjusted to be 1 to 100 μm. The average distance between the coatings is more preferably 1.5 to 10 μm.
 本発明において、基板間の距離を調整するために使用するスペーサーとしては、例えば、ガラス粒子、プラスチック粒子、アルミナ粒子、フォトレジスト材料などからなる柱状スペーサー等が挙げられる。 In the present invention, examples of the spacer used for adjusting the distance between the substrates include columnar spacers made of glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, a photoresist material, and the like.
 図1~図3を用いて説明したFFS型の液晶表示素子は一例であって、本発明の技術的思想から逸脱しない限りにおいて、他の様々な形態で実施することが可能である。 The FFS type liquid crystal display element described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 is an example, and can be implemented in various other forms without departing from the technical idea of the present invention.
 本発明に係る液晶表示素子の他の実施形態を図4および図5を用いて以下説明する。
例えば、図4は、図1における基板2上に形成された電極層3のII線で囲まれた領域を拡大した平面図の他の実施形態である。図4に示すように、画素電極21がスリットを有する構成としてもよい。また、スリットのパターンを、ゲート配線24又はデータ配線25に対して傾斜角を持つようにして形成してもよい。
Another embodiment of the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS.
For example, FIG. 4 is another embodiment of the plan view in which the region surrounded by the II line of the electrode layer 3 formed on the substrate 2 in FIG. 1 is enlarged. As shown in FIG. 4, the pixel electrode 21 may have a slit. Further, the slit pattern may be formed so as to have an inclination angle with respect to the gate wiring 24 or the data wiring 25.
 当該図4に示す画素電極21は、略長方形の平板体の電極を略矩形枠状の切欠き部でくり抜かれた形状である。また、当該画素電極21の背面には絶縁保護層18(図示せず)を介して櫛歯状の共通電極22が一面に形成されている。そして、隣接する共通電極と画素電極との最短離間距離Rは配向層同士の最短離間距離Gより短い場合はFFS方式になり、長い場合はIPS方式になる。また、前記画素電極の表面には保護絶縁膜及び配向膜層によって被覆されていることが好ましい。なお、上記と同様に、前記複数のゲート配線24と複数のデータ配線25とに囲まれた領域にはデータ配線25を介して供給される表示信号を保存するストレイジキャパシタ23を設けてもよい。なお、切欠き部の形状は特に制限されるものではなく、図4で示す略矩形だけでなく、楕円、円形、長方形状、菱形、三角形、または平行四辺形など公知の形状の切欠き部を使用できる。また、隣接する共通電極と画素電極との最短離間距離Rが配向層同士の最短離間距離Gより長い場合はIPS方式の表示素子になる。 The pixel electrode 21 shown in FIG. 4 has a shape in which a substantially rectangular flat plate electrode is cut out by a notch portion having a substantially rectangular frame shape. Further, a comb-like common electrode 22 is formed on one surface of the back surface of the pixel electrode 21 via an insulating protective layer 18 (not shown). When the shortest separation distance R between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is shorter than the shortest separation distance G between the alignment layers, the FFS method is used. The surface of the pixel electrode is preferably covered with a protective insulating film and an alignment film layer. Similarly to the above, a storage capacitor 23 for storing a display signal supplied via the data wiring 25 may be provided in a region surrounded by the plurality of gate wirings 24 and the plurality of data wirings 25. The shape of the notch is not particularly limited, and is not limited to the substantially rectangular shape shown in FIG. Can be used. When the shortest separation distance R between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is longer than the shortest separation distance G between the alignment layers, an IPS display device is obtained.
 図5は、図3とは別の実施形態であり、図2におけるIII-III線方向に図1に示す液晶表示素子を切断した断面図の他の例である。配向層4および薄膜トランジスタ20を含む電極層3が表面に形成された第一の基板2と、配向層4が表面に形成された第二の基板8とが所定の間隔Dで配向層同士向かい合うよう離間しており、この空間に液晶組成物を含む液晶層5が充填されている。第一の基板2の表面の一部にゲート絶縁層12、共通電極22、絶縁保護層18、画素電極21および配向層4の順で積層されている。また、図4にも示すように、画素電極21は、平板体の中央部および両端部が三角形状の切欠き部でくり抜かれ、さらに残る領域を長方形状の切欠き部でくり抜かれた形状であり、かつ共通電極22は前記画素電極21の略楕円形状の切欠き部と略平行に櫛歯状の共通電極が前記画素電極より第一の基板側に配置されてなる構造である。 FIG. 5 is another embodiment different from FIG. 3, and is another example of a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 taken along the line III-III in FIG. The first substrate 2 having the alignment layer 4 and the electrode layer 3 including the thin film transistor 20 formed on the surface thereof and the second substrate 8 having the alignment layer 4 formed on the surface thereof face each other at a predetermined distance D. The liquid crystal layer 5 containing the liquid crystal composition is filled in this space. A gate insulating layer 12, a common electrode 22, an insulating protective layer 18, a pixel electrode 21, and an alignment layer 4 are stacked in this order on part of the surface of the first substrate 2. As shown in FIG. 4, the pixel electrode 21 has a shape in which the center and both ends of the flat plate are cut out by a triangular cutout, and the remaining region is cut out by a rectangular cutout. In addition, the common electrode 22 has a structure in which a comb-like common electrode is disposed on the first substrate side from the pixel electrode substantially in parallel with the substantially elliptical cutout portion of the pixel electrode 21.
 図5に示す例では、櫛形あるいはスリットを有する共通電極22を用いており、画素電極21と共通電極22との電極間距離はR=αとなる(なお、図5では便宜上電極間距離の水平成分をRとして記載している)。さらに、図3では共通電極22がゲート絶縁層12上に形成されている例が示されていたが、図5に示されるように、共通電極22を第一の基板2上に形成して、ゲート絶縁層12を介して画素電極21を設けるようにしてもよい。画素電極21の電極幅:l、共通電極22の電極幅:n、及び、電極間距離:Rは、発生する電界により液晶層5内の液晶分子が全て駆動され得る程度の幅に適宜調整することが好ましい。隣接する共通電極と画素電極との最短離間距離Rは配向層同士の最短離間距離Gより短い場合はFFS方式になり、長い場合はIPS方式になる。さらに、図5では画素電極21と共通電極22の厚み方向の位置が異なるが、両電極の厚み方向における位置を同一にしてもまたは共通電極が液晶層5側に設けてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 5, the common electrode 22 having a comb shape or a slit is used, and the interelectrode distance between the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 is R = α (in FIG. 5, for convenience, the interelectrode distance is horizontal. Ingredients are listed as R). Further, FIG. 3 shows an example in which the common electrode 22 is formed on the gate insulating layer 12, but as shown in FIG. 5, the common electrode 22 is formed on the first substrate 2, The pixel electrode 21 may be provided through the gate insulating layer 12. The electrode width of the pixel electrode 21: l, the electrode width of the common electrode 22: n, and the interelectrode distance: R are appropriately adjusted to such a width that all liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 can be driven by the generated electric field. It is preferable. When the shortest separation distance R between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is shorter than the shortest separation distance G between the alignment layers, the FFS method is used, and when it is longer, the IPS method is used. Further, in FIG. 5, the positions in the thickness direction of the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are different, but the positions in the thickness direction of both electrodes may be the same or the common electrode may be provided on the liquid crystal layer 5 side.
(垂直電界型)
 本発明の好ましい他の実施形態は、液晶組成物を用いた垂直電界型の液晶表示素子である。図6は、垂直電界型の液晶表示素子の構成を模式的に示す図である。また、図7では、説明のために便宜上各構成要素を離間して記載している。図7は、当該図6における基板上に形成された薄膜トランジスタを含む電極層300(または薄膜トランジスタ層300とも称する。)のVII線で囲まれた領域を拡大した平面図である。図8は、図7におけるVIII-VIII線方向に図6に示す液晶表示素子を切断した断面図である。以下、図6~8を参照して、本発明に係る垂直電界型の液晶表示素子を説明する。
(Vertical electric field type)
Another preferred embodiment of the present invention is a vertical electric field type liquid crystal display device using a liquid crystal composition. FIG. 6 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a vertical electric field type liquid crystal display element. Moreover, in FIG. 7, for convenience of explanation, each component is illustrated separately. FIG. 7 is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by a line VII of an electrode layer 300 including a thin film transistor (or also referred to as a thin film transistor layer 300) formed on the substrate in FIG. FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 6 taken along the line VIII-VIII in FIG. Hereinafter, a vertical electric field type liquid crystal display device according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
 本発明に係る液晶表示素子1000の構成は、図6に記載するように透明導電性材料からなる透明電極(層)600(または共通電極600とも称する。)を具備した第二の基板800と、透明導電性材料からなる画素電極および各画素に具備した前記画素電極を制御する薄膜トランジスタを形成した薄膜トランジスタ層300を含む第一の基板200と、前記第一の基板200と第二の基板800との間に挟持された液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物(または液晶層500)を有し、該素子製造用の液晶組成物に係る中の液晶分子の電圧無印加時の配向が前記基板200,800に対して略垂直である液晶表示素子である。また図6および図8に示すように、前記第二の基板800および前記第一の基板200は、一対の偏光板100,900により挟持されてもよい。さらに、図6では、前記第一の基板200と共通電極600との間にカラーフィルター700が設けられている。またさらに、本発明に係る液晶層500と隣接し、かつ当該液晶層500を構成する液晶表示素子製造用の液晶組成物と直接接するよう一対の配向膜400が透明電極(層)600,1400表面に形成されている。
すなわち、本発明に係る液晶表示素子1000は、第一の偏光板100と、第一の基板200と、薄膜トランジスタを含む電極層(又は薄膜トランジスタ層とも称する)300と、光配向膜400と、液晶組成物を含む層500と、配向膜400と、共通電極600と、カラーフィルター700と、第二の基板800と、第二の偏光板900と、が順次積層された構成である。尚、配向膜400は光配向膜であることが好ましい。
The liquid crystal display element 1000 according to the present invention includes a second substrate 800 provided with a transparent electrode (layer) 600 (also referred to as a common electrode 600) made of a transparent conductive material, as shown in FIG. A first substrate 200 including a thin film transistor layer 300 on which a pixel electrode made of a transparent conductive material and a thin film transistor for controlling the pixel electrode included in each pixel are formed; and the first substrate 200 and the second substrate 800 A liquid crystal composition (or liquid crystal layer 500) for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element sandwiched between the substrates 200, the alignment of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing the element when no voltage is applied to the substrate 200, The liquid crystal display element is substantially perpendicular to 800. As shown in FIGS. 6 and 8, the second substrate 800 and the first substrate 200 may be sandwiched between a pair of polarizing plates 100 and 900. Further, in FIG. 6, a color filter 700 is provided between the first substrate 200 and the common electrode 600. Furthermore, the pair of alignment films 400 are adjacent to the liquid crystal layer 500 according to the present invention and are in direct contact with the liquid crystal composition for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element constituting the liquid crystal layer 500. Is formed.
That is, the liquid crystal display element 1000 according to the present invention includes a first polarizing plate 100, a first substrate 200, an electrode layer (also referred to as a thin film transistor layer) 300 including a thin film transistor, a photo-alignment film 400, and a liquid crystal composition. A layer 500 containing an object, an alignment film 400, a common electrode 600, a color filter 700, a second substrate 800, and a second polarizing plate 900 are sequentially stacked. The alignment film 400 is preferably a photo-alignment film.
 配向膜は、配向処理(マスクラビングあるいは光配向)を用いて製造された液晶セルで、液晶セルの透明電極の内側(液晶層側)には、ガラス基板の法線方向から僅かに傾いた(0.1~5.0°)垂直配向膜が形成されている。 The alignment film is a liquid crystal cell manufactured using alignment treatment (mask rubbing or photo-alignment), and is slightly inclined from the normal direction of the glass substrate on the inner side (liquid crystal layer side) of the transparent electrode of the liquid crystal cell ( A vertical alignment film is formed (0.1 to 5.0 °).
 垂直配向膜の配向規制力を受け重合性モノマーが垂直方向に配列し、紫外線光照射によって重合性モノマーを重合・固定化させてポリマーネットワークを形成する。このようにして形成されたポリマーネットワークは、(1)上下基板にまたがってポリマーネットワークを形成、(2)上(下)基板から液晶方向に向かってポリマーネットワークを形成するが途中までのもの、(3)配向膜の表面近傍のみポリマーネットワークを形成。(主に単官能モノマーの場合)、(4)液晶層内でポリマーネットワーク同士が結合(Floatingはしていない)の、およそ4種類の構造を有するものと推定される。これらの形態は、何れも、ポリマーネットワークの屈折率異方性、又は配向容易軸は、閾値電圧以上の配向状態を安定化させるように形成されたものと、閾値電圧以下の配向状態を安定化させるように形成された二種類の異なる配向状態を安定化させるポリマーネットワークが混在している。
この様にして形成された異方性を有するポリマーポリマネットワークは、液晶層とはほぼ完全に分離しており、これら高分子ネットワークの間に液晶分子は配向配列しているものと考えられる。液晶分子と高分子ネットワークが混在し、電圧無印加時に光散乱を起こす所謂ポリマーネットワーク型液晶の分子配列構造とは明らかに異なり、またPSA等で用いられる配向膜近傍に偏在する配向維持層のそれとも全く異なる構造を有するものである。
例示として、配向膜を用いた方法によるポリマーネットワークと液晶分子配列構造を示した。一方、リブやスリット等の構造物を有する所謂MVA方式や、PVA等においても、基板界面近傍のポリマーネットワークや液晶分子のプレチルトが、構造物やスリットを介して印加される斜め電界強度などによってやや異なるだけであり、本質的には、上図のような構造を有するものと推定される。
この様なポリマーネットワークと液晶分子による液晶分子配列を有するVA型液晶表示装置では、電圧無印加時の液晶分子に対するアンカーリング力が、液晶配向膜とポリマーネットワークの持つアンカーリング力の相乗作用により、より強く作用する事となって、結果的に電圧OFF時の応答速度を速くすることが可能となる。
(横・斜め電界型)
 配向膜に対してマスクラビングやマスク照射等の煩雑な工程を行なわず、電極構造を工夫するだけの簡便な手法で液晶表示領域を配向分割できる新たな表示技術として、斜め電界と横電界を液晶層に作用させる方法が提案されている。
In response to the alignment regulating force of the vertical alignment film, the polymerizable monomers are arranged in the vertical direction, and the polymerizable monomer is polymerized and fixed by irradiation with ultraviolet light to form a polymer network. The polymer network formed in this manner is (1) a polymer network that extends over the upper and lower substrates, (2) a polymer network that is formed from the upper (lower) substrate toward the liquid crystal direction, but halfway, ( 3) A polymer network is formed only near the surface of the alignment film. (Mainly in the case of a monofunctional monomer), (4) It is presumed to have approximately four types of structures in which polymer networks are bonded (not floating) in the liquid crystal layer. In any of these forms, the refractive index anisotropy or easy orientation axis of the polymer network is formed to stabilize the alignment state above the threshold voltage, and stabilize the alignment state below the threshold voltage. The polymer network which stabilizes two different orientation states formed so as to be mixed is mixed.
The polymer polymer network having anisotropy formed in this manner is almost completely separated from the liquid crystal layer, and the liquid crystal molecules are considered to be aligned between these polymer networks. The molecular alignment structure of the so-called polymer network type liquid crystal, in which liquid crystal molecules and polymer networks coexist and cause light scattering when no voltage is applied, is clearly different from that of the alignment maintaining layer that is unevenly distributed in the vicinity of the alignment film used in PSA etc. It has a completely different structure.
As an example, a polymer network and a liquid crystal molecular arrangement structure by a method using an alignment film are shown. On the other hand, in the so-called MVA method having structures such as ribs and slits, PVA, and the like, the polymer network near the substrate interface and the pretilt of liquid crystal molecules are somewhat affected by the oblique electric field strength applied through the structures and slits. It is only different, and is essentially assumed to have the structure shown in the above figure.
In the VA type liquid crystal display device having such a polymer network and liquid crystal molecule alignment by liquid crystal molecules, the anchoring force for the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied is due to the synergistic action of the anchoring force of the liquid crystal alignment film and the polymer network. As a result, the response speed when the voltage is OFF can be increased.
(Horizontal / diagonal electric field type)
As a new display technology that can divide and align the liquid crystal display area by a simple method that only devise the electrode structure without performing complicated processes such as mask rubbing and mask irradiation on the alignment film, oblique and horizontal electric fields are liquid crystal. A method of acting on the layer has been proposed.
 図9は、上記技術を用いたTFT液晶表示素子の一画素PXにおける最小の単位構成体を概略的に示す平面図である。以下に、横・斜め電界モード液晶表示装置の構造及び動作について、簡単に説明する。
画素電極PEは、主画素電極PA及び副画素電極PBを有している。これらの主画素電極PA及び副画素電極PBは、互いに電気的に接続されており、これらの主画素電極PA及び副画素電極PBがともにアレイ基板ARに備えられている。主画素電極PAは、第2方向Yに沿って延出しており、副画素電極PBは、第2方向Yとは異なる第1方向Xに沿って延出している。図示した例では、画素電極PEは、略十字状に形成されている。副画素電極PBは、主画素電極PAの略中央部に結合し、主画素電極PAからその両側、即ち画素PXの左側及び右側に向かって延出している。これらの主画素電極PA及び副画素電極PBは、互いに略直交している。画素電極PEは、画素電極PBにおいて図示を省略したスイッチング素子と電気的に接続されている。
FIG. 9 is a plan view schematically showing a minimum unit structure in one pixel PX of a TFT liquid crystal display element using the above technique. The structure and operation of the horizontal / diagonal electric field mode liquid crystal display device will be briefly described below.
The pixel electrode PE has a main pixel electrode PA and a sub-pixel electrode PB. The main pixel electrode PA and the sub-pixel electrode PB are electrically connected to each other, and both the main pixel electrode PA and the sub-pixel electrode PB are provided on the array substrate AR. The main pixel electrode PA extends along the second direction Y, and the subpixel electrode PB extends along the first direction X different from the second direction Y. In the illustrated example, the pixel electrode PE is formed in a substantially cross shape. The sub-pixel electrode PB is coupled to a substantially central portion of the main pixel electrode PA, and extends from the main pixel electrode PA toward both sides thereof, that is, the left side and the right side of the pixel PX. The main pixel electrode PA and the sub-pixel electrode PB are substantially orthogonal to each other. The pixel electrode PE is electrically connected to a switching element (not shown) in the pixel electrode PB.
 共通電極CEは、主共通電極CA及び副共通電極CBを有しており、これらの主共通電極CA及び副共通電極CBは、互いに電気的に接続されている。共通電極CEは、画素電極PEとは電気的に絶縁されている。共通電極CEにおいて、主共通電極CA及び副共通電極CBの少なくとも一部は、対向基板CTに備えられている。主共通電極CAは、第2方向Yに沿って延出している。この主共通電極CAは、主画素電極PAを挟んだ両側に配置されている。このとき、X-Y平面内において、主共通電極CAのいずれも主画素電極PAとは重ならず、主共通電極CAのそれぞれと主画素電極PAとの間には略等しい間隔が形成されている。つまり、主画素電極PAは、隣接する主共通電極CAの略中間に位置している。副共通電極CBは、第1方向Xに沿って延出している。副共通電極CBは、副画素電極PBを挟んだ両側に配置されている。このとき、X-Y平面内において、副共通電極CBのいずれも副画素電極PBとは重ならず、副共通電極CBのそれぞれと副画素電極PBとの間には略等しい間隔が形成されている。つまり、副画素電極PBは、隣接する副共通電極CBの略中間に位置している。 The common electrode CE has a main common electrode CA and a sub-common electrode CB, and the main common electrode CA and the sub-common electrode CB are electrically connected to each other. The common electrode CE is electrically insulated from the pixel electrode PE. In the common electrode CE, at least a part of the main common electrode CA and the sub-common electrode CB is provided on the counter substrate CT. The main common electrode CA extends along the second direction Y. The main common electrode CA is disposed on both sides of the main pixel electrode PA. At this time, none of the main common electrodes CA overlaps with the main pixel electrode PA in the XY plane, and a substantially equal interval is formed between each of the main common electrodes CA and the main pixel electrode PA. Yes. That is, the main pixel electrode PA is located approximately in the middle of the adjacent main common electrode CA. The sub-common electrode CB extends along the first direction X. The sub-common electrode CB is disposed on both sides of the sub-pixel electrode PB. At this time, in the XY plane, none of the sub-common electrodes CB overlaps the sub-pixel electrode PB, and a substantially equal interval is formed between each of the sub-common electrodes CB and the sub-pixel electrode PB. Yes. That is, the sub-pixel electrode PB is located approximately in the middle of the adjacent sub-common electrode CB.
 図示した例では、主共通電極CAは、第2方向Yに沿って直線的に延出した帯状に形成されている。副共通電極CBは、第1方向Xに沿って直線的に延出した帯状に形成されている。なお、主共通電極CAは第1方向Xに沿って間隔をおいて2本平行に並んでおり、以下では、これらを区別するために、図中の左側の主共通電極をCALと称し、図中の右側の主共通電極をCARと称する。また、副共通電極CBは第2方向Yに沿って間隔をおいて2本平行に並んでおり、以下では、これらを区別するために、図中の上側の主共通電極をCBUと称し、図中の下側の主共通電極をCBBと称する。主共通電極CAL及び主共通電極CARは、副共通電極CBU及び副共通電極CBBと同電位である。図示した例では、主共通電極CAL及び主共通電極CARは、副共通電極CBU及び副共通電極CBBとそれぞれ繋がっている。 In the illustrated example, the main common electrode CA is formed in a strip shape extending linearly along the second direction Y. The sub-common electrode CB is formed in a strip shape extending linearly along the first direction X. Note that the two main common electrodes CA are arranged in parallel at intervals along the first direction X. In the following, in order to distinguish these, the main common electrode on the left side in the drawing is referred to as CAL. The right main common electrode is called CAR. Further, the two sub-common electrodes CB are arranged in parallel along the second direction Y at intervals, and in the following, in order to distinguish these, the upper main common electrode in the drawing is referred to as CBU. The lower main common electrode is called CBB. The main common electrode CAL and the main common electrode CAR are at the same potential as the sub-common electrode CBU and the sub-common electrode CBB. In the illustrated example, the main common electrode CAL and the main common electrode CAR are connected to the sub-common electrode CBU and the sub-common electrode CBB, respectively.
 主共通電極CAL及び主共通電極CARは、それぞれ当該画素PXと左右に隣接する画素間に配置されている。すなわち、主共通電極CALは図示した当該画素PXとその左側の画素(図示せず)との境界に跨って配置され、主共通電極CARは図示した当該画素PXとその右側の画素(図示せず)との境界に跨って配置されている。副共通電極CBU及び主共通電極CBBは、それぞれ当該画素PXと上下に隣接する画素間に配置されている。すなわち、副共通電極CBUは図示した当該画素PXとその上側の画素(図示せず)との境界に跨って配置され、副共通電極CBBは図示した当該画素PXとその下側の画素(図示せず)との境界に跨って配置されている。 The main common electrode CAL and the main common electrode CAR are respectively disposed between the pixel PX and the adjacent pixels on the left and right. That is, the main common electrode CAL is disposed across the boundary between the illustrated pixel PX and the left pixel (not shown), and the main common electrode CAR is the illustrated pixel PX and the right pixel (not shown). ). The sub-common electrode CBU and the main common electrode CBB are disposed between pixels adjacent to the pixel PX in the vertical direction. That is, the sub-common electrode CBU is disposed across the boundary between the illustrated pixel PX and the upper pixel (not illustrated), and the sub-common electrode CBB is illustrated with the illustrated pixel PX and the lower pixel (not illustrated). Z)).
 図示した例では、一画素PXにおいて、画素電極PEと共通電極CEとで区画された4つの領域が主として表示に寄与する開口部あるいは透過部として形成される。この例では、液晶分子LMの初期配向方向は、第2方向Yと略平行な方向である。第1配向膜AL1は、アレイ基板ARの対向基板CTと対向する面に配置され、アクティブエリアACTの略全体に亘って延在している。この第1配向膜AL1は、画素電極PEを覆っており、第2層間絶縁膜13の上にも配置されている。このような第1配向膜AL1は、水平配向性を示す材料によって形成されている。なお、アレイ基板ARは、さらに、共通電極の一部として第1主共通電極及び第1副共通電極を備えている場合もある。 In the illustrated example, in one pixel PX, four regions partitioned by the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE are mainly formed as openings or transmissive portions that contribute to display. In this example, the initial alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM is a direction substantially parallel to the second direction Y. The first alignment film AL1 is disposed on the surface of the array substrate AR that faces the counter substrate CT, and extends over substantially the entire active area ACT. The first alignment film AL1 covers the pixel electrode PE and is also disposed on the second interlayer insulating film 13. Such a first alignment film AL1 is formed of a material exhibiting horizontal alignment. The array substrate AR may further include a first main common electrode and a first sub-common electrode as part of the common electrode.
 図10は、8分割斜め電界モード液晶セルの電極構造の模式図である。この様に1画素を8つに分割することで更なる広視野角化を実現できる。 FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an electrode structure of an 8-division oblique electric field mode liquid crystal cell. In this way, a wider viewing angle can be realized by dividing one pixel into eight.
 次に、上記構成の液晶表示パネルの動作について説明する。液晶層に電圧が印加されていない状態、つまり画素電極PEと共通電極CEとの間に電界が形成されていない無電界時(OFF時)には、図9において破線で示したように液晶層LQの液晶分子LMは、その長軸が第1配向膜AL1の第1配向処理方向PD1及び第2配向膜AL2の第2配向処理方向PD2を向くように配向している。このようなOFF時が初期配向状態に相当し、OFF時の液晶分子LMの配向方向が初期配向方向に相当する。厳密には、液晶分子LMは、X-Y平面に平行に配向しているとは限らず、プレチルトしている場合が多い。このため、液晶分子LMの厳密な初期配向方向とは、OFF時の液晶分子LMの配向方向をX-Y平面に正射影した方向である。 Next, the operation of the liquid crystal display panel having the above configuration will be described. When no voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer, that is, when there is no electric field (OFF) when no electric field is formed between the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE, as shown by the broken line in FIG. The liquid crystal molecules LM of LQ are aligned such that the major axis thereof faces the first alignment processing direction PD1 of the first alignment film AL1 and the second alignment processing direction PD2 of the second alignment film AL2. Such OFF time corresponds to the initial alignment state, and the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM at the OFF time corresponds to the initial alignment direction. Strictly speaking, the liquid crystal molecules LM are not always aligned parallel to the XY plane, and are often pretilted. For this reason, the strict initial alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM is a direction obtained by orthogonally projecting the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM in the OFF state on the XY plane.
 第1配向処理方向PD1及び第2配向処理方向PD2は、ともに第2方向Yと略平行な方向である。OFF時においては、液晶分子LMは、図9に破線で示したように、その長軸が第2方向Yと略平行な方向を向くように初期配向する。つまり、液晶分子LMの初期配向方向は、第2方向Yと平行(あるいは、第2方向Yに対して0°)である。 The first alignment treatment direction PD1 and the second alignment treatment direction PD2 are both substantially parallel to the second direction Y. At the OFF time, the liquid crystal molecules LM are initially aligned so that the major axis thereof is directed in a direction substantially parallel to the second direction Y, as indicated by a broken line in FIG. That is, the initial alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM is parallel to the second direction Y (or 0 ° with respect to the second direction Y).
 図示した例のように、第1配向処理方向PD1及び第2配向処理方向PD2が平行且つ同じ向きである場合、液晶層LQの断面において液晶分子LMは、液晶層LQの中間部付近で略水平(プレティルト角が略ゼロ)に配向し、ここを境界として第1配向膜AL1の近傍及び第2配向膜AL2の近傍において対称となるようなプレチルト角を持って配向する(スプレイ配向)。このように液晶分子LMがスプレイ配向している状態では、基板の法線方向から傾いた方向においても第1配向膜AL1の近傍の液晶分子LMと第2配向膜AL2の近傍の液晶分子LMとにより光学的に補償される。したがって、第1配向処理方向PD1及び第2配向処理方向PD2が互いに平行、且つ、同じ向きである場合には、黒表示の場合に光漏れが少なく、高コントラスト比を実現することができ、表示品位を向上することが可能となる。なお、第1配向処理方向PD1及び第2配向処理方向PD2が互いに平行且つ逆向きである場合、液晶層LQの断面において、液晶分子LMは、第1配向膜AL1の近傍、第2配向膜AL2の近傍、及び、液晶層LQの中間部において略均一なプレチルト角を持って配向する(ホモジニアス配向)。バックライト4からのバックライト光の一部は、第1偏光板PL1を透過し、液晶表示パネルLPNに入射する。液晶表示パネルLPNに入射した光は、第1偏光板PL1の第1偏光軸AX1と直交する直線偏光である。このような直線偏光の偏光状態は、OFF時の液晶表示パネルLPNを通過した際にほとんど変化しない。このため、液晶表示パネルLPNを透過した直線偏光は、第1偏光板PL1に対してクロスニコルの位置関係にある第2偏光板PL2によって吸収される(黒表示)。 As in the illustrated example, when the first alignment treatment direction PD1 and the second alignment treatment direction PD2 are parallel and in the same direction, the liquid crystal molecules LM in the cross section of the liquid crystal layer LQ are substantially horizontal in the vicinity of the intermediate portion of the liquid crystal layer LQ. Alignment is performed with a pretilt angle of approximately zero, and alignment is performed with a pretilt angle that is symmetrical in the vicinity of the first alignment film AL1 and the vicinity of the second alignment film AL2 (spray alignment). Thus, in the state in which the liquid crystal molecules LM are splay aligned, the liquid crystal molecules LM in the vicinity of the first alignment film AL1 and the liquid crystal molecules LM in the vicinity of the second alignment film AL2 in the direction inclined from the normal direction of the substrate Is optically compensated. Therefore, when the first alignment processing direction PD1 and the second alignment processing direction PD2 are parallel to each other and in the same direction, light leakage is small in the case of black display, and a high contrast ratio can be realized. It becomes possible to improve the quality. When the first alignment treatment direction PD1 and the second alignment treatment direction PD2 are parallel and opposite to each other, the liquid crystal molecules LM are in the vicinity of the first alignment film AL1, in the second alignment film AL2 in the cross section of the liquid crystal layer LQ. And in the middle part of the liquid crystal layer LQ with a substantially uniform pretilt angle (homogeneous alignment). Part of the backlight light from the backlight 4 passes through the first polarizing plate PL1 and enters the liquid crystal display panel LPN. The light incident on the liquid crystal display panel LPN is linearly polarized light orthogonal to the first polarization axis AX1 of the first polarizing plate PL1. Such a polarization state of linearly polarized light hardly changes when it passes through the liquid crystal display panel LPN in the OFF state. Therefore, the linearly polarized light transmitted through the liquid crystal display panel LPN is absorbed by the second polarizing plate PL2 having a crossed Nicol positional relationship with the first polarizing plate PL1 (black display).
 一方、液晶層LQに電圧が印加された状態、つまり、画素電極PEと共通電極CEとの間に電位差が形成された状態(ON時)では、画素電極PEと共通電極CEとの間に基板と略平行な横電界(あるいは斜め電界)が形成される。液晶分子LMは、電界の影響を受け、その長軸が図中の実線で示したようにX-Y平面と略平行な平面内で回転する。 On the other hand, in a state where a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer LQ, that is, in a state where a potential difference is formed between the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE (when ON), the substrate is interposed between the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE. A horizontal electric field (or an oblique electric field) substantially parallel to the line is formed. The liquid crystal molecules LM are affected by the electric field and rotate in a plane whose major axis is substantially parallel to the XY plane as indicated by the solid line in the figure.
 図9に示した例では、画素電極PEと主共通電極CALとの間の領域のうち、下側半分の領域内の液晶分子LMは、第2方向Yに対して時計回りに回転し図中の左下を向くように配向し、また、上側半分の領域内の液晶分子LMは、第2方向Yに対して反時計回りに回転し図中の左上を向くように配向する。画素電極PEと主共通電極CARとの間の領域のうち、下側半分の領域内の液晶分子LMは、第2方向Yに対して反時計回りに回転し図中の右下を向くように配向し、上側半分の領域内の液晶分子LMは、第2方向Yに対して時計回りに回転し図中の右上を向くように配向する。このように、各画素PXにおいて、画素電極PEと共通電極CEとの間に電界が形成された状態では、液晶分子LMの配向方向は、画素電極PEと重なる位置を境界として複数の方向に分かれ、それぞれの配向方向でドメインを形成する。つまり、一画素PXには複数ドメインが形成される。 In the example shown in FIG. 9, the liquid crystal molecules LM in the lower half of the region between the pixel electrode PE and the main common electrode CAL rotate clockwise with respect to the second direction Y in the drawing. The liquid crystal molecules LM in the upper half region rotate counterclockwise with respect to the second direction Y and are oriented so as to face the upper left in the figure. Of the region between the pixel electrode PE and the main common electrode CAR, the liquid crystal molecules LM in the lower half region rotate counterclockwise with respect to the second direction Y and face the lower right in the drawing. The liquid crystal molecules LM in the upper half region are aligned so as to rotate clockwise with respect to the second direction Y and to face the upper right in the drawing. Thus, in each pixel PX, in a state where an electric field is formed between the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM is divided into a plurality of directions with the position overlapping the pixel electrode PE as a boundary. , A domain is formed in each orientation direction. That is, a plurality of domains are formed in one pixel PX.
 このようなON時には、第1偏光板PL1の第1偏光軸AX1と直交する直線偏光は、液晶表示パネルLPNに入射し、その偏光状態は、液晶層LQを通過する際に液晶分子LMの配向状態に応じて変化する。このようなON時においては、液晶層LQを通過した少なくとも一部の光は、第2偏光板PL2を透過する(白表示)。このような構造によれば、一画素内に4つのドメインを形成することが可能となるため、4方向での視野角を光学的に補償することができ、広視野角化が可能となる。したがって、階調反転がなく、高い透過率の表示を実現することができ、表示品位の良好な液晶表示装置を提供することが可能となる。また、一画素内において、画素電極PEと共通電極CEとで区画される4つの領域それぞれについて開口部の面積を略同一に設定することにより、各領域の透過率が略同等となり、それぞれの開口部を透過した光が互いに光学的に補償し合い、広い視野角範囲に亘って均一な表示を実現することが可能となる。 At such ON time, linearly polarized light orthogonal to the first polarization axis AX1 of the first polarizing plate PL1 is incident on the liquid crystal display panel LPN, and the polarization state is the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules LM when passing through the liquid crystal layer LQ. It changes according to the state. At such ON time, at least part of the light that has passed through the liquid crystal layer LQ is transmitted through the second polarizing plate PL2 (white display). According to such a structure, since four domains can be formed in one pixel, viewing angles in the four directions can be optically compensated, and a wide viewing angle can be achieved. Therefore, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device with high display quality, which can realize display with high transmittance without gradation inversion. Further, by setting the area of the opening portion to be substantially the same for each of the four regions partitioned by the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE within one pixel, the transmittance of each region becomes substantially equal, The light transmitted through the part optically compensates for each other, and a uniform display can be realized over a wide viewing angle range.
(フィッシュボーン型電極)
 図11に記載のフィッシュボーン型電極構造を示す。所定のセルギャップで対向して貼り合わされた2枚のガラス基板間に液晶層が封止されている。対向する2枚の基板の対向面にはそれぞれITOからなる透明電極が形成されている。0.7mm程度の厚さのガラス基板を用い、対向基板には、共通電極をする。透明電極には電極材料(ITO)の一部を抜いたスリット部512cが設けられている。長方形のセルの各対向辺の中点を結ぶ十字状で幅3~5μm程度のスリット部512cが配向規制用構造物として機能し、スリット部512cから斜め45°方向に延びて幅5μmのスリット部512cがピッチ8μmで複数形成されており、これらが傾斜時の方位角方向の乱れを抑える補助的な配向制御因子として機能する。表示用画素電極の幅は3μmである。画素幹部電極512aと画素枝部電極512bは45度の角度を有しながら、画素中央を対称中心として90度ずつ異なる4方向に枝部電極が延在された構造を有している。液晶分子は電圧印加により傾斜配向するが、傾斜配向の方位がこれらの4方向と一致しするように傾斜配向するので、4分割されたドメインを一つの画素内に形成させて表示の視野角を広くする。
(Fishbone electrode)
FIG. 12 shows the fishbone electrode structure shown in FIG. A liquid crystal layer is sealed between two glass substrates bonded to each other with a predetermined cell gap. Transparent electrodes made of ITO are formed on the opposing surfaces of the two opposing substrates. A glass substrate having a thickness of about 0.7 mm is used, and a common electrode is used as the counter substrate. The transparent electrode is provided with a slit portion 512c from which a part of the electrode material (ITO) is removed. A slit portion 512c having a cross shape connecting the midpoints of the opposing sides of the rectangular cell and having a width of about 3 to 5 μm functions as an alignment regulating structure, and extends from the slit portion 512c in an oblique 45 ° direction and has a width of 5 μm. A plurality of 512c are formed with a pitch of 8 μm, and these function as an auxiliary orientation control factor that suppresses disturbance in the azimuth direction during tilting. The width of the display pixel electrode is 3 μm. While the pixel trunk electrode 512a and the pixel branch electrode 512b have an angle of 45 degrees, the branch electrodes extend in four directions that differ by 90 degrees with the center of the pixel as the center of symmetry. The liquid crystal molecules are tilted when a voltage is applied, but tilted so that the orientation of the tilted alignment coincides with these four directions. Therefore, a four-divided domain is formed in one pixel to increase the display viewing angle. Make it wide.
  以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に詳述するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。また、各実施例および比較例中の評価特性の各々は以下の記号および内容を意味する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to these examples. Moreover, each of the evaluation characteristics in each Example and Comparative Example means the following symbols and contents.
 V90 :印加電圧ゼロのときの光透過率[%](T100)と、印加電圧ゼロのときの光透過率[%](T0)との差を光透過率全変化量として、光透過率全変化量の光透過率が90%となるときの印加電圧[V] V90: The light transmittance [%] (T100) when the applied voltage is zero and the light transmittance [%] (T0) when the applied voltage is zero as the total change amount of the light transmittance. Applied voltage [V] when the light transmittance of the change amount is 90%
 実施例1~9、及び比較例1
 (重合性液晶組成物の調整)
 N型液晶組成物として下記(LCN-1)で示される組成物(Δn0.102、粘性η16.8、Δε-3.8)を調製した。
Examples 1 to 9 and Comparative Example 1
(Adjustment of polymerizable liquid crystal composition)
A composition (Δn0.102, viscosity η16.8, Δε-3.8) represented by the following (LCN-1) was prepared as an N-type liquid crystal composition.
 N型液晶組成物(LCN-1)を60℃に加熱し、固形の重合性化合物(V1-1-1)を表1の配合に従い混合し溶解させた。 The N-type liquid crystal composition (LCN-1) was heated to 60 ° C., and the solid polymerizable compound (V1-1-1) was mixed and dissolved according to the formulation shown in Table 1.
 室温で重合性化合物(V1-1-1)が均一に溶解してネマチック液晶相を示していることを偏光顕微鏡で確認した。この溶液に各種化合物(L1~L4、イルガキュア651)を表1の配合に従い混合して重合性液晶組成物を調製した。調整した重合性液晶組成物の組成を表1に示す。 It was confirmed with a polarizing microscope that the polymerizable compound (V1-1-1) was uniformly dissolved at room temperature to show a nematic liquid crystal phase. Various compounds (L1 to L4, Irgacure 651) were mixed with this solution in accordance with the composition shown in Table 1 to prepare a polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Table 1 shows the composition of the adjusted polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
  (液晶表示素子の作成及び電気光学特性の評価)
 液晶の一軸配向(ホモジニアス配向)が得られるように、セルギャップ3.6μmのポリイミド垂直配向膜を塗布した垂直配向膜にプレチルト角が3度になるようにラビング配向処理を施した。対向する二枚の基板ラビング処理の向きは、反対になるように配置(アンチパラレル配向)した。得られた重合性液晶組成物を真空注入法によりセル内に注入し、注入後、注入口を封口剤3026B(スリーボンド社製)で封止した。波長365nmの紫外線LEDの光源を用いて照射強度が20mW/cmの紫外線を15秒~100秒間の照射時間を変えて液晶表示素子を作製した。
(Creation of liquid crystal display elements and evaluation of electro-optical characteristics)
In order to obtain uniaxial alignment (homogeneous alignment) of the liquid crystal, the rubbing alignment treatment was performed so that the pretilt angle was 3 degrees on the vertical alignment film coated with the polyimide vertical alignment film having a cell gap of 3.6 μm. The two opposing substrate rubbing treatments were arranged so that the directions were opposite (anti-parallel orientation). The obtained polymerizable liquid crystal composition was injected into the cell by a vacuum injection method, and after injection, the injection port was sealed with a sealing agent 3026B (manufactured by Three Bond Co., Ltd.). A liquid crystal display device was produced by changing the irradiation time of 15 to 100 seconds of ultraviolet rays having an irradiation intensity of 20 mW / cm 2 using a light source of an ultraviolet LED having a wavelength of 365 nm.
(電気光学特性の測定)
 得られた液晶表示素子のセルに電圧を印加して明視野が一番明るくなるようにラビング方向をクロスニコル偏光板の2つの偏光軸の何れかに対して45度に配置して偏光顕微鏡でセルの液晶配向状態を観察した。電圧を印加しない状態は、暗視野で完全に略垂直配向状態でノーマリブラックであることが確認された。電圧を徐々に上げて印加するとスリットの部分は垂直配向からラビング処理方向へ傾斜配向方位が揃うように傾斜配向が変化して明さが増していくことを確認した。
(Measurement of electro-optical characteristics)
By applying a voltage to the cell of the obtained liquid crystal display element and arranging the rubbing direction at 45 degrees with respect to one of the two polarization axes of the crossed Nicol polarizing plate so that the bright field becomes the brightest, using a polarizing microscope The liquid crystal alignment state of the cell was observed. It was confirmed that the state in which no voltage was applied was normally black in a substantially vertical alignment state in the dark field. It was confirmed that when the voltage was gradually increased, the brightness of the slit portion was increased by changing the tilted orientation so that the tilted orientation was aligned from the vertical orientation to the rubbing direction.
 60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧―透過率特性と応答時間を測定した。最大透過率をT100、駆動電圧をV90、立下り応答時間をToffとして、各特性を表1に纏めて記した。 A voltage-transmittance characteristic and response time were measured by applying a rectangular wave of 60 Hz. Each characteristic is summarized in Table 1 with T100 as the maximum transmittance, V90 as the driving voltage, and Toff as the fall response time.
 (表示ムラの評価)
表示ムラ評価は直交する二枚の偏光板の間に得られた液晶表示素子を置き、バックライトを光源として以下の基準にて目視で確認することにより行った。
A:良好、ムラが観測されなかったもの
B:やや良好、一部にムラが観察されたもの
C:不良、多数のムラが観察されたもの
 評価結果を以下の表に示す。
(Evaluation of display unevenness)
Display unevenness evaluation was performed by placing the liquid crystal display element obtained between two orthogonal polarizing plates and visually confirming the backlight as a light source according to the following criteria.
A: Good, no unevenness observed B: Somewhat good, some unevenness observed C: Poor, many unevenness observed Evaluation results are shown in the following table.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000221
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000221
 上記実施例及び比較例で使用した液晶組成物は、重合性モノマー、及び開始剤は下記の通りである。 The liquid crystal compositions used in the above examples and comparative examples have the following polymerizable monomers and initiators.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000222
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000222
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000223
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000223
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000224
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000224
 1…偏光板、2…第一の透明絶縁基板、3…電極層、4…配向膜、4a…配向方向、5液晶層、5a…電圧無印加時の液晶分子、5b…電圧印加時の液晶分子、6…カラーフィルター、7…第二の透明絶縁基板、8…偏光板、9…連続又は不連続なポリマーネットワーク、10…液晶表示素子、11…ゲート電極、12…ゲート絶縁層、13…半導体層、14…保護層、15…オーミック接触層、16…ドレイン電極、17…ソース電極、18…絶縁保護層、21…画素電極、22…共通電極、23…ストレイジキャパシタ、24…ゲート配線、25…データ配線、26…ドレイン電極、27…ソース電極、28…ゲート電極、29…共通ライン、100…偏光板、110…ゲート電極、120…ゲート絶縁層、130…半導体層、140…保護層、160…ドレイン電極、190b…有機絶縁膜、200…第一の基板、210…画素電極、220…ストレイジキャパシタ、230…ドレイン電極、240…データ配線、250…ゲート配線、260…ソース電極、270…ゲート電極、300…薄膜トランジスタ層、400…配向膜、500…液晶層、510…液晶表示装置、512…画素電極、512a…画素幹部電極、512b…画素枝部電極、512c…画素スリット、516…走査配線、517…信号配線、600…共通電極、700…カラーフィルター、800…第二の基板、900…偏光板、1000…液晶表示素子、1400…透明電極(層)、PX…画素、PE…画素電極、PA…主画素電極、PB…副画素電極、CE…共通電極、CA…主共通電極、CAL…左側主共通電極、CAR…右側主共通電極、CB…副共通電極、CBU…上側副共通電極、CBB…下側副共通電極 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 ... Polarizing plate, 2 ... First transparent insulating substrate, 3 ... Electrode layer, 4 ... Alignment film, 4a ... Alignment direction, 5 liquid crystal layer, 5a ... Liquid crystal molecule when no voltage is applied, 5b ... Liquid crystal when voltage is applied Molecule, 6 ... color filter, 7 ... second transparent insulating substrate, 8 ... polarizing plate, 9 ... continuous or discontinuous polymer network, 10 ... liquid crystal display element, 11 ... gate electrode, 12 ... gate insulating layer, 13 ... Semiconductor layer, 14 ... protective layer, 15 ... ohmic contact layer, 16 ... drain electrode, 17 ... source electrode, 18 ... insulating protective layer, 21 ... pixel electrode, 22 ... common electrode, 23 ... storage capacitor, 24 ... gate wiring, 25 ... Data wiring, 26 ... Drain electrode, 27 ... Source electrode, 28 ... Gate electrode, 29 ... Common line, 100 ... Polarizing plate, 110 ... Gate electrode, 120 ... Gate insulating layer, 130 ... Semiconductor layer, 140 ... Preservation Layer, 160 ... drain electrode, 190b ... organic insulating film, 200 ... first substrate, 210 ... pixel electrode, 220 ... storage capacitor, 230 ... drain electrode, 240 ... data wiring, 250 ... gate wiring, 260 ... source electrode, 270 ... Gate electrode, 300 ... Thin film transistor layer, 400 ... Alignment film, 500 ... Liquid crystal layer, 510 ... Liquid crystal display device, 512 ... Pixel electrode, 512a ... Pixel trunk electrode, 512b ... Pixel branch electrode, 512c ... Pixel slit, 516 ... scanning wiring, 517 ... signal wiring, 600 ... common electrode, 700 ... color filter, 800 ... second substrate, 900 ... polarizing plate, 1000 ... liquid crystal display element, 1400 ... transparent electrode (layer), PX ... pixel, PE ... Pixel electrode, PA ... Main pixel electrode, PB ... Sub-pixel electrode, CE ... Common electrode, CA ... Main common electrode, CAL ... Left side Common electrode, CAR ... right main common electrode, CB ... sub-common electrode, CBU ... upper sub common electrode, CBB ... lower sub-common electrode

Claims (19)

  1.  ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)、液晶材料(B)、及び下記構造式(1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (構造式(1)中、Arは二価の芳香族炭化水素基又はハロゲン原子含有芳香族炭化水素基を表し、Aは、二価の芳香族炭化水素基、二価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基、二価の縮合多環構造部位、これらの構造における水素原子がハロゲン原子で置換した構造部位、又は、前記二価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基若しくは前記二価の縮合多環構造部位中の任意の-CH-で表される構造が酸素原子で置換された構造を持つ構造部位、前記二価の芳香族炭化水素基若しくは二価の縮合多環構造部位の任意の-CH=で表される構造が窒素原子で置換された構造部位を表し、Zは、それぞれ独立して単結合、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖若しくは分岐アルキル基、又は、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖若しくは分岐アルキレン基、該直鎖若しくは分岐アルキレン基の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CS-O-、-O-CS-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=CH-COO-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-によって置換された構造を有する2価の有機基を表し、Rは炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基、又はラジカル重合性官能性基を表わし、Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖または分岐したアルコキシ基、又は下記構造式(2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (構造式(2)中、Zは前記したものと同義であり、A2は一価の芳香族炭化水素基、一価の環状脂肪族炭化水素基、一価の縮合多環構造部位、または、これらの構造における水素原子がハロゲン原子で置換した構造部位を表す。)を表し、nは0~3の整数を表す。なお、前記構造式(1)及び(2)中にA及びZが複数存在する場合、複数存在するA及びZは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物(C)を必須成分とすることを特徴とする重合性液晶組成物。
    Radical polymerizable monomer component (A), liquid crystal material (B), and the following structural formula (1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the structural formula (1), Ar represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a halogen atom-containing aromatic hydrocarbon group, and A represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon. Group, a divalent condensed polycyclic structure site, a structural site in which a hydrogen atom in these structures is substituted with a halogen atom, or the divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the divalent condensed polycyclic structure site Arbitrary —CH 2 — represents a structural moiety having a structure in which an arbitrary —CH 2 — structure is substituted with an oxygen atom, the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or the divalent condensed polycyclic structural moiety. And Z represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a linear chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Or a branched alkylene group, the straight chain or branched alkyle -CH group 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - are each independently -O -, - S -, - CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CS-O-, —O—CS—, —CO—S—, —S—CO—, —O—CO—O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═CH—COO—, —OCO—CH═ Represents a divalent organic group having a structure substituted by CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—, wherein R 1 is straight or branched having 1 to 8 carbon atoms Represents an alkyl group or a radical polymerizable functional group, and each R 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. An alkoxy group or the following structural formula (2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In Structural Formula (2), Z has the same meaning as described above, and A2 represents a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent condensed polycyclic structure site, or Represents a structural site in which a hydrogen atom in these structures is substituted with a halogen atom.), And n represents an integer of 0 to 3. When a plurality of A and Z are present in the structural formulas (1) and (2), the plurality of A and Z may be the same or different. A polymerizable liquid crystal composition comprising a compound (C) represented by formula (I) as an essential component.
  2.  前記構造式(1)においてAで表される構造部位が、下記構造式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    からなる群から選択される構造部位である請求項1記載の重合性液晶組成物。
    In the structural formula (1), the structural portion represented by A is represented by the following structural formula.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, wherein the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is a structural moiety selected from the group consisting of:
  3.  前記構造式(1)におけるAで表される構造部位が、メソゲン構造を有するものである請求項1記載の重合性液晶組成物。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, wherein the structural moiety represented by A in the structural formula (1) has a mesogenic structure.
  4.  前記構造式(1)で表さる化合物(C)が、ClogP値が5~10のものである請求項1記載の重合性液晶組成物。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound (C) represented by the structural formula (1) has a ClogP value of 5 to 10.
  5.  前記ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)を重合性液晶組成物中、0.5質量%~20質量%の範囲で含有する請求項1記載の重合性液晶組成物。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, wherein the radical polymerizable monomer component (A) is contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition in a range of 0.5 mass% to 20 mass%.
  6.  前記ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)が、メソゲン構造を有するものである請求項1記載の重合性液晶組成物。 2. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, wherein the radical polymerizable monomer component (A) has a mesogenic structure.
  7.  前記ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)が下記一般式(P1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式中、Zp11は、フッ素原子、シアノ基、水素原子、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルコキシ基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルケニル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルケニルオキシ基又は-Spp12-Rp12を表し、
    p11およびRp12はそれぞれ独立に以下の式(RP11-1)から式(RP11-4)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    のいずれかを表し(式中、*は結合点を示す)、前記式(RP11-1)~(RP11-4)中、RP111~RP112はお互いに独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5個のアルキル基であり、tM11は0、1または2を表し、
     Spp11およびSpp12は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~12の直鎖もしくは分岐状アルキレン基、又は、この直鎖もしくは分岐状のアルキレン構造の炭素原子は酸素原子が隣接しない条件で酸素原子もしくはカルボニル基で置換された化学構造を有する構造部位を表し、
     Lp11及びLp12はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、-O-、-S-、-CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-CO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOOCH-、-CHOCOO-、-OCHCHO-、-CO-NRP113-、-NRP113-CO-、-SCH-、-CHS-、-CH=CRP113-COO-、-CH=CRP113-OCO-、-COO-CRP113=CH-、-OCO-CRaP113=CH-、-COO-CRP113=CH-COO-、-COO-CRP113=CH-OCO-、-OCO-CRP113=CH-COO-、-OCO-CRP113=CH-OCO-、-(CHtm12-C(=O)-O-、-(CHtm12-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CHtm12-、-(C=O)-O-(CHtm12-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF=CH-、-CH=CF-、-CF-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CFCH-、-CHCF-、-CFCF-、-C≡C-、-N=N-、-CH=N-又は-C=N-N=C-(式中、RP113はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表し、前記式中、tm12は1~4の整数を表す。)を表し、
     Mp11、Mp12およびMp13は、それぞれ独立に1,4-フェニレン基、1,3-フェニレン基、1,2-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、1,3-シクロヘキシレン基、1,2-シクロヘキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,3-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,2-シクロヘキセニレン基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、ナフタレン-1,4-ジイル基、インダン-2,5-ジイル基、フルオレン-2,6-ジイル基、フルオレン-1,4-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、アントラセン-1,4-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル基を表すが、
     Mp11、Mp12およびMp13はそれぞれ独立に無置換であるか又は炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基又は-Spp11-Rp11同じ意味の基で置換されていても良く、mp12は1又は2を表し、mp13~mp14はそれぞれ独立して、0、1、2又は3を表し、mp11及びmp15はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3を表すが、Zp11が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp11が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp12が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp11が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp12が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Lp11が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Lp12が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Mp12が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Mp13が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表されるものである請求項4記載の重合性液晶組成物。
    The radical polymerizable monomer component (A) is represented by the following general formula (P1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the formula, Z p11 is a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom in which a hydrogen atom is substituted with a halogen atom) A suitable alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, or 1 to carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom 15 alkenyloxy groups or -Sp p12 -R p12 ,
    R p11 and R p12 each independently represent the following formulas (RP11-1) to (RP11-4)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (Wherein, * represents a bonding point), and in the formulas (RP11-1) to (RP11-4), R P111 to R P112 are independently of each other a hydrogen atom or carbon atom number. 1 to 5 alkyl groups, t M11 represents 0, 1 or 2;
    Sp p11 and Sp p12 are each independently a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom of this linear or branched alkylene structure is not adjacent to an oxygen atom. Represents a structural moiety having a chemical structure substituted with an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group under conditions,
    L p11 and L p12 each independently represent a single bond, —O—, —S—, —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —C 2 H 4 —, — COO—, —OCO—, —OCOOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCOO—, —OCH 2 CH 2 O—, —CO—NR P113 —, —NR P113 —CO—, —SCH 2 —, —CH 2 S— , -CH = CR P113 -COO -, - CH = CR P113 -OCO -, - COO-CR P113 = CH -, - OCO-CR aP113 = CH -, - COO-CR P113 = CH-COO -, - COO —CR P113 ═CH —OCO—, —OCO—CR P113 ═CHCOO— , —OCO—CR P113 ═CH —OCO—, — (CH 2 ) tm12 —C (═O) —O—, — (CH 2) m12 -O- (C = O) - , - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) tm12 -, - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) tm12 -, - CH = CH -, - CF═CF—, —CF═CH—, —CH═CF—, —CF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —C≡C—, —N═N—, —CH═N— , or —C═N—N═C— (wherein R P113 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or 1 to 4 in which tm12 represents an integer of 1 to 4).
    M p11 , M p12 and M p13 are each independently 1,4-phenylene group, 1,3-phenylene group, 1,2-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,3-cyclohexylene group, 1,2-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,3-cyclohexenylene group, 1,2-cyclohexenylene group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7- Diyl group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, naphthalene-1,4-diyl group, indane-2,5-diyl group, fluorene- 2,6-diyl group, fluorene-1,4-diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, anthracene-1,4-diyl group, 1, Represents a 2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or a 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group,
    M p11 , M p12 and M p13 are each independently unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, A halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or —Sp p11 —R p11 may be substituted with the same meaning, mp12 represents 1 or 2, and mp13 to mp14 each independently represent 0, 1, 2 or 3, mp11 and mp15 represents an 1, 2 or 3 independently, they when Z pi 1 there are a plurality of independently identical or different And when there are a plurality of R p11 , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R p12 , they may be the same or different. And when there are a plurality of Sp p11 , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of Sp p12 , they may be the same or different, When a plurality of L p11 are present, they may be the same or different, and when a plurality of L p12 are present, they may be the same or different, and a plurality of M p12 are present. In some cases, they may be the same or different. When a plurality of Mp13 are present, they may be the same or different. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 4, which is represented by:
  8.  前記ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)が、下記一般式(V)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (式中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは1~11の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Uは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖状もしくは分岐状の多価脂肪族炭化水素基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基を表すが、多価脂肪族炭化水素基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよく、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)又は環状置換基により置換されていてもよく、kは1~5の整数を表す。式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子が-CH、-OCH、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基に置換されていてもよい。)
    または、下記一般式(VI)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (式中、Xは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Spは、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、tは2~11の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Vは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖状もしくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基、炭素原子数2~20の直鎖状もしくは分岐状のアルキレン構造中の酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換された構造部位、これらの化学構造は、該構造を構成する炭素原子上の水素原子が、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)又は環状置換基により置換されていてもよい。Wは水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基を表す。なお、式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子が-CH、-OCH、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基に置換されていてもよい。)
    で表されるものである請求項1記載の重合性液晶組成物。
    The radical polymerizable monomer component (A) is represented by the following general formula (V)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (Wherein X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s represents an integer of 1 to 11 and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring), U represents a linear or branched group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms Represents a polyvalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a polyvalent cyclic substituent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, and the polyvalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an oxygen atom within a range in which the oxygen atoms are not adjacent to each other. , An alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted with an oxygen atom within the range in which the oxygen atom is not adjacent) or a cyclic substituent, and k is 1 Represents an integer of up to 5. All 1,4-phenylene in the formula Is any hydrogen atom -CH 3, -OCH 3, fluorine atom, or may be substituted by a cyano group.)
    Or the following general formula (VI)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (Wherein X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Sp 3 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) t — (wherein t is 2 to Represents an integer of 11 and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring), and V is a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. A cyclic substituent, a structural site in which an oxygen atom in a linear or branched alkylene structure having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is not adjacent to each other, and these chemical structures are the carbons constituting the structure. A hydrogen atom on the atom is substituted by an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted by an oxygen atom within a range not adjacent to the oxygen atom) or a cyclic substituent; W may be a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. In addition, all 1,4-phenylene group in the formula, any hydrogen atom is -CH 3, -OCH 3, substituted by fluorine atoms, or a cyano group May be.)
    The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, which is represented by:
  9.  前記ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)が、前記一般式(V)におけるSp及びSpが同一となる1種又は2種以上の化合物を用いる請求項8記載の重合性液晶組成物。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 8, wherein the radically polymerizable monomer component (A) uses one or more compounds in which Sp 1 and Sp 2 in the general formula (V) are the same.
  10.  前記液晶材料(B)が、下記一般式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)及び(N-4)で表される化合物からなる群から選択され、かつ、誘電率の異方性が負である1種以上の化合物と、
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (式中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31、RN32、RN41及びRN42はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、又は炭素原子数2~8のアルキル鎖中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-が、それぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換された化学構造を持つ構造部位、て炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、又は炭素原子数2~8のアルキル鎖中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-が、それぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換された化学構造を持つ構造部位、
    N11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31、AN32、AN41及びAN42は、それぞれ独立して
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、
    (b) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が-O-に置き換えられた構造を有する2価の有機基、
    (c) 1,4-フェニレン基、
    (d) 1,4-フェニレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=が-N=に置き換えられた構造を有する2価の有機基、
    (e) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基
    (f) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられた構造を有する2価の有機基、及び
    (g) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基
    からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、
    上記の基(a)、基(b)、基(c)、基(d)、基(e)、基(f)、及び基(g)は、それぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
     ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31、ZN32、ZN41及びZN42はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
     XN21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
     TN31は-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
     XN41は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は-CH-を表し、
     YN41は、単結合、又は-CH-を表し、
     nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31、nN32、nN41、及びnN42は、それぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、
    N11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31、AN32、ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31、及びZN32が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
    N41+nN42は0~3の整数を表すが、A41及びAN42、ZN41及びZN42が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)
     一般式(L)で表され、かつ、誘電率異方性Δεの値が-2~2の範囲である化合物
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (式中、RL1及びRL2はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、又は炭素原子数2~8のアルキル鎖中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-がそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換された化学構造を有する有機基を表し、
     nL1は0、1、2又は3を表し、
     AL1、AL2及びAL3はそれぞれ独立して
    (a)1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、
    (b)1,4-シクロヘキシレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が-O-に置き換えられた化学構造を有する2価の有機基、
    (c)1,4-フェニレン基、
    (d)1,4-フェニレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=が-N=に置き換えられた化学構造を有する2価の有機基、
    (e) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、及び
    (f)ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられた構造を有する2価の有機基からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)、基(c)、基(d)、基(e)、及び基(f)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
     ZL1及びZL2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
     nL1が2又は3であってAL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nL1が2又は3であってZL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い)の少なくとも1種類とを含有することを特徴とする請求項1記載の重合性液晶組成物。
    The liquid crystal material (B) is selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) and (N-4), and has a dielectric constant One or more compounds having negative anisotropy of
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (In the formula, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 , R N32 , R N41 and R N42 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. One or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl chain are each independently —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO. A structural portion having a chemical structure substituted by —, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or one or non-adjacent two or more —CH 2 — in an alkyl chain having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. A structural moiety having a chemical structure each independently substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
    A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 , A N32 , A N41 and A N42 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group,
    (B) a divalent organic group having a structure in which one —CH 2 — existing in a 1,4-cyclohexylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — is replaced by —O— ,
    (C) 1,4-phenylene group,
    (D) a divalent organic group having a structure in which one —CH═ present in a 1,4-phenylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ are replaced by —N═;
    (E) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (f) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl A structure in which one —CH═ present in a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ are replaced by —N═ And (g) a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene group,
    The group (a), group (b), group (c), group (d), group (e), group (f), and group (g) are each independently a cyano group, a fluorine atom or chlorine. May be substituted with atoms,
    Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 , Z N32 , Z N41 and Z N42 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —. , —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C Represents ≡C-
    XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
    T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom,
    X N41 represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or —CH 2 —,
    Y N41 represents a single bond or —CH 2 —;
    n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 , n N32 , n N41 , and n N42 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3,
    n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are each independently 1, 2 or 3, and A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 , A N32 , Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 , and Z N32 , they may be the same or different,
    n N41 + n N42 represents an integer of 0 to 3, but when there are a plurality of A 41 and A N42 , Z N41 and Z N42 , they may be the same or different. )
    A compound represented by the general formula (L) and having a dielectric anisotropy Δε in the range of −2 to 2
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (Wherein R L1 and R L2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or one —CH 2 — present in an alkyl chain having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or not adjacent to each other) An organic group having a chemical structure in which two or more —CH 2 — are each independently substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—. Represents
    n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3,
    A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group,
    (B) 1,4-cyclohexylene structure present in one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - 2 divalent organic having the chemical structure which is replaced to the -O- Group,
    (C) 1,4-phenylene group,
    (D) a divalent organic group having a chemical structure in which one —CH═ present in a 1,4-phenylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ are replaced by —N═;
    (E) naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and (f) naphthalene-2,6 -One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in a diyl structure or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl structure is replaced by -N = Represents a group selected from the group consisting of divalent organic groups having the above structure, the group (a), the group (b), the group (c), the group (d), the group (e), and the group (f ) May be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
    Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 -, -CF 2 O-, -CH = NN-CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-
    When n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of A L2 are present, they may be the same or different, and when n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of Z L2 are present, 2. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, wherein at least one of these may be the same or different.
  11.  前記液晶材料(B)が、下記一般式(J)で表される化合物であって、かつ、誘電率の異方性が正である1種以上の化合物と、
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (式中、RJ1は炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、又は炭素原子数2~8のアルキル鎖中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-が、それぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換された化学構造を持つ構造部位、
     nJ1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
     AJ1、AJ2及びAJ3はそれぞれ独立して、
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、
    (b) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が-O-に置き換えられた化学構造を有する2価の有機基、
    (c) 1,4-フェニレン基、
    (d) 1,4-フェニレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=が-N=に置き換えられた化学構造を有する2価の有機基、
    (e) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、及び
    (f)ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられた構造を有する2価の有機基からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)、基(c)、基(d)、基(e)、及び基(f)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていても良く、
     ZJ1及びZJ2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
     nJ1が2、3又は4であってAJ2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nJ1が2、3又は4であってZJ1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
     XJ1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。)
     一般式(L)で表され、かつ、誘電率異方性Δεの値が-2~2の範囲である化合物
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (式中、RL1及びRL2はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、又は炭素原子数2~8のアルキル鎖中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-が、それぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換された化学構造を持つ構造部位、
     nL1は0、1、2又は3を表し、
     AL1、AL2及びAL3はそれぞれ独立して
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、
    (b) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が-O-に置き換えられた化学構造を有する2価の有機基、
    (c) 1,4-フェニレン基
    (d) 1,4-フェニレン構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=が-N=に置き換えられた化学構造を有する2価の有機基、
    (e) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基
    (f)ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル構造中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられた構造を有する2価の有機基からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)、基(c)、基(d)、基(e)、及び基(f)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
     ZL1及びZL2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
     nL1が2又は3であってAL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nL1が2又は3であってZL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い)の少なくとも1種類を含有することを特徴とする請求項1記載の重合性液晶組成物。
    The liquid crystal material (B) is a compound represented by the following general formula (J), and one or more compounds having a positive dielectric anisotropy;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (Wherein R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in an alkyl chain having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, each independently — A structural moiety having a chemical structure substituted by CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
    n J1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
    A J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each independently
    (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group,
    (B) a divalent organic compound having a chemical structure in which one —CH 2 — present in a 1,4-cyclohexylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are replaced by —O— Group,
    (C) 1,4-phenylene group,
    (D) a divalent organic group having a chemical structure in which one —CH═ existing in a 1,4-phenylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ are replaced by —N═;
    (E) naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and (f) naphthalene-2,6 -One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in a diyl structure or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl structure is replaced by -N = Represents a group selected from the group consisting of divalent organic groups having the above structure, the group (a), the group (b), the group (c), the group (d), the group (e), and the group (f ) May each independently be substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethoxy group,
    Z J1 and Z J2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C≡C—,
    When n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A J2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z J1 is present. If they are the same or different,
    X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. )
    A compound represented by the general formula (L) and having a dielectric anisotropy Δε in the range of −2 to 2
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (Wherein R L1 and R L2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups in an alkyl chain having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Are structural sites having a chemical structure each independently substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
    n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3,
    A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group,
    (B) a divalent organic compound having a chemical structure in which one —CH 2 — present in a 1,4-cyclohexylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are replaced by —O— Group,
    (C) 1,4-phenylene group (d) Chemical structure in which one —CH═ existing in the 1,4-phenylene structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ are replaced by —N═ A divalent organic group having
    (E) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (f) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl A structure in which one —CH═ present in a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl structure or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ are replaced by —N═ Represents a group selected from the group consisting of divalent organic groups having the above-mentioned groups (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f): Each independently may be substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
    Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 -, -CF 2 O-, -CH = NN-CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-
    When n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of A L2 are present, they may be the same or different, and when n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of Z L2 are present, 2. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, wherein the polymerizable liquid crystal composition comprises at least one of (which may be the same or different).
  12.  少なくとも一方に電極を有する2枚の透明基板間に、ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)の重合体と液晶材料(B)とが挟持された液晶表示素子であって、前記液晶材料(B)が、請求項1~11の何れか一つに記載の重合性液晶組成物の重合物であることを特徴とする液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display element in which a polymer of a radical polymerizable monomer component (A) and a liquid crystal material (B) are sandwiched between two transparent substrates each having an electrode on at least one side, wherein the liquid crystal material (B 12. A liquid crystal display element, wherein the polymer is a polymer of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 1.
  13.  前記ラジカル重合性単量体成分(A)の重合体が、液晶材料(B)中にポリマーネットワークを成形して存在しており、かつ、前記透明基板上に液晶組成物を配向させるための配向層を有する請求項12記載の液晶表示素子。 The polymer of the radical polymerizable monomer component (A) is present in the liquid crystal material (B) by forming a polymer network, and the alignment for aligning the liquid crystal composition on the transparent substrate The liquid crystal display element of Claim 12 which has a layer.
  14.  前記ポリマーネットワークが一軸性の屈折率異方性を有し、ポリマーネットワークの光軸方向又は配向容易軸方向と液晶材料(B)の配向容易軸方向が同一方向である請求項12記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display according to claim 12, wherein the polymer network has uniaxial refractive index anisotropy, and the optical axis direction or the easy alignment axis direction of the polymer network and the easy alignment direction of the liquid crystal material (B) are the same direction. element.
  15.  透明基板に対して前記液晶材料(B)を構成する液晶分子が、基板法線方向に対して、0.1~30°のプレチルト角を成すように形成された請求項12記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 12, wherein the liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal material (B) with respect to the transparent substrate are formed so as to form a pretilt angle of 0.1 to 30 ° with respect to the normal direction of the substrate. .
  16.  セル断面において、セル厚の0.5%以上の厚さのポリマーネットワーク層が形成されている請求項12記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 12, wherein a polymer network layer having a thickness of 0.5% or more of the cell thickness is formed in the cell cross section.
  17.  液晶表示素子のセル構造がVAモード、IPSモード、FFSモード、VA-TNモード、TNモード又はECBモードである請求項12記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 12, wherein the cell structure of the liquid crystal display element is a VA mode, an IPS mode, an FFS mode, a VA-TN mode, a TN mode, or an ECB mode.
  18.  前記請求項1~11の何れか一つに記載の重合性液晶組成物を、少なくとも一方に電極を有する2枚の透明基板間に挟持せしめ、液晶層を-50℃から30℃としながら活性エネルギー線を照射することにより重合させ、屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有する重合体を形成させることを特徴とする液晶表示素子の製造方法。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11 is sandwiched between two transparent substrates each having an electrode on at least one side, and the liquid crystal layer is kept at -50 ° C to 30 ° C for active energy. A method for producing a liquid crystal display element, comprising polymerizing by irradiating a line to form a polymer having a refractive index anisotropy or an orientation easy axis direction.
  19.  前記請求項1~9の何れか一つに記載の重合性液晶組成物を、少なくとも一方に電極を有する2枚の透明基板間に挟持せしめ、エネルギー線照射前のプレチルト角が基板法線方向に対して0.1~30°になるような電圧を印加しながらエネルギー線を照射することにより重合し、液晶組成物中の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有する重合体を得てなる請求項18記載の液晶表示素子の製造方法。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9 is sandwiched between two transparent substrates having electrodes on at least one side, and a pretilt angle before irradiation with energy rays is in the normal direction of the substrate. Polymerization is performed by irradiating energy rays while applying a voltage of 0.1 to 30 ° with respect to the liquid crystal composition to obtain a polymer having a refractive index anisotropy or an orientation easy axis direction. The manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element of Claim 18.
PCT/JP2017/036950 2016-10-17 2017-10-12 Polymerizable liquid-crystal composition, liquid-crystal display element, and process for producing liquid-crystal display element WO2018074311A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018546278A JP6638822B2 (en) 2016-10-17 2017-10-12 Polymerizable liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display device, and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-203522 2016-10-17
JP2016203522 2016-10-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018074311A1 true WO2018074311A1 (en) 2018-04-26

Family

ID=62019119

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/036950 WO2018074311A1 (en) 2016-10-17 2017-10-12 Polymerizable liquid-crystal composition, liquid-crystal display element, and process for producing liquid-crystal display element

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6638822B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2018074311A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108070386A (en) * 2017-12-20 2018-05-25 石家庄诚志永华显示材料有限公司 Liquid-crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
CN112513695A (en) * 2018-07-25 2021-03-16 富士胶片株式会社 Polymerizable liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic film, optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device
US11445628B1 (en) * 2018-04-27 2022-09-13 Verily Life Sciences Llc Packaging techniques for electronic devices

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010143838A (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-07-01 Nippon Oil Corp Liquid crystalline compound, liquid crystalline polymer, liquid crystal film and liquid crystal display
JP2012176937A (en) * 2011-01-31 2012-09-13 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Liquid crystalline compound, liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal element, and liquid crystal display
JP2013543526A (en) * 2010-09-25 2013-12-05 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Liquid crystal display and liquid crystal medium having homeotropic alignment
JP2016132678A (en) * 2015-01-15 2016-07-25 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition comprising nitrogen-containing cyclic compound and liquid crystal display element

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004099775A (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-04-02 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Cellulose acylate film, optical film using the film, liquid crystal display device and silver halide photosensitive material

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010143838A (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-07-01 Nippon Oil Corp Liquid crystalline compound, liquid crystalline polymer, liquid crystal film and liquid crystal display
JP2013543526A (en) * 2010-09-25 2013-12-05 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Liquid crystal display and liquid crystal medium having homeotropic alignment
JP2012176937A (en) * 2011-01-31 2012-09-13 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Liquid crystalline compound, liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal element, and liquid crystal display
JP2016132678A (en) * 2015-01-15 2016-07-25 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition comprising nitrogen-containing cyclic compound and liquid crystal display element

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108070386A (en) * 2017-12-20 2018-05-25 石家庄诚志永华显示材料有限公司 Liquid-crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
US11445628B1 (en) * 2018-04-27 2022-09-13 Verily Life Sciences Llc Packaging techniques for electronic devices
CN112513695A (en) * 2018-07-25 2021-03-16 富士胶片株式会社 Polymerizable liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic film, optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device
CN112513695B (en) * 2018-07-25 2023-04-18 富士胶片株式会社 Polymerizable liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic film, optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device
US11746295B2 (en) 2018-07-25 2023-09-05 Fujifilm Corporation Polymerizable liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic film, optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6638822B2 (en) 2020-01-29
JPWO2018074311A1 (en) 2019-06-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6439990B2 (en) Polymerizable liquid crystal composition
JP6260747B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP6358489B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP6403037B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
WO2015072368A1 (en) Liquid-crystal display element
WO2018117213A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP6798097B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP6638822B2 (en) Polymerizable liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display device, and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device
JP2018106162A (en) Liquid crystal display and polymerizable liquid crystal composition
WO2017026478A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP6721876B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP6607419B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
WO2018216485A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and method of manufacture therefor
JP2018101096A (en) Liquid crystal display and polymerizable liquid crystal composition
JP2020190675A (en) Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal display element
WO2017033700A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17862504

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018546278

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17862504

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1